UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark one)
 
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013
 
or
 
 
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 
For the transition period from                                  to                                 
Commission File No. 0-22446
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
95-3015862
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
250 Coromar Drive, Goleta, California
  (Address of principal executive offices)
 
93117
  (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (805) 967-7611
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  o     No  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ý
 
Accelerated filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer o
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o     No  ý
As of June 28, 2013 , the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock held by the non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,693,099,089 , based on the number of shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of that date, and the last reported sale price of the registrant's common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select market on that date, which was $50.51 . This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.
The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding at February 14, 2014 was 34,620,587 .
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A relating to the registrant's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this annual report. With the exception of the portions of the Proxy Statement specifically incorporated herein by reference, the Proxy Statement and related proxy solicitation materials are not deemed to be filed as part of this annual report.
 




DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
Table of Contents to Annual Report on Form 10-K

 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

1

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report and the information incorporated by reference in this report contain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that concern matters that involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or projected in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this annual report, including statements regarding future events, our future financial performance, our future business strategy and the plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. We have attempted to identify forward-looking statements by using words such as "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "project," 'plan", "predict", "should," "will," and similar expressions, or the negative of these expressions, as they relate to us, our management and our industry, to identify forward-looking statements. Specifically, this report and the information incorporated by reference in this report contain forward-looking statements relating to, among other things:
our global business, growth, operating, investing, and financing strategies;
our product offerings, distribution channels and geographic mix;
the success of our new products, brands, and growth initiatives;
the impact of seasonality on our operations;
expectations regarding our net sales and earnings growth and other financial metrics;
our development of worldwide distribution channels;
trends affecting our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows;
our expectations for expansion of our retail and E-Commerce capabilities;
information security and privacy of customer, employee or company information;
overall global economic trends;
reliability of overseas factory production and storage; and
the availability and cost of raw materials.
We have based our forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about trends affecting our business and industry and other future events. Although we do not make forward-looking statements unless we believe we have a reasonable basis for doing so, we cannot guarantee their accuracy. As a result, actual results may differ materially from the results stated in or implied by our forward-looking statements. Some of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may cause actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements are described in Part I, Item 1A of this annual report in the section entitled "Risk Factors," as well as in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). In addition, actual results may differ as a result of additional risks and uncertainties of which we are currently unaware or which we do not currently view as material to our business.
You should read this annual report in its entirety, together with the documents that we file as exhibits to this annual report and the documents that we incorporate by reference in this annual report, with the understanding that our future results may be materially different from what we currently expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements and we expressly disclaim any intent or obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date hereof to conform such statements to actual results or to changes in our opinions or expectations, except as required by applicable law or the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

2

Table of Contents

PART I
References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to "Deckers", "we", "our", "us", or the "Company" refer to Deckers Outdoor Corporation together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Ahnu®, Deckers®, Hoka One One® (Hoka), MOZO®, Sanuk®, Teva®, TSUBO®, and UGG® are some of our trademarks. Other trademarks or trade names appearing elsewhere in this report are the property of their respective owners.
Item 1.     Business.
Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all amounts in Item 1. and Item 1A. herein are expressed in thousands, except for employees, share quantity, per share data, and selling prices.
General
Deckers Outdoor Corporation was incorporated in 1975 under the laws of the State of California and, in 1993, reincorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. We are a global leader in designing, marketing and distributing innovative footwear, apparel and accessories developed for both everyday casual lifestyle use and high performance activities.  We believe that our footwear is distinctive and appeals broadly to men, women and children. We sell our products, including accessories such as handbags and loungewear, through quality domestic and international retailers, international distributors, and directly to end-user consumers both domestically and internationally, through our websites, call centers, and retail stores. Our primary objective is to build our footwear lines into global lifestyle brands with market leadership positions. We seek to differentiate our brands and products by offering diverse lines that emphasize authenticity, functionality, quality, and comfort and products tailored to a variety of activities, seasons, and demographic groups. All of our products are currently manufactured by independent contractors primarily in Asia. Our continued growth will depend upon the broadening of our products offered under each brand, the appeal of our products to our consumers, expanding domestic and international distribution, successfully opening new retail stores, increasing sales to consumers, and developing or acquiring new brands.
Products
We market our products primarily under three proprietary brands:
UGG.     The UGG brand is one of the most iconic and recognized brands in the global footwear industry and highlights the Company’s successful track record of building niche brands into lifestyle market leaders. With loyal consumers around the world, the UGG brand has proven to be a highly resilient line of premium footwear, with an expanding product offering and a growing global audience that attracts women, men and children. UGG brand footwear continually earns media exposure from numerous outlets both organically and from strategic public relations efforts, including an increasing amount of exposure internationally.
Teva.     Teva is our active lifestyle brand, born from the outdoors and rooted in adventure. Originator of the original sport sandal, today the Teva product line includes casual sandals, shoes, boots and amphibious footwear built for ultimate versatility.
We are focused on regaining our leadership position in the sandal market, and continuing to expand our casual and women’s offering to appeal to a wider range of consumers through utility driven design, color and premium materials.
Sanuk.     Sanuk is our fun lifestyle footwear brand rooted in surf culture but embraced by an eclectic mix of style-savvy optimists. The Sanuk brand is probably best known for the patented SIDEWALK SURFERS® shoe which effectively introduced the hanging deconstructed footwear movement. Other primary offerings include the Beer Cozy TM and Yoga Mat TM sandal collections made from real yoga mat material. The brand has a history of innovation, product invention, foot-friendly comfort, unexpected materials and clever branding.
The brand's SIDEWALK SURFERS are marketed with the hand-crafted, humor driven "Cut&Paste" ad campaign and the slogan "THESE ARE NOT SHOES, THEY'RE SANDALS®" which references the patented sandal construction. We plan to build on the Sanuk brand's authentic position in the surf and outdoor markets through its relationships with prominent professional athletes and ambassadors, including surfers, rock climbers, photographers, artists, and musicians known as much for their unique personal styles and charisma as for their specialized talents.
In addition to our primary brands, our other brands include TSUBO, a line of mid and high-end dress and dress casual footwear that incorporates style, function, and maximum comfort; Ahnu, a line of outdoor performance and lifestyle footwear; MOZO, a line of footwear crafted for culinary professionals that redefines the industry dress code; Hoka, a line of footwear for all capacities of runners designed with a unique performance midsole geometry, oversize midsole volume and active footframe.
Sales and Distribution

3


At the wholesale level, we distribute our products in the US through sales representatives, who are organized geographically and by brand. In addition to our wholesale business, we also sell products directly to consumers through our websites and retail stores. Our brands are generally advertised and promoted through a variety of consumer media campaigns. We benefit from editorial coverage in both consumer and trade publications. Each brand's dedicated marketing team works closely with targeted accounts to maximize advertising and promotional effectiveness. We also manage brand marketing on a global basis to ensure consistent consumer communications in all regions and channels. We determine our global communication plans based on brand strategies, consumer insights, and return on investment measures.
Our sales force is generally separated by brand, as each brand generally has certain specialty consumers; however, there is overlap between the sales teams and customers. We have aligned our brands' sales forces to position them for the future of the brands. Each brand's respective sales manager recruits and manages their network of sales representatives. We believe this approach for the US market maximizes the selling efforts to our national retail accounts on a cost-effective basis.
We distribute products sold in the US through our distribution centers in Camarillo and Ventura, California. Our distribution centers feature a warehouse management system that enables us to efficiently pick and pack products for direct shipment to customers. We are also in the early stages of opening a new distribution center in Moreno Valley, California. For certain customers requiring special handling, each shipment is pre-labeled and packed to the retailer's specifications, enabling the retailer to easily unpack our product and immediately display it on the sales floor. All incoming and outgoing shipments must meet our quality inspection process.
Internationally, we distribute our products through independent distributors and retailers in many countries, including throughout Europe, Asia Pacific, Canada, and Latin America, among others. In addition, as we do in the US, in certain countries, we sell products directly to international consumers through our websites and our retail stores. For our wholesale and Direct-to-Consumer businesses, we operate distribution centers in certain international locations and utilize third-party distribution companies in other countries. We may also work with trading companies for importation, as needed. Our principal wholesale customers include specialty retailers, selected department stores, outdoor retailers, sporting goods retailers, shoe stores, and online retailers.
Our five largest customers accounted for approximately 23.0 % of worldwide net sales for 2013 , compared to 22.8% for 2012 . No single customer accounted for greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in 2013 .
UGG.     We sell our UGG footwear and accessories primarily through higher-end department stores such as Nordstrom, Neiman Marcus and Bloomingdale's, as well as independent specialty retailers such as Journey's, and online retailers such as Zappos.com. We believe these retailers support the luxury positioning of our brand and are the destination shopping choice for the consumer who seeks out the fashion and functional elements of our UGG products.
Teva.     We sell our Teva footwear primarily through specialty outdoor and sporting goods retailers such as REI, L.L. Bean, Dick's Sporting Goods, and The Sports Authority as well as online retailers such as Zappos.com. Our brand strength in casual and women’s has also expanded our business to a wider distribution of department store and mall channels including Nordstrom, Dillard’s and Journey’s, as well as family footwear with DSW and Famous Footwear. We believe distribution that services active lifestyle consumers with premium assortments, merchandising and customer experience will continue to be areas of growth for the brand.
Sanuk.     We sell our Sanuk footwear primarily through independent action sports retailers including specialty surf and skate shops, outdoor retailers such as REI and Bass Pro Shops, specialty footwear retailers and larger national retail chains including Nordstrom, Journey's, Dillard's, DSW, and The Buckle. We believe these retailers showcase the brand's creativity, fun, and comfort and allow us to effectively reach our target consumers for the brand.
Other brands.     Our other brands are sold primarily at better department stores, outdoor specialty accounts, independent specialty retailers, and with online retailers that support our brand ideals of comfort, style, and quality. Key accounts of our other brands include Nordstrom, Dillard's, Hanigs, REI, and Zappos.com.
E-Commerce.     Our E-Commerce business enables us to market, communicate and build our relationships with the consumer. E-Commerce enables us to meet the growing demand for our products, sell the products at retail prices, and provide significant incremental operating income. The E-Commerce business provides us an opportunity to communicate to the consumer with a consistent brand message that is in line with our brands' promises, drives awareness of key brand initiatives, and offers targeted information to specific consumer segments. We operate our E-Commerce business through the Uggaustralia.com, Teva.com, Sanuk.com, Tsubo.com, Ahnu.com, and Hokaoneone.com websites. Our websites also drive wholesale and distributor sales through brand awareness and by directing consumers to retailers that carry our brands, including our own retail stores. In recent years, our E-Commerce business has had significant revenue growth, much of which occurred as the UGG brand gained popularity and as consumers continued to increase internet usage for footwear and other purchases.

4


We have expanded our international capabilities by developing sites to service certain international markets. These sites are translated into the local language, may provide product through local distribution centers and price the products in the consumers' local currency. In 2012, we launched additional sites in the US for our Sanuk brand and launched mobile sites for several of our brands in the US, Europe and Japan. Our E-Commerce business sells products directly to consumers throughout the world, including the US, the United Kingdom, Japan and China. In order to reduce the cost of order fulfillment, minimize out of stock positions, and further leverage our distribution centers' operations, order fulfillment is performed by our distribution centers in California, the UK, the Netherlands, China, and Japan. Products sold through our E-Commerce business are sold at prices which approximate retail prices, enabling us to capture the full retail margin on each Direct-to-Consumer transaction.
Retail Stores.     Our retail stores are predominantly UGG concept stores and UGG outlet stores. In 2013 we expanded our fleet and opened our first Sanuk (two concept, one outlet) and Teva (one outlet) stores. Our retail stores enable us to directly impact our customers' experience, meet the growing demand for these products, sell the products at retail prices and generate strong annual operating income. In addition, our UGG concept stores allow us to showcase our entire product line including footwear, accessories, handbags, home, outerwear, lounge, and retail exclusive items; whereas, a wholesale account may not represent all of these categories. Through our outlet stores, we sell some of our discontinued styles from prior seasons, plus products made specifically for the outlet stores.
In 2013 , we opened 14 stores in the US and 26 internationally. As of December 31, 2013 , we had a total of 80 UGG concept stores and 33 UGG outlet stores worldwide. During 2014 , we plan to open additional retail stores in the US and internationally.
Product Design and Development
The design and product development staff for each of our brands creates new innovative footwear products that combine our standards of high quality, comfort, and functionality. The design function for all of our brands is performed by a combination of our internal design and development staff plus outside freelance designers. By utilizing outside designers, we believe we are able to review a variety of different design perspectives on a cost-efficient basis and anticipate color and style trends more quickly. Refer to Note 1 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our research and development costs for the last three years.
In order to ensure quality, consistency, and efficiency in our design and product development process, we continually evaluate the availability and cost of raw materials, the capabilities and capacity of our independent contract manufacturers, and the target retail price of new models and lines. The design and development staff works closely with brand management to develop new styles of footwear and accessories for our various product lines. We develop detailed drawings and prototypes of our new products to aid in conceptualization and to ensure our contemplated new products meet the standards for innovation and performance that our consumers demand. Throughout the development process, we have multiple design and development reviews, which we then coordinate with our independent manufacturers. This ensures that we are addressing the needs of our consumers and are working toward a common goal of developing and producing a high quality product to be delivered on a timely basis.
Manufacturing and Supply Chain
We do not manufacture our products; we outsource the production of our brand footwear to independent manufacturers primarily in Asia. We require our independent contract manufacturers and designated suppliers to adopt our Supplier Code of Conduct, which specifies that they comply with all local laws and regulations governing human rights, working conditions, and environmental compliance before we are willing to conduct business with them. We also require our manufacturing partners and licensees to comply with our Restricted Substances policy as a condition of doing business with our company. We have no long-term contracts with our manufacturers. As we grow, we expect to continue to rely exclusively on independent manufacturers for our sourcing needs.
The production of footwear by our independent manufacturers is performed in accordance with our detailed specifications and is subject to our quality control standards. We maintain an on-site supervisory office in Pan Yu City, China that serves as a local link to our independent manufacturers, enabling us to carefully monitor the production process from receipt of the design brief to production of interim and final samples and shipment of finished product. We believe this local presence provides greater predictability of material availability, product flow and adherence to final design specifications than we could otherwise achieve through an agency arrangement. To ensure the production of high quality products, the majority of the materials and components used in production of our products by these independent manufacturers are purchased from independent suppliers designated by us. Excluding sheepskin, we believe that substantially all the various raw materials and components used to manufacture our footwear, including wool, rubber, leather, and nylon webbing are generally available from multiple sources at competitive prices. Beginning in 2013, in some of our UGG products we used a new raw material, UGGpure, which is wool woven into a durable backing. We generally outsource our manufacturing requirements on the basis of individual purchase orders or short-term purchase commitments rather than maintaining long-term purchase commitments with our independent manufacturers.

5


At our direction, our manufacturers currently purchase the majority of the sheepskin used in our products from two tanneries in China, which source their skins for our products primarily from Australia, Europe, and the US. We maintain communication with the tanneries to monitor the supply of sufficient high quality sheepskin available for our projected UGG brand production. To ensure adequate supplies for our manufacturers, we forecast our usage of sheepskin in advance at a forward price. We have also entered into minimum purchase commitments with certain sheepskin suppliers (see Note 7 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.) We believe current supplies are sufficient to meet our needs in the near future, but we continue to investigate our options to accommodate any unexpected future growth.
We have instituted pre-production, in-line, and post-production inspections to meet or exceed the high quality demanded by us and consumers of our products. Our quality assurance program includes our own employee on-site inspectors at our independent manufacturers who oversee the production process and perform quality assurance inspections. We also inspect our products upon arrival at our distribution centers.
Patents and Trademarks
We utilize trademarks on virtually all of our products and believe that having distinctive marks that are readily identifiable is an important factor in creating a market for our goods, toward identifying the Company, and in distinguishing our goods from the goods of others. We currently hold trademark registrations for UGG, Teva, Sanuk, TSUBO, Ahnu, MOZO, Hoka One One, and other marks in the US and in many other countries, including the countries of the European Union, Canada, China, Japan and Korea. We now hold more than 160 utility and design patent registrations in the US and abroad and have filed more than 20 new patent applications which are currently pending. These patents expire at various times. We regard our proprietary rights as valuable assets and vigorously protect such rights against infringement by third parties. No single patent is critical to our business, and no group of patents expiring in the same year is critical to our business.
Seasonality
Our business is seasonal, with the highest percentage of UGG brand net sales occurring in the quarters ending September 30 and December 31 and the highest percentage of Teva and Sanuk brand net sales occurring in the quarters ending March 31 and June 30 of each year. Our financial results include the Sanuk brand beginning July 1, 2011 and the Hoka brand beginning September 27, 2012. Historically, our total net sales in the quarters ending September 30 and December 31 have exceeded total net sales for the quarters ending March 31 and June 30 of each year, and we expect this trend to continue. Our other brands do not have a significant seasonal impact on our business. Nonetheless, actual results could differ materially depending upon consumer preferences, availability of product, competition, and our wholesale and distributor customers continuing to carry and promote our various product lines, among other risks and uncertainties. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors." For further discussion on our working capital and inventory management, see Item 7 of Part II, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Backlog
Historically, we have encouraged our wholesale and distributor customers to place, and we have received, a significant portion of orders as preseason orders, generally four to eight months prior to the anticipated shipment date. We work with our wholesale customers through preseason programs to enable us to better plan our production schedule, inventory and shipping needs. Unfilled customer orders as of any date, which we refer to as backlog, represent orders scheduled to be shipped at a future date, which can be cancelled prior to shipment. The backlog as of a particular date is affected by a number of factors, including seasonality, manufacturing schedule, and the timing of product shipments as well as variations in the quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year preseason incentive programs. The mix of future and immediate delivery orders can vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year. As a result, comparisons of the backlog from period-to-period may be misleading.
At December 31, 2013 , our backlog of orders from our wholesale customers and distributors was approximately $ 401,000 compared to approximately $ 323,000 at December 31, 2012 . While all orders in the backlog are subject to cancellation by customers, we expect that the majority of such orders will be filled in 2014 . We believe that backlog at year-end is an imprecise indicator of total revenue that may be achieved for the full year for several reasons. Backlog only relates to wholesale and distributor orders for the next season and current season fill-in orders, and excludes potential sales in our E-Commerce business and retail stores during the year. Backlog also is affected by the timing of customers' orders and product availability.
Competition
The casual, outdoor, athletic, fashion, and formal footwear markets are highly competitive. Our competitors include athletic and footwear companies, branded apparel companies, and retailers with their own private labels. Although the footwear industry is fragmented to a certain degree, many of our competitors are larger and have substantially greater resources than us, including athletic shoe companies, several of which compete directly with some of our products. In addition, access to offshore manufacturing has made it easier for new companies to enter the markets in which we compete, further increasing competition in the footwear

6


and accessory industries. In particular, in part due to the popularity of our UGG products, we face increasing competition from a significant number of competitors selling products designed to compete directly or indirectly with our UGG products.
We believe that our footwear lines and other product lines compete primarily on the basis of brand recognition and authenticity, product quality and design, functionality, performance, comfort, fashion appeal, and price. Our ability to successfully compete depends on our ability to:
shape and stimulate consumer tastes and preferences by offering innovative, attractive, and exciting products;
anticipate and respond to changing consumer demands in a timely manner;
maintain brand authenticity;
develop high quality products that appeal to consumers;
price our products suitably;
provide strong and effective marketing support; and
ensure product availability.
We believe we are well positioned to compete in the footwear industry. We continually look to acquire or develop more footwear brands to complement our existing portfolio and grow our existing consumer base.
Employees
At December 31, 2013 , we employed approximately 3,200 employees in the US, Europe, and Asia, none of whom were represented by a union. This figure includes approximately 2,000 employees in our retail stores worldwide, which includes part-time and seasonal employees. The increase in employees during the year was primarily related to increased expansion efforts. We intend to increase our employee count further in 2014 primarily related to the opening of new retail stores and our other expansion initiatives. We believe our relationships with our employees are good.
Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas
Our six reportable business segments include the strategic business units responsible for the worldwide operations of our brands' (UGG, Teva, Sanuk and other brands) wholesale divisions, as well as our E-Commerce and retail store businesses. The majority of our sales and long-lived assets are in the US. Refer to Note 8 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our business segment data. Refer to Item 1A of this Part I for a discussion of the risks related to our foreign operations.
Compliance with federal, state, and local environmental regulations has not had, nor is it expected to have, any material effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position based on information and circumstances known to us at this time.
Available Information
Our internet address is www.deckers.com. We post links to our website to the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC: annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, Proxy Statements, and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All such filings are available through our website free of charge. Our filings may also be read and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Item 1A.     Risk Factors.
         Our short and long-term success is subject to many factors beyond our control. Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Before investing in our stock, stockholders and potential stockholders should carefully consider the following risk factors related to our company as well as general investor risks, in addition to the other information contained in this report and the information incorporated by reference in this report. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. In that case, the value of our common stock could decline and stockholders

7


may lose all or part of their investment. Please also see the section entitled "Special Note on Forward-Looking Statements" on page 2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Many of our products are seasonal, and our sales are sensitive to weather conditions .
Sales of our products are highly seasonal and are sensitive to weather conditions, which are beyond our control. For example, extended periods of unseasonably warm weather during the fall and winter months may reduce demand for our UGG products. During 2011 and 2012, we experienced mild winters which negatively impacted our sales for UGG products. Furthermore, variations in weather conditions across the globe may impact sales of our products in ways that we cannot predict. If management is not able to timely adjust expenses in reaction to adverse events such as unfavorable weather, weak consumer spending patterns or unanticipated levels of order cancellations because of seasonal circumstances, our profitability may be materially affected. Even though we are creating more year-round styles for our brands, the effect of favorable or unfavorable weather on sales can be significant enough to affect our quarterly and annual results, with a resulting effect on our common stock price.
If raw materials do not meet our specifications, consumer expectations or experience price increases or shortages, we could realize interruptions in manufacturing, increased costs, higher product return rates, a loss of sales, or a reduction in our gross margins .
We depend on a limited number of key sources for certain raw materials. For sheepskin, the raw material used in many of our UGG products, we rely on two tanneries. Both the top grade twinface and other grades of sheepskin used in UGG products are in high demand and limited supply. Furthermore, our unique sheepskin needs require certain types of sheepskin that may only be found in certain geographic locations and tanneries with sufficient expertise and capacity to deliver sheepskin which meets our specifications. The supply of sheepskin can be adversely impacted by weather conditions, disease, and harvesting decisions that are completely outside our control. For example, if the price of wool increases, sheep herders may choose not to harvest their sheep and instead choose to shear their sheep for wool, thus decreasing the supply of sheepskin. Sheepskin is also a by-product of the food industry and is therefore dependent upon the demand by the food industry, which has generally been decreasing thus leading to an overall reduction in the number of sheep available. The potential inability to obtain sheepskin and other raw materials could impair our ability to meet our production requirements and could lead to inventory shortages, which can result in lost sales, delays in shipments to customers, strain on our relationships with customers, and diminished brand loyalty. There have also been significant fluctuations in the prices of sheepskin as the demand from competitors for this material and the supply of sheep have changed. We experienced an increase in sheepskin costs in 2012 and a decrease in 2013, with the majority of the decrease being realized in the fourth quarter of 2013. We attempt to cover the full amount of our sheepskin purchases under fixed price contracts. Any price increases in key raw materials will likely raise our costs and decrease our profitability unless we are able to commensurately increase our selling prices and implement other cost savings measures.
In addition, our sheepskin suppliers warehouse their inventory at a limited number of facilities in China, the loss of any of which due to natural disasters and other adverse events would likely result in shortages of sheepskin leading to delays in the production of our products and could result in a loss of sales and earnings.
Our independent manufacturers use various raw materials in the production of our footwear and accessories that must meet our design specifications and, in some cases, additional technical requirements for performance footwear. Beginning in 2013, in some of our UGG products we used a new raw material, UGGpure, which is wool woven into a durable backing. If these raw materials and the end product do not conform to our specification or fail to meet consumer expectations, we could experience a higher rate of customer returns and deterioration in the image of our brands, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our new and existing retail stores may not realize returns on our investments.
Our retail segment has grown substantially in both net sales and total assets during the past year, and we intend to rapidly expand this segment in the future. We have entered into significant long-term leases for many of our retail locations. Global store openings involve substantial investments, including constructing leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures, equipment, information systems, inventory, and personnel. In addition, since a certain amount of our retail store costs are fixed, if we have insufficient sales, we may be unable to reduce expenses in order to avoid losses or negative cash flows. Due to the high fixed cost structure associated with the retail segment, negative cash flows or the closure of a store could result in significant write-downs of inventory, severance costs, lease termination costs, impairment losses on long-lived assets, or loss of our working capital, which could adversely impact our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In addition, from time to time we license the right to operate retail stores for our brands to third parties, including our independent distributors. We provide training to support these stores, and set and monitor operational standards. However, the quality of these store operations may decline due to the failure of these third parties to operate the stores in a manner consistent with our standards, which could harm their sales and as a result harm our results of operations or cause our brand image to suffer.

8


If we do not accurately forecast consumer demand, we may have excess inventory to liquidate or have difficulty filling our customers' orders .
Because the footwear industry has relatively long lead times for design and production, we must plan our production tooling and projected volumes many months before consumer tastes become apparent. The footwear and fashion industry is subject to rapid changes in consumer preferences, making it difficult to accurately forecast demand for our products and our future results of operations. Many factors may significantly affect demand for our products, which include: consumer acceptance of our products, changes in consumer demand for products of our competitors, effects of weather conditions, our reliance on manual processes and judgment for certain supply and demand planning functions that are subject to human error, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and weak economic conditions or consumer confidence that reduces demand for discretionary items, such as our products.
A large number of models, colors, and sizes in our product lines can increase these risks. As a result, we may fail to accurately forecast styles, colors, and features that will be in demand. If we overestimate demand for any products or styles, we may be forced to incur higher markdowns or sell excess inventories at reduced prices resulting in lower, or negative, gross margins. On the other hand, if we underestimate demand for our products or if our independent factories are unable to supply products when we need them, we may experience inventory shortages that may prevent us from fulfilling customer orders or delaying shipments to customers. This could negatively affect our relationship with customers and diminish our brand loyalty, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to adequately protect our trademarks, patents, and other intellectual property rights or deter counterfeiting could diminish the value of our brands and reduce sales.
We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property rights are of value and are integral to our success and our competitive position. Some countries' laws do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as do US laws. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights are typically met with defenses and counterclaims attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Unplanned increases in legal fees and other costs associated with the defense of our intellectual property or rebranding could result in higher operating expenses and lower earnings.
Similarly, from time to time, we may need to defend against claims that the word "ugg" is a generic term. Such a claim was successful in Australia, but such claims have been rejected by courts in the United States, China, Turkey and in the Netherlands. We have also faced claims that “UGG Australia” is geographically deceptive. Any decision or settlement in any of these matters that prevents trademark protection of the "UGG" brand in our major markets, or that allows a third party to continue to use our brand trademarks in connection with the sale of products similar to our products, or to continue to manufacture or distribute counterfeit products could result in intensified commercial competition and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
The success of the UGG brand has lead to trademark counterfeiting, product imitation and other infringements of our intellectual property rights. If we are unsuccessful in challenging a third party's products on the basis of trademark design patent and trade dress rights, this could adversely affect our continued sales, financial condition, and results of operation. If our brands are associated with infringers' or competitors' inferior products, this could also adversely affect the integrity of our brands.
Our success depends on our ability to anticipate fashion trends.
Our success depends largely on the continued strength of our brands, on our ability to anticipate, understand, and react to the rapidly changing fashion tastes of footwear, apparel, and accessory consumers and to provide appealing merchandise in a timely and cost effective manner. Our products must appeal to a broad range of consumers whose preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and are subject to rapid change. We are also dependent on consumer receptivity to our products and marketing strategy. There can be no assurance that consumers will continue to prefer our brands or that we will (1) respond quickly enough to changes in consumer preferences, (2) market our products successfully, or (3) successfully introduce acceptable new models and styles of footwear or accessories to our target consumer. We believe that the ongoing economic uncertainty in many countries where we sell our products and the corresponding impact on consumer confidence and discretionary income may increase this uncertainty. Achieving market acceptance for new products also likely will require us to exert substantial product development and marketing efforts and expend significant funds to attract consumers. A failure to introduce new products that gain market acceptance or maintain market share with our current products would erode our competitive position, which would reduce our profits and could adversely affect the image of our brands, resulting in long-term harm to our business.
UGG products include fashion items that could go out of style at any time and competition for the sale of products by the UGG brand is intense and has increased over time. UGG products represent a majority of our business, and if UGG product sales were to decline or fail to increase in the future, our overall financial performance and common stock price would be adversely affected.

9


We may not succeed in implementing our growth strategies .
As part of our growth strategy, we seek to enhance the positioning of our brands, extend our brands into complementary product categories and markets, partner with or acquire compatible companies or brands, expand geographically, increase our retail presence, and improve our operational performance. We continue to expand the nature and scope of our operations considerably, including significantly increasing the number of our employees worldwide. We anticipate that substantial further expansion will be required to realize our growth potential and new market opportunities.
We are growing globally through our retail, E-Commerce, wholesale, and distributor channels. In addition, as part of our international growth strategy, we may continue to transition from third-party distribution to direct distribution through wholly-owned subsidiaries. Implementing our growth strategies, or failure to effectively execute them, could affect near term revenues from the postponement of sales recognition to future periods, our rate of growth or profitability, which in turn could have a negative effect on the value of our common stock. In addition, our growth initiatives could:
increase our working capital needs beyond our capacity;
increase costs if we fail to successfully integrate a newly acquired business or achieve expected cost savings;
result in impairment charges related to acquired businesses;
create remote-site management issues, which would adversely affect our internal control environment;
have significant domestic or international legal or compliance implications;
make it difficult to attract, retain, and manage adequate human resources in remote locations;
cause additional inventory manufacturing, distribution, and management costs;
cause us to experience difficulty in filling customer orders;
result in distribution termination transaction costs; or
create other production, distribution, and operating difficulties.
Our goodwill and other intangible assets may incur impairment losses.
We conducted our annual impairment tests of goodwill and other intangible assets for 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 . In addition, we conducted interim impairment evaluations when impairment indicators arose. In 2013 , 2012 , and 2011 , we did not recognize any material impairment charges on our goodwill and other intangible assets.
If any brand's product sales or operating margins decline to a point that the fair value falls below its carrying value, we may be required to write down the related intangible assets. These or other related declines could cause us to incur additional impairment losses, which could materially affect our consolidated financial statements and results of operations. The value of our trademarks is highly dependent on forecasted revenues and earnings before interest and taxes for our brands, as well as derived discount and royalty rates. In addition, the valuation of intangible assets is subject to a high degree of judgment and complexity. We may also decide to discontinue a brand which would result in the write down of all related intangible assets. The balances of goodwill and nonamortizable intangibles by brand are as follows:
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
UGG
 
Teva
 
Sanuk
 
Other
 
Total
Trademarks
$
154

 
$
15,301

 
$

 
$

 
$
15,455

Goodwill
6,101

 

 
113,944

 
8,680

 
128,725

Total nonamortizable intangibles
$
6,255

 
$
15,301

 
$
113,944

 
$
8,680

 
$
144,180

Because we depend on independent manufacturers, we face challenges in maintaining a continuous supply of finished goods that meet our quality standards .
Most of our production is performed by a limited number of independent manufacturers. We depend on these manufacturers' ability to finance the production of goods ordered and to maintain manufacturing capacity, and store completed goods in a safe and sound location pending shipment. We do not possess direct control over either the independent manufacturers or their materials

10


suppliers, so we may be unable to obtain timely and continuous delivery of acceptable products. In addition, while we do have long standing relationships with most of our factories, we currently do not have long-term contracts with these independent manufacturers, and any of them may unilaterally terminate their relationship with us at any time or seek to increase the prices they charge us. As a result, we are not assured of an uninterrupted supply of acceptable quality and competitively priced products from our independent manufacturers. If there is an interruption, we may not be able to substitute suitable alternative manufacturers to provide products or services of a comparable quality at an acceptable price or on a timely basis. If a change in our independent manufacturers becomes necessary, we would likely experience increased costs as well as substantial disruption of our business, which could result in a loss of sales and earnings.
Interruptions in the supply chain can also result from natural disasters and other adverse events that would impair our manufacturers' operations. We keep proprietary materials involved in the production process, such as shoe molds, knives, and raw materials, under the custody of our independent manufacturers. If these independent manufacturers were to experience loss or damage to our proprietary materials involved in the production process, we cannot be assured that such independent manufacturers would have adequate insurance to cover such loss or damage and, in any event, the replacement of such materials would likely result in significant delays in the production of our products and could result in a loss of sales and earnings.
Most of our independent manufacturers are located outside the US, where we are subject to the risks of international commerce .
Most of our independent manufacturers are in Asia and Latin America, with the majority of production performed by a limited number of manufacturers in China. Foreign manufacturing is subject to numerous risks, including the following:
tariffs, import and export controls, and other non-tariff barriers such as quotas and local content rules on raw materials and finished products, including the potential threat of anti-dumping duties and quotas;
increasing transportation costs and a limited supply of international shipping capacity;
increasing labor costs;
poor infrastructure and shortages of equipment, which can disrupt transportation and utilities;
restrictions on the transfer of funds;
changing economic conditions;
violations or changes in governmental policies and regulations including labor, safety, and environmental regulations in China, Vietnam, the US, and elsewhere;
refusal to adopt or comply with our Supplier Code of Conduct and Restricted Substances Policy;
customary business traditions in China and Vietnam such as local holidays, which are traditionally accompanied by high levels of turnover in the factories;
labor unrest, which can lead to work stoppages and interruptions in transportation or supply;
delays during shipping, at the port of entry or at the port of departure;
political instability, which can interrupt commerce;
use of unauthorized or prohibited materials or reclassification of materials;
expropriation and nationalization; and
adverse changes in consumer perception of goods, trade, or political relations with China and Vietnam.
These factors, or others of which we are currently unaware or which we do not currently view as material, could severely interfere with the manufacture or shipment of our products. This could make it difficult to obtain adequate supplies of quality products when we need them, thus materially affecting our sales and results of operations.
While we require that our independent manufacturers adhere to environmental, ethical, health, safety, and other standard business practices and applicable local laws, and we periodically visit and audit their operations, we do not control their business

11


practices. If we discovered non-compliant manufacturers or suppliers that cannot or will not become compliant, we would cease dealing with them, and we could suffer an interruption in our product supply chain. In addition, the manufacturers' or designated suppliers' violations of such standards and laws could damage our reputation and the value of our brands, resulting in negative publicity and discouraging customers and consumers from buying our products.
We conduct business outside the US, which exposes us to foreign currency, global liquidity, and other risks .
The state of the global economy continues to influence the level of consumer spending for discretionary items. This affects our business as it is highly dependent on consumer demand for our products. The current political and economic environments in certain countries in Europe have resulted in significant macroeconomic risks, including high rates of unemployment, high fuel prices, and continued global economic uncertainty largely precipitated by the European debt crisis.
We operate on a global basis, with approximately 33.0% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 from operations outside the US. As we continue to increase our international operations, our sales and expenditures in foreign currencies become more material and subject to currency fluctuations and global credit markets. A significant portion of our international operating expenses are paid in local currencies. Also, our foreign distributors sell in local currencies, which impacts the price to foreign consumers. Many of our subsidiaries operate with their local currency as their functional currency. We currently utilize forward contracts or other derivative instruments for the amounts we expect to purchase and sell in foreign currencies to mitigate exposure to fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rate. As we continue to expand international operations and increase purchases and sales in foreign currencies, we will evaluate and may utilize additional derivative instruments, as needed, to hedge our foreign currency exposures. Our hedging strategies depend on our forecasts of sales, expenses, and cash flows, which are inherently subject to inaccuracies. Therefore, our hedging strategies may be ineffective. Future changes in foreign currency exchange rates and global credit markets may cause changes in the US dollar value of our purchases or sales and materially affect our sales, profit margins, or results of operations, when converted to US dollars. In addition, the failure of financial institutions that underwrite our derivative contracts may negate our efforts to hedge our foreign currency exposures and result in material foreign currency or contract losses. Foreign currency hedging activities, transactions, or translations could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.
While our purchases from overseas factories are currently denominated in US dollars, certain operating and manufacturing costs of the factories are denominated in other currencies. As a result, fluctuations in these currencies versus the US dollar could impact our purchase prices from the factories in the event that they adjust their selling prices accordingly.
Key business processes and supporting information systems could be interrupted and adversely affect our business .
Our future success and growth depend on the continued operation of our key business processes, including information systems, global communications, the internet, and key personnel. Hackers and computer viruses have disrupted operations at many major companies. We may be vulnerable to similar acts of sabotage. Key processes could also be interrupted by a failure due to weather, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunications failure, failure of our computer systems, sabotage, terrorism, or similar event such that:
critical business systems become inoperable or require significant costs to restore;
key personnel are unable to perform their duties, communicate, or access information systems;
significant quantities of merchandise are damaged or destroyed;
we are required to make unanticipated investment in state-of-the-art technologies and security measures;
key wholesale and distributor customers cannot place or receive orders;
E-Commerce customer orders may not be received or fulfilled;
confidential information about our customers may be misappropriated or lost damaging our reputation and customer relationships;
we are exposed to unanticipated liabilities; or
carriers cannot ship or unload shipments.
These interruptions to key business processes could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations and result in lost sales and reduced earnings.

12


We rely on our information management, internet cloud providers, and other enterprise resource planning systems to operate our business, prepare forecasts and track our operating results. Our information management and enterprise planning systems will require modification and refinement as we grow and our business needs change. We may experience difficulties in transitioning to new or upgraded information technology systems, including loss of data, unreliable data, and decreases in productivity as our personnel become familiar with the new systems. If we experience a significant system failure or if we are unable to competitively modify our information management systems to respond to changes in our business needs, then our ability to properly run our business and report financial results could be adversely affected.
The loss of the services and expertise of any key employee could also harm our business. Our future success depends on our ability to identify, attract, and retain qualified personnel on a timely basis.
We may not be able to attract or retain highly capable employees who can achieve our strategic goals and objectives.
Our future success depends on our ability to identify, attract, and retain qualified personnel on a timely basis. The loss of the services and expertise of any key employee could also harm our business through business process interruptions, loss of institutional knowledge, and recruitment and training costs.
We could be adversely affected by the loss of our warehouses.
The warehousing of our inventory is located at a limited number of self-managed domestic facilities and self-managed and third party managed international facilities, the loss of any of which could adversely impact our sales, business performance, and operating results. In addition, we could face a significant disruption in our domestic distribution center operations if our automated pick module does not perform as anticipated or ceases to function for an extended period, or if our plans for a new distribution facility are disrupted or delayed.
Our sales in international markets are subject to a variety of laws and political and economic risks that may adversely impact our sales and results of operations in certain regions, which could increase our costs and adversely impact our operating results .
Our ability to capitalize on growth in new international markets and to maintain the current level of operations in our existing international markets is subject to risks associated with international operations that could adversely affect our sales and results of operations. These include:
changes in currency exchange rates, which impact the price to international consumers;
ability to move currency out of international markets;
the burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, the interpretation and application of which are uncertain;
legal costs and penalties related to defending allegations of non-compliance;
unexpected changes in legal and regulatory requirements;
inability to successfully import into a country;
changes in tax laws;
complications due to lack of familiarity with local customs;
difficulties associated with promoting products in unfamiliar cultures;
political instability;
changes in diplomatic and trade relationships; and
general economic fluctuations in specific countries or markets.
International trade and import regulations may impose unexpected duty costs or other non-tariff barriers to markets while the increasing number of free trade agreements has the potential to stimulate increased competition; security procedures may cause significant delays .

13


Products manufactured overseas and imported into the US and other countries are subject to import duties. While we have implemented internal measures to comply with applicable customs regulations and to properly calculate the import duties applicable to imported products, customs authorities may disagree with our claimed tariff treatment for certain products, resulting in unexpected costs that may not have been factored into the sales price of the products and our forecasted gross margins.
We cannot predict whether future domestic laws, regulations or trade remedy actions or international agreements may impose additional duties or other restrictions on the importation of products from one or more of our sourcing venues. Such changes could increase the cost of our products, require us to withdraw from certain restricted markets, or change our business methods and could make it difficult to obtain products of our customary quality at a competitive price. Meanwhile, the continued negotiation of bilateral and multilateral free trade agreements by the US and our other market countries with countries other than our principal sourcing venues may stimulate competition from manufacturers in these other sourcing venues, which now export, or may seek to export, footwear and accessories to our target markets at preferred rates of duty, which may have an effect on our sales and operations.
Additionally, the increased threat of terrorist activity and law enforcement responses to this threat have required greater levels of inspection of imported goods and have caused delays in bringing imported goods to market. Any tightening of security procedures, for example, in the aftermath of a terrorist incident, could worsen these delays and increase our costs.
Our revolving credit facility provides our lenders with a first-priority lien against substantially all of our assets and contains financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions.
From time to time, we have financed our liquidity needs in part from borrowing made under a revolving credit facility. Our credit facility provides for a committed revolving credit line of up to $400,000. Our obligations under the agreement are guaranteed by our existing and future domestic subsidiaries, other than certain immaterial subsidiaries and foreign subsidiaries, and are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets and our subsidiaries' assets, including a portion of the equity interests of certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries. The agreement for our credit facility also contains a number of customary financial covenants and restrictions, which may restrict our ability to engage in transactions that would otherwise be in our best interests. Failure to comply with any of the covenants under the credit agreement could result in a default. A default under the credit agreement could cause the lenders to accelerate the timing of payments and exercise their lien on essentially all of our assets, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, financial condition and liquidity. In addition, because borrowings under the revolving credit facility bear interest at variable interest rates, which we do not anticipate hedging against, increases in interest rates would increase our cost of borrowing, resulting in a decline in our net income and cash flow. There were no outstanding borrowings under our committed revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2013 . In addition, we have a credit facility in China (China Credit Facility), which provides for an uncommitted revolving line of credit of up to CNY 60,000, or approximately $10,000. At December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $10,000 of outstanding borrowings under the China Credit Facility.
The tax laws applicable to our business are very complex and we may be subject to additional tax liabilities as a result of audits by various taxing authorities or changes in tax laws applicable to our business.
We conduct our operations through subsidiaries in several countries including the US, the UK, Japan, China, Hong Kong, Macau, the Netherlands, Bermuda, France, and Canada. As a result, we are subject to tax laws and regulations in each of those jurisdictions, and to tax treaties between the US and other nations. These tax laws are highly complex, and significant judgment and specialized expertise is required in evaluating and estimating our worldwide provision for income taxes.
We are subject to audits in each of the various jurisdictions where we conduct business, and any of these jurisdictions may assess additional taxes against us as a result of their audits. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, and we undertake to prepare our tax filings in accordance with all applicable tax laws, the final determination with respect to any tax audits, and any related litigation, could be materially different from our estimates or from our historical tax provisions and accruals. The results of an audit or litigation could have a material effect on our operating results or cash flows in the periods for which that determination is made and may require a restatement of prior financial reports at a material cost. In addition, future period earnings may be adversely impacted by litigation costs, settlements, penalties, or interest assessments.
We are also subject to constant changes in tax laws, regulations and treaties in and between the nations in which we operate. Our tax expense is based upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various countries at the time that the expense was incurred. A change in these tax laws, treaties or regulations, including those in and involving the US, or in the interpretation thereof, could result in a materially higher tax expense or a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings. It is possible that tax proposals could result in changes to the existing US tax laws that affect us. We are unable to predict whether any proposals will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could increase our income tax liability and adversely affect our net income and long term effective tax rates.

14


We face intense competition, including competition from companies with significantly greater resources than ours, and if we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, our market share may decline and our business could be harmed .
The footwear industry is highly competitive, and many new competitors have entered into the marketplace. We believe that some of these competitors have entered the market place in response to the success of our brands and that such competitors have targeted or intend to target our products with their product offerings. Additionally, we have experienced increased competition from established companies. A number of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technological, engineering, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution resources than we do, as well as greater brand awareness in the footwear and accessory markets. Our competitors include fashion, athletic and footwear companies, branded apparel companies, and retailers with their own private labels. Their greater capabilities in these areas may enable them to better withstand periodic downturns in the footwear industry, compete more effectively on the basis of price and production, and develop new products more quickly. In addition, access to offshore manufacturing has made it easier for new companies to enter the markets in which we compete, further increasing competition in the footwear and accessory industries.
Additionally, efforts by our competitors to dispose of their excess inventories may significantly reduce prices that we can expect to receive for the sale of our competing products and may cause our consumers to shift their purchases away from our products. If we fail to compete successfully in the future, our sales and earnings will decline, as will the value of our business, financial condition, and common stock price.
The disruption, expense, and potential liability associated with existing and future litigation.
We are involved in various claims, litigations and other legal and regulatory proceedings and governmental investigations that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. Due to inherent uncertainties of litigation and other such proceedings and investigations, we cannot predict with accuracy the ultimate outcome of any such matters. An unfavorable outcome could have an adverse impact on our business, financial position, and results of operations. The amount of insurance coverage we maintain to address such matters may be inadequate to cover these or other claims. In addition, any significant litigation, investigation, or proceeding, regardless of its merits, could divert financial and management resources that would otherwise be used to benefit our operations or could negatively impact our reputation in the marketplace.
Our common stock price has been volatile, which could result in substantial losses for stockholders .
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. While our average daily trading volume for the 52-week period ended February 14, 2014 was approximately 1,180,000 shares, we have experienced more limited volume in the past and may do so in the future. The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile. The closing prices of our common stock, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, have ranged from $ 40.35 to $ 88.56 for the 52-week period ended February 14, 2014 . The trading price of our common stock could be affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to the following:
changes in expectations of our future performance, whether realized or perceived;
changes in estimates by securities analysts or failure to meet such estimates;
published research and opinions by securities analysts and other market forecasters;
changes in our credit ratings;
the financial results and liquidity of our customers;
shift of revenue recognition as a result of changes in our distribution model, delivery of merchandise, or entering into agreements with related parties;
claims brought against us by a regulatory agency or our stockholders;
quarterly fluctuations in our sales, expenses, and financial results;
general equity market conditions and investor sentiment;
economic conditions and consumer confidence;
broad market fluctuations in volume and price;
increasing short sales of our stock;

15


announcements to repurchase our stock;
the declaration of stock or cash dividends; and
a variety of risk factors, including the ones described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other periodic reports.
In addition, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. Accordingly, the price of our common stock is volatile and any investment in our stock is subject to risk of loss. These broad market and industry factors and other general macroeconomic conditions unrelated to our financial performance may also affect our common stock price.
The loss, theft or misuse of sensitive customer or company information, or the failure or interruption of key information technology and resource planning systems, could materially adversely affect our business .
Our business involves the storage and transmission of sensitive information including the personal information of our customers, credit card information, employee information, data relating to consumer preferences, and proprietary company financial and strategic data. The protection of our customer, employee and company data is vitally important to us as the loss, theft or misuse of such information could lead to significant reputational or competitive harm, litigation and potential liability. As a result, we believe that our future success and growth depends, in part, on the ability of our key business processes, including our information and global communication systems, to prevent the theft, loss or misuse of this sensitive information. However, as with many businesses, we are subject to numerous security and cybersecurity risks which may prevent us from maintaining the privacy of sensitive information and require us to expend significant resources attempting to secure such information.
As has been well documented in the media, hackers and computer viruses have disrupted operations at many major companies, and we may be vulnerable to similar security breaches. While we have expended, and will continue to expend, resources to protect our customers and ourselves against these breaches and to ensure an effective response to a security or cybersecurity breach, we cannot be certain that we will be able to adequately defend against any such breach. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or attack our systems are constantly evolving and, in some cases, becoming more sophisticated and harder to detect. Despite our efforts, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures in response, and any breaches that we do not detect may remain undetected for some period. In addition, measures that we do take to prevent risks of fraud and security breaches have the potential to harm relations with our customers or suppliers, or decrease activity on our websites by making them more difficult to use or restricting the ability to meet our customers' expectations in terms of their online shopping experience. We are also subject to payment card association rules and obligations under our contracts with payment card processors. Under these rules and obligations, if information is compromised, we could be liable to payment card issuers for associated expenses and penalties. In addition, if we fail to follow payment card industry security standards, even if no customer information is compromised, we could incur significant fines or experience a significant increase in payment card transaction costs.
In addition, we rely on certain information technology management and enterprise resource planning systems to prepare sales forecasts, track our financial and operating results, and otherwise operate our business. As our business grows and we expand into additional distribution channels and geographic regions, these systems may require expansion or modification. We may experience difficulties expanding these information technology and resource planning systems or transitioning to new or upgraded systems, which may result in loss of data or unreliable data, decreases in productivity as our personnel become familiar with the new systems, and increased costs for the implementation of the new or upgraded systems. If we are unable to modify our information technology or resource planning systems to respond to changes in our business needs, or if we experience a failure or interruption in these systems, our ability to accurately forecast sales, report our financial and operating results, or otherwise operate our business could be adversely affected.
Changes in economic conditions may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Volatile economic conditions and general changes in the market have affected, and will likely continue to affect consumer spending generally and the buying habits and preferences of our customers and end-user consumers in particular. A significant portion of the products we sell, especially those sold under the UGG brand, are considered to be luxury retail products. The purchase of these products by consumers is largely discretionary, and is therefore highly dependent upon the level of consumer spending, particularly among affluent consumers. Sales of these products may be adversely affected by a continuation or worsening of recent economic conditions, increases in consumer debt levels, uncertainties regarding future economic prospects, or a decline in consumer confidence. During an actual or perceived economic downturn, fewer consumers may shop for our products and those who do shop may limit the amounts of their purchases. As a result, we could be required to reduce the price we can charge for our products or increase our marketing and promotional expenses in response to lower than anticipated levels of demand for our products. In either case, these changes, or other similar changes in our marketing strategy, would reduce our revenues and profit margins and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

16


We sell our products through higher-end specialty and department store retailers. These retailer customers may be impacted by continuing economic uncertainty, reduced customer demand for luxury products, and a significant decrease in available credit. If reduced consumer spending, lower demand for luxury products, or credit pressures result in financial difficulties or insolvency for these customers, it would adversely impact our estimated allowances and reserves as well as our overall financial results. Also, economic factors such as increased transportation costs, inflation, higher costs of labor, and higher insurance and healthcare costs may increase our cost of sales and our operating expenses, and otherwise adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Our business, access to credit, and trading price of common stock could be materially and adversely affected if the current economic conditions do not improve or worsen.
Our financial success is influenced by the success of our customers .
Much of our financial success is directly related to the success of our retailers and distributor partners to market and sell our brands through to the consumer. If a retailer fails to meet annual sales goals, it may be difficult to locate an acceptable substitute retailer. If a distributor fails to meet annual sales goals, it may be difficult and costly to either locate an acceptable substitute distributor or convert to a wholesale direct model. If a change becomes necessary, we may experience increased costs, loss of customers, increased credit risk, and increased inventory risk, as well as substantial disruption to operations and a potential loss of sales.
We currently do not have long-term contracts with any of our retailers. We do have contracts with our distributors with terms ranging up to five-years, however, while these contracts may have annual purchase minimums which must be met in order to retain the distribution rights, the distributors are not otherwise obligated to purchase product. Sales to our retailers and distributors are generally on an order-by-order basis and are subject to rights of cancellation and rescheduling by our wholesale customers. We use the timing of delivery dates in our wholesale customer orders to forecast our sales and earnings for future periods. If any of our major customers, including independent distributors, experience a significant downturn in business or fail to remain committed to our products or brands, then these customers could postpone, reduce, or discontinue purchases from us. As a result, we could experience a decline in sales or gross margins, write downs of excess inventory, increased discounts or extended credit terms to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, and our common stock price.
Our five largest customers accounted for approximately 23.0 % of worldwide net sales in 2013 and 22.8% of worldwide net sales in 2012 . Any loss of a key customer, the financial collapse or bankruptcy of a key customer, or a significant reduction in purchases from a key customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 2.     Properties.
Our corporate headquarters are located in Goleta, California. We have two US distribution centers, both in California, and international distribution centers in the Netherlands, the UK, China, and Japan. We are in the early stages of opening a new distribution center in Moreno Valley, California. Our E-Commerce operations are in Arizona, the UK, China, and Japan. We also have offices in China and Vietnam to oversee the quality and manufacturing standards of our products, an office in Macau to coordinate logistics, an office in Hong Kong to coordinate sales and marketing efforts, and offices in the UK and the Netherlands to oversee European operations and administration. As of December 31, 2013 , we had 40 retail stores in the US ranging from approximately 2,000 to 7,000 square feet. Internationally, we had 77 retail stores in the UK, China, Japan, France, Belgium, Canada, the Netherlands and Hong Kong. We have no manufacturing facilities, as all of our products are manufactured by independent manufacturers. We also utilize third-party managed distribution centers in certain international countries. In 2011, we purchased approximately fourteen acres of land to build new corporate headquarters in Goleta, California. The construction of the headquarters was substantially completed in January 2014 , although additional construction continues. Other than our new corporate headquarters, we lease, rather than own, our facilities from unrelated parties. With the exception of our E-Commerce and retail store facilities, our facilities are attributable to multiple segments of our business and are not allocated to the reportable segments. We believe our space is adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available to accommodate the foreseeable expansion of our business and operations. We may utilize additional third-party managed distribution centers internationally, as we continue converting selective international distributor businesses into wholesale businesses.
The following table reflects the location, use, segment, and approximate size of our significant physical properties as of December 31, 2013 :

17


Facility Location
 
Description
 
Business Segment
 
Approximate Square Footage
Camarillo, California
 
Warehouse Facility
 
Unallocated
 
723,000

Goleta California
 
Corporate Offices
 
Unallocated
 
91,000

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings.
On May 31, 2012, a purported shareholder class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against the Company and certain of its officers. On August 1, 2012, a similar purported shareholder class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against the Company and certain of its officers. These actions alleged violations of the federal securities laws and were purportedly brought on behalf of purchasers of the Company's publicly traded securities between October 27, 2011 and April 26, 2012. Both cases were dismissed with prejudice, and no appeal was taken from either dismissal.
On July 17, 2012 and July 26, 2012, two purported shareholder derivative lawsuits were filed in the California Superior Court for the County of Santa Barbara against our Board of Directors and several of our officers. The Company is named as nominal defendant. Plaintiffs in the state derivative actions allege, among other things, that the Board allowed certain officers to make allegedly false and misleading statements. The complaints include claims for breach of fiduciary duties, insider trading, unjust enrichment, and violations of the California Corporations Code. The complaints seek compensatory damages, disgorgement, and other relief. The actions were consolidated on September 13, 2012, and the Plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on November 20, 2012. On March 21, 2013, the Company’s demurrer to the consolidated complaint was sustained with leave to amend. The Plaintiffs did not timely amend the consolidated complaint and a final judgment and order of dismissal with prejudice was entered on May 6, 2013. The Plaintiffs filed an appeal on May 22, 2013, which is still pending.
As part of our policing program for our intellectual property rights, from time to time, we file lawsuits in the US and abroad alleging acts of trademark counterfeiting, trademark infringement, patent infringement, trade dress infringement, trademark dilution, and state or foreign law claims. At any given point in time, we may have a number of such actions pending. These actions often result in seizure of counterfeit merchandise or out of court settlements with defendants or both. From time to time, we are subject to claims where plaintiffs will raise, or defendants will raise, either as affirmative defenses or as counterclaims, the invalidity or unenforceability of certain of our intellectual properties, including our trademark registration for UGG Australia. We also are aware of many instances throughout the world in which a third party is using our UGG trademarks within its internet domain name, and we have discovered and are investigating several manufacturers and distributors of counterfeit Teva, UGG, and Sanuk products.
Although we are subject to other routine legal proceedings from time to time in the ordinary course of business, including employment, intellectual property and product liability claims, we believe that the outcome of all pending legal proceedings in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on our business or consolidated financial statements.
Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.

18


PART II
Item 5.     Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "DECK."
The following table shows the range of low and high closing sale prices per share of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated.
 
Common Stock
Price Per Share
 
Low
 
High
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
36.12

 
$
55.69

Second Quarter
$
47.35

 
$
59.69

Third Quarter
$
51.07

 
$
66.09

Fourth Quarter
$
57.84

 
$
86.09

Year ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
First Quarter
$
62.90

 
$
90.21

Second Quarter
$
43.25

 
$
69.46

Third Quarter
$
34.99

 
$
51.21

Fourth Quarter
$
28.63

 
$
42.76

As of February 14, 2014 , we had approximately 58 stockholders of record based upon the records of our transfer agent, which does not include beneficial owners of our common stock whose shares are held in the names of various securities brokers, dealers and registered clearing agencies.
We did not sell any equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2013 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
Below is a graph comparing the percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company's common stock against the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Market Index, a peer group index and the S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index for the five-year period commencing December 31, 2008 and ending December 31, 2013 . The data represented below assumes one hundred dollars invested in each of the Company's common stock, the NASDAQ Market Index, the peer group index and the S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index on January 1, 2009 .
Beginning in 2013, we are using the S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index as our industry index rather than the peer group index that we used in prior years.  We believe that the S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index provides a more representative average of the market performance of the companies in our industry versus the peer group index.  For this annual report, we have included both the peer group index and the S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index .
The stock performance graph shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this Annual Report on Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under either of such Acts. Total return assumes reinvestment of dividends; we have paid no dividends on our common stock and have not done so since our inception.


19


COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON JAN. 01, 2009
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2008
 
2009
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
Deckers Outdoor Corporation
$
100.0

 
$
127.4

 
$
299.6

 
$
283.9

 
$
151.3

 
$
317.3

NASDAQ Market Index#
100.0

 
145.3

 
171.7

 
170.3

 
200.6

 
281.1

S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods Index
100.0

 
162.7

 
229.8

 
285.7

 
293.1

 
366.2

Peer Group Index*
100.0

 
186.7

 
242.4

 
238.0

 
279.6

 
406.3

 
 
#
The NASDAQ Market Index is the same NASDAQ Index used in our 2012 Form 10-K.
*
The Peer Group Index consists of Steven Madden, Ltd.; Wolverine World Wide, Inc.; Crocs, Inc.; and Skechers USA, Inc. In our 2012 Form 10-K the peer group also included K-Swiss Inc., LaCrosse Footwear, Inc. and Kenneth Cole Productions which are not included in the current presentation because K-Swiss Inc. was acquired in January 2013 and LaCrosse Footwear, Inc. and Kenneth Cole Productions became private companies during 2012.

DIVIDEND POLICY
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception. We currently do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our current credit agreement allows us to make cash dividends, provided that no event of default has occurred or is continuing and provided that we have a minimum amount of cash plus unused credit of $150,000 during the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and December 31, and cash plus unused credit of $75,000 during the quarter ended September 30.
STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
In February 2012, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $100,000 of our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and

20


other factors. The program did not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of common stock and the program could have been suspended at any time at our discretion. As of June 30, 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 1,749,000 shares under this program, for approximately $100,000, or an average price of $57.16. As of June 30, 2012, the Company had repurchased the full amount authorized under this program. The purchases made under this program were funded from available working capital.
In June 2012, the Company approved a new stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $200,000 of the Company's common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock and the program may be suspended at any time at the Company's discretion. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had repurchased approximately 2,765,000 shares under this program, for approximately $120,700, or an average price of $43.66, leaving the remaining approved amount at $79,300. There were no stock repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data.
We derived the following selected consolidated financial data from our consolidated financial statements. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read the following consolidated financial information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained in Part II, Item 7 of this annual report.


21


 
Years ended December 31,
 
2013

2012

2011

2010
 
2009
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Statements of operations data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UGG wholesale
$
818,377

 
$
819,256

 
$
915,203

 
$
663,854

 
$
566,964

Teva wholesale
109,334

 
108,591

 
118,742

 
96,207

 
71,952

Sanuk wholesale
94,420

 
89,804

 
26,039

 

 

Other brands wholesale
38,276

 
20,194

 
21,801

 
23,476

 
19,644

E-Commerce
169,534

 
130,592

 
106,498

 
91,808

 
75,666

Retail stores
326,677

 
245,961

 
189,000

 
125,644

 
78,951

 
1,556,618

 
1,414,398

 
1,377,283

 
1,000,989

 
813,177

Cost of sales
820,135

 
782,244

 
698,288

 
498,051

 
442,087

Gross profit
736,483

 
632,154

 
678,995

 
502,938

 
371,090

Selling, general and administrative expenses
528,586

 
445,206

 
394,157

 
253,850

 
189,843

Income from operations
207,897

 
186,948

 
284,838

 
249,088

 
181,247

Other expense (income), net
2,340

 
2,830

 
(424
)
 
(1,021
)
 
(1,976
)
Income before income taxes
205,557

 
184,118

 
285,262

 
250,109

 
183,223

Income taxes
59,868

 
55,104

 
83,404

 
89,732

 
66,304

Net income
145,689

 
129,014

 
201,858

 
160,377

 
116,919

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 
(148
)
 
(2,806
)
 
(2,142
)
 
(133
)
Net income attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation
$
145,689

 
$
128,866

 
$
199,052

 
$
158,235

 
$
116,786

Net income per share attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
4.23

 
$
3.49

 
$
5.16

 
$
4.10

 
$
2.99

Diluted
$
4.18

 
$
3.45

 
$
5.07

 
$
4.03

 
$
2.96

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
34,473

 
36,879

 
38,605

 
38,615

 
39,024

Diluted
34,829

 
37,334

 
39,265

 
39,292

 
39,393


 
As of December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
(In thousands)
Balance sheet data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
237,125

 
$
110,247

 
$
263,606

 
$
445,226

 
$
315,862

Working capital
508,786

 
424,569

 
585,823

 
570,869

 
420,117

Total assets
1,259,729

 
1,068,064

 
1,146,196

 
808,994

 
599,043

Long-term liabilities
51,092

 
62,246

 
72,687

 
8,456

 
6,269

Total Deckers Outdoor Corporation stockholders' equity
888,119

 
738,801

 
835,936

 
652,987

 
491,358


22


Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.
References to "Deckers," "we," "us," "our," or similar terms refer to Deckers Outdoor Corporation together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, all amounts herein are expressed in thousands, except for share quantity, per share data, and selling prices. The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes to those statements included elsewhere in this annual report.
Overview
We are a global leader in designing, marketing and distributing innovative footwear, apparel and accessories developed for both everyday casual lifestyle use and high performance activities.  We market our products primarily under three proprietary brands:
UGG®: Premier brand in luxurious comfort footwear, handbags, apparel, and cold weather accessories;
Teva®: Born from the outdoors, active lifestyle footwear for the adventurous spirit; and
Sanuk®: Innovative action sport footwear brand rooted in the surf community.
Our financial condition and results of operations include the operations of Sanuk beginning July 1, 2011 and Hoka One One® (Hoka) beginning September 27, 2012, the acquisition dates. In addition to our primary brands, our other brands include TSUBO®, a line of mid and high-end dress and dress casual footwear that incorporates style, function and maximum comfort; Ahnu®, a line of outdoor performance and lifestyle footwear; MOZO®, a line of footwear crafted for culinary professionals that redefines the industry dress code; Hoka, a line of footwear for all capacities of runner designed with a unique performance midsole geometry, oversized midsole volume and active foot frame; and Simple®, a line for which we ceased distribution effective December 31, 2011.
We sell our brands through higher-end domestic retailers and international distributors and retailers, as well as directly to our end-user consumers through our E-Commerce business and our retail stores. Independent third parties manufacture all of our products.
Our business has been impacted by, what we believe are, several important trends and we expect that it will continue to be impacted:
Sales of our products are highly seasonal and are sensitive to weather conditions, which are beyond our control.  Even though we are creating more year-round styles for our brands, the effect of favorable or unfavorable weather on sales can be significant.
Continuing uncertainty surrounding US and global economic conditions has adversely impacted businesses worldwide. Some of our customers have been, and more may be, adversely affected, which in turn has, and may continue to, adversely impact our financial results.
The sheepskin used in certain UGG products is in high demand and limited supply, and there have been significant fluctuations in the price of sheepskin as the demand from competitors for this material has changed. However, our sheepskin costs decreased in 2013 compared to 2012 due to lower pricing negotiated for our Fall 2013 product costs, as well as the use of UGGpure, real wool woven into a durable backing used as an alternative to table grade sheepskin, in select linings and foot beds.
The markets for casual, outdoor, and athletic footwear have grown significantly during the last decade. We believe this growth is a result of the trend toward casual dress in the workplace, increasingly active outdoor lifestyles, and a growing emphasis on comfort.
Consumers are more often seeking footwear designed to address a broader array of activities with the same quality, comfort, and high performance attributes they have come to expect from traditional athletic footwear.
Consumers have narrowed their footwear product breadth, focusing on brands with a rich heritage and authenticity as market category creators and leaders.

23


Consumers have become increasingly focused on luxury and comfort, seeking out products and brands that are fashionable while still comfortable.
There is an emerging sustainable lifestyle movement happening all around the world, and consumers are demanding that brands and companies become more environmentally responsible.
Consumers are following a recent trend of buy now, wear now. This trend entails the consumer waiting to purchase shoes until they will actually wear them, contrasted with a tendency in the past to purchase shoes they did not plan to wear until later.
By emphasizing our brands' images and our focus on comfort, performance and authenticity, we believe we can continue to maintain a loyal consumer following that is less susceptible to fluctuations caused by changing fashions and changes in consumer preferences. We have also responded to consumer focus on sustainability by establishing objectives, policies, and procedures to help us drive key sustainability initiatives around human rights, environmental sustainability, and community affairs.
We have experienced significant cost fluctuations, most over the past several years, notably with respect to sheepskin. We attempt to cover the full amount of our sheepskin purchases under fixed price contracts. We continually strive to contain our material costs through increasing the mix of non-sheepskin products, exploring new footwear materials and new production technologies, and utilizing lower cost production, including in the US from where we began sourcing products in 2012. Also, refer to Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for further discussion of our commodity price risk.
Below is an overview of the various components of our business, including some key factors that affect each business and some of our strategies for growing each business.
UGG Brand Overview
The UGG brand is one of the most iconic and recognized brands in the global footwear industry and highlights the Company’s successful track record of building niche brands into lifestyle market leaders. With loyal consumers around the world the UGG brand has proven to be a highly resilient line of premium footwear, with an expanding product offering and a growing global audience that attracts women, men and children. UGG brand footwear continually earns media exposure from numerous outlets both organically and from strategic public relations efforts, including an increasing amount of exposure internationally. The UGG brand has invested in creating holistic, impactful integrated campaigns across paid, earned and owned media channels, including digital, social, out-of-home (OOH) and print, which are globally scalable, contributing to broader public awareness of the brand.
We believe the increased global media focus and demand for UGG products has been driven by the following:
High consumer brand loyalty, due to over 35 years of delivering quality and luxuriously comfortable UGG footwear;
Continued innovation of new product categories and styles, including those beyond footwear such as loungewear, handbags, cold-weather accessories and a new home offering;
A more robust footwear offering, including transitional collections to better bridge the gap between late summer and the start of the holiday season;
Expanded slipper category showing incremental growth with added styles for both women and men;
Growing Direct-to-Consumer platform and enhanced omni-channel capabilities that enable us to increasingly engage existing and prospective consumers in a more connected environment to introduce our evolving product lines;
Product customization with our UGG by You program allows for deeper connection with brand and products;
Focus on mobile consumers with responsive site design providing shoppers access to the brand from their mobile device;
Year-round holistic paid advertising approach for women, men and kids in targeted high-end print, OOH, digital and social media;
Holiday focused advertising campaign to drive important seasonal sales;

24


Continued creation of targeted UGG for Men campaigns featuring brand ambassador Tom Brady;
Targeted E-Commerce based marketing to existing and prospective consumers through integrated outreach including email blasts, interactive site design and search engine optimization based content;
Successful targeting of higher-end distribution;
Expanded product assortments from existing accounts;
Adoption by high-profile celebrities as a favored footwear brand;
Continued media attention that has enabled us to introduce the brand to consumers much faster than we would have otherwise been able to;
Increased exposure to the brand driven by our concept stores that showcase all of our product offerings;
Continued expansion of worldwide retail through new UGG stores; and
Continued geographic expansion through our UGG concept and outlet stores globally.
We believe the luxurious comfort of UGG products will continue to drive long-term consumer demand. Recognizing that there is a significant fashion element to UGG footwear and that footwear fashions fluctuate, our strategy seeks to prolong the longevity of the brand by offering a broader product line suitable for wear in a variety of climates and occasions and by presenting UGG as a global, premium lifestyle brand and limiting distribution to selected higher-end retailers. As part of this strategy, we have increased our product offering, including a growing transitional collections and spring line, an expanded men’s line, a fall line that consists of a range of luxurious collections for both genders, an expanded kids’ line, as well as home, handbags, cold weather accessories, and apparel. We have also recently expanded our marketing and promotional efforts, which we believe has contributed, and will continue to contribute, to our growth. We believe that the evolution of the UGG brand and our strategy of product diversification will also help decrease our reliance on sheepskin, which is in high demand and subject to price volatility. Nonetheless, we cannot assure investors that our efforts will continue to provide UGG brand growth.
Teva Brand Overview
For 30 years Teva has fueled the adventure lifestyle around the globe. Teva pioneered the sport sandal category in 1984 and today our mission remains steadfast: to enable spontaneous adventure with versatile, utility-centered footwear for active consumers. By designing simple, functional footwear, Teva is driving growth by extending our established global platforms in sandals and water-related products and by leveraging our authenticity with active lifestyle consumers.
We believe that Teva’s Originals product line will be a key platform in driving market penetration for the brand. In the US, we believe the line will continue to bolster our leadership position in sandals and grow our market share through casual category extensions. Globally, we expect that the Originals line will establish Teva’s position across the warm-weather climates of Asia and Latin America, setting the foundation to support core lifestyle collections within these regions.
Within the US, Teva maintains its position as a market leader within the sport sandal category. Growth opportunities within our current core channels of distribution - outdoor specialty and sporting goods - will be pursued through deepening penetration with evolved and expanded product offerings. Teva plans to support its channel expansion beyond present distribution with focused investments in targeted, solution-driven marketing programs in order to attract new lifestyle consumers to the brand. However, we cannot assure investors that these efforts will be successful.
Sanuk Brand Overview
The Sanuk brand was founded 15 years ago, and from its origins in the Southern California surf culture, has grown into a global brand with an expanding consumer audience and growing presence in the casual canvas and sandals categories. The Sanuk brand’s use of unexpected materials and unconventional constructions combined with its fun and funky branding has contributed to the brand’s identity and growth since its inception, and led to successful products such as the Yoga Mat TM sandal collection and the patented SIDEWALK SURFERS®.  We believe that the Sanuk brand provides substantial growth opportunities, especially within the casual canvas markets, supporting our strategic initiatives spanning new product launches, and Direct-to-Consumer channel development and global expansion.  However, we cannot assure investors that our efforts to grow the brand will be successful.
Other Brands Overview

25


Our other brands consist of TSUBO, Ahnu, MOZO, and Hoka. Our other brands are all sold through most of our distribution channels, with the majority sold through wholesale channels.
TSUBO, meaning pressure point in Japanese, is marketed as high-end casual footwear for men and women. The brand is the synthesis of ergonomics and style, with a full line of sport and dress casuals, boots, sandals and heels constructed to provide consumers with contemporary footwear that incorporates style, function, and maximum comfort. We are positioning the TSUBO brand as the premium footwear solution for people in the city. We are continuing to create products to address consumers' unique needs of all-day comfort, innovative style, and superior quality.
The Ahnu brand is an outdoor performance and lifestyle footwear brand for men and women. The name Ahnu is derived from the Celtic goddess representing the balance of well-being and prosperity. The brand focuses primarily on women consumers offering style and comfort for active women on both trails and pavement. The product goal is to achieve uncompromising footwear performance by developing footwear that will provide the appropriate balance of traction, grip, flexibility, cushioning, and durability for a variety of outdoor activities — whether on trails, beaches, or sidewalks.
MOZO creates footwear for culinary professionals that redefines the industry dress code. Crafted for the most discerning of palates, MOZO shoes blend function, performance, and style. Each product is lightweight, durable, comfortable, and easy to clean. MOZO footwear is designed for casual, every day wear and built to challenge any culinary environment so you never have to compromise your personal style to perform at your very best. MOZO shoes are sold through food service equipment and supply distributors and online at Zappos.com and Amazon.com. Beginning in 2014, we expect that MOZO products will be available at footwear retailers nationwide.
The Hoka brand focuses on designing shoes with a unique performance midsole geometry, oversized midsole volume and an active foot frame. Runners from around the world are experiencing the benefits of Hoka brand products. These shoes are used by marathon runners, and even ultra-marathon runners as well as every day runners to enjoy running.
We expect to leverage our design, marketing, and distribution capabilities to grow our other brands over the next several years, consistent with our mission to build niche brands into global market leaders. Nevertheless, we cannot assure investors that our efforts to grow these brands will be successful.
E-Commerce Overview
Our E-Commerce business, which sells all of our brands except Mozo, allows us to build our relationship with the consumer. E-Commerce enables us to meet the growing demand for our products, sell the products at retail prices, and provide significant incremental operating income. The E-Commerce business provides us an opportunity to communicate to the consumer with a consistent brand message that is in line with our brands' promises, drives awareness of key brand initiatives, and offers targeted information to specific consumer segments. Our websites also drive wholesale and distributor sales through brand awareness and directing consumers to retailers that carry our brands, including our own retail stores. In recent years, our E-Commerce business has had significant revenue growth, much of which occurred as the UGG brand gained popularity and as consumers continued to increase internet usage for footwear and other purchases.
Managing our E-Commerce business requires us to focus on the latest trends and techniques for web design and marketing, to generate internet traffic to our websites, to effectively convert website visits into orders, and to maximize average order sizes. We plan to continue to grow our E-Commerce business through improved website features and performance, increased marketing, expansion into more international markets, and utilization of mobile and tablet technology. Nevertheless, we cannot assure investors that revenue from our E-Commerce business will continue to grow.
Retail Stores Overview
Our retail stores are predominantly UGG concept stores and UGG outlet stores. In 2013 we expanded our fleet and opened our first Sanuk (two concept, one outlet) and Teva (one outlet) stores. Our retail stores enable us to directly impact our customers' experience, meet the growing demand for these products, sell the products at retail prices and generate strong annual operating income. In addition, our UGG concept stores allow us to showcase our entire product line including footwear, accessories, handbags, home, outerwear, lounge and retail exclusive items; whereas, a wholesale account may not represent all of these categories. Through our outlet stores, we sell some of our discontinued styles from prior seasons, plus products made specifically for the outlet stores.
As of December 31, 2013 , we had a total of 117 retail stores worldwide. These stores are company-owned and operated and include our China stores, which prior to April 2, 2012 were owned and operated with our joint venture partner. On April 2, 2012, we purchased the remaining interest in our Chinese joint venture. During 2014, we plan to open additional retail stores worldwide.
Seasonality

26


Our business is seasonal, with the highest percentage of UGG brand net sales occurring in the quarters ending September 30 and December 31 and the highest percentage of Teva and Sanuk brand net sales occurring in the quarters ending March 31 and June 30 of each year. Our financial results include the Sanuk brand beginning July 1, 2011. Our other brands do not have a significant seasonal impact.
Subsequent to December 31, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a change in the Company's fiscal year end from December 31 to March 31. The change is intended to better align our planning, financial and reporting functions with the seasonality of our business. Under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company intends to file a transition report on Form 10-QT for the quarter ending March 31, 2014.
 
2013
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Net sales
$
263,760

 
$
170,085

 
$
386,725

 
$
736,048

Income (loss) from operations
$
2,652

 
$
(42,751
)
 
$
46,497

 
$
201,499


 
2012
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
Net sales
$
246,306

 
$
174,436

 
$
376,392

 
$
617,264

Income (loss) from operations
$
11,933

 
$
(28,708
)
 
$
59,609

 
$
144,114

With the level of UGG brand net sales over the past several years, net sales in the last half of the calendar year have exceeded net sales for the first half of the calendar year. Given our expectations for our brands, we currently expect this trend to continue. Nonetheless, actual results could differ materially depending upon consumer preferences, availability of product, competition, and our wholesale and distributor customers continuing to carry and promote our various product lines, among other risks and uncertainties. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors."
Results of Operations
Year ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year ended December 31, 2012
The following table summarizes our results of operations:
 
Years ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
Change
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
Net sales
$
1,556,618

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,414,398

 
100.0
%
 
$
142,220

 
10.1
 %
Cost of sales
820,135

 
52.7

 
782,244

 
55.3

 
37,891

 
4.8

Gross profit
736,483

 
47.3

 
632,154

 
44.7

 
104,329

 
16.5

Selling, general and administrative expenses
528,586

 
33.9

 
445,206

 
31.5

 
83,380

 
18.7

Income from operations
207,897

 
13.4

 
186,948

 
13.2

 
20,949

 
11.2

Other expense, net
2,340

 
0.2

 
2,830

 
0.2

 
(490
)
 
(17.3
)
Income before income taxes
205,557

 
13.2

 
184,118

 
13.0

 
21,439

 
11.6

Income taxes
59,868

 
3.8

 
55,104

 
3.9

 
4,764

 
8.6

Net income
145,689

 
9.4

 
129,014

 
9.1

 
16,675

 
12.9

Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest

 

 
(148
)
 

 
148

 
*
Net income attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation
$
145,689

 
9.4
%
 
$
128,866

 
9.1
%
 
$
16,823

 
13.1
 %

* Calculation of percentage change is not meaningful.
Overview.     The increase in net sales was primarily due to increased UGG brand sales through our retail stores and E-Commerce sites. In addition, net sales increased from our other brands, Sanuk brand and Teva brand sales through our wholesale

27


channel, and increased Sanuk brand sales through our E-Commerce sites and retail stores. The increase in income from operations resulted from increased sales and gross margin, partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A).
Net Sales.     The following table summarizes net sales by location and net sales by brand and distribution channel:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
Amount
 
%
Net sales by location:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US
$
1,042,274

 
$
972,987

 
$
69,287

 
7.1
 %
International
514,344

 
441,411

 
72,933

 
16.5

Total
$
1,556,618

 
$
1,414,398

 
$
142,220

 
10.1
 %
Net sales by brand and distribution channel:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

UGG:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
$
818,377

 
$
819,256

 
$
(879
)
 
(0.1
)%
E-Commerce
155,635

 
118,886

 
36,749

 
30.9

Retail stores
324,868

 
245,397

 
79,471

 
32.4

Total
1,298,880

 
1,183,539

 
115,341

 
9.7

Teva:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
109,334

 
108,591

 
743

 
0.7

E-Commerce
6,627

 
6,578

 
49

 
0.7

Retail stores
426

 
347

 
79

 
22.8

Total
116,387

 
115,516

 
871

 
0.8

Sanuk:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
94,420

 
89,804

 
4,616

 
5.1

E-Commerce
6,077

 
4,172

 
1,905

 
45.7

Retail stores
1,183

 
20

 
1,163

 
5,815.0

Total
101,680

 
93,996

 
7,684

 
8.2

Other brands:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
38,276

 
20,194

 
18,082

 
89.5

E-Commerce
1,195

 
956

 
239

 
25.0

Retail stores
200

 
197

 
3

 
1.5

Total
39,671

 
21,347

 
18,324

 
85.8

Total
$
1,556,618

 
$
1,414,398

 
$
142,220

 
10.1
 %
Total E-Commerce
$
169,534

 
$
130,592

 
$
38,942

 
29.8
 %
Total Retail stores
$
326,677

 
$
245,961

 
$
80,716

 
32.8
 %

In order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed, excluding the effect of foreign currency rate fluctuations, we provide certain financial information on a “constant currency basis”, which is in addition to the actual financial information presented. In order to calculate our constant currency information, we translate the current period financial information using the foreign currency exchange rates that were in effect during the previous comparable period. However, constant currency measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to U.S. dollar measures that reflect current period exchange rates, or to other financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The increase in net sales was primarily due to increased UGG brand sales through our retail stores and E-Commerce sites. In addition, net sales increased from our other brands, Sanuk brand and Teva brand sales through our wholesale channel and increased Sanuk brand sales through our E-Commerce sites and retail stores. On a constant currency basis, net sales increased by 11.1% to approximately $1,571,000. We experienced an increase in the number of pairs sold in all segments. This resulted in a 10.1% overall increase in the volume of footwear sold for all brands and channels to approximately 26.1 million pairs for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to approximately 23.7 million pairs for 2012 . Our weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair decreased to $46.87 for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $49.17 for 2012 . The decreased average selling price

28


was primarily due to our UGG, Teva and Sanuk wholesale segments, partially offset by an increase in the average selling price in our other brands wholesale segment. Our overall weighted-average selling price per pair across all channels decreased to $59.63 for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $60.12 for 2012. The decrease in overall average selling price per pair was primarily due to the decreased weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair, partially offset by the increased mix of Direct-to-Consumer sales which carry higher price points.
Wholesale net sales of our UGG brand decreased primarily due to a decrease in the weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair as well as the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, partially offset by an increase in the volume of pairs sold. On a constant currency basis, wholesale sales of our UGG brand increased by 0.6% to approximately $824,000. The decrease in average selling price was primarily due to increased closeout sales at a lower price, as well as the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. For UGG wholesale net sales, the decrease in average selling price had an estimated impact of approximately $28,000, including approximately $6,000 related to the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, partially offset by an increase in volume of approximately $27,000.
Wholesale net sales of our Teva brand increased primarily due to an increase in the volume of pairs sold, partially offset by a decrease in the weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair. The decrease in average selling price was largely due to a higher proportion of the sales coming from sandals which carry lower average selling prices. For Teva wholesale net sales, the increase in volume had an estimated impact of approximately $4,000 and the decrease in average selling price had an estimated impact of approximately $3,000.
Wholesale net sales of our Sanuk brand increased primarily due to an increase in the volume of pairs sold, partially offset by a decrease in the weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair. The decrease in average selling price was primarily due to an increased impact of closeout sales. For Sanuk wholesale net sales, the increase in volume had an estimated impact of approximately $10,000 and the decrease in average selling price had an estimated impact of approximately $5,000.

Wholesale net sales of our other brands increased due to an increase in the weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair, as well as an increase in the volume of pairs sold. The increase in average selling price was primarily due to the addition of the Hoka brand, which carries higher average selling prices than the other brands included in this segment. The increase in volume of pairs sold was primarily due to the addition of the Hoka brand. Hoka sales are included from our acquisition date of September 27, 2012 and, therefore, comparable sales amounts are not included in the sales for the year ended December 31, 2012. Excluding the Hoka brand, our other brands’ wholesale net sales increased by approximately $4,000 due to an increase in sales of approximately $5,000 from an increase in the volume of pairs sold, partially offset by a decrease in sales of approximately $1,000 due to a decrease in the average selling price. The decrease in average selling price was primarily due to the increased impact of closeout sales.
Net sales of our E-Commerce business increased due to an increase in the volume of pairs sold primarily attributable to the UGG brand. For E-Commerce net sales, the increase in volume had an impact of approximately $39,000. The change in average selling price had no material impact on net sales.
Net sales of our retail store business, which are primarily UGG brand sales, increased largely due to the addition of 40 new stores opened since December 31, 2012 , partially offset by the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. On a constant currency basis, net sales of our retail store business increased by 36.4% to approximately $335,000. Over half of the new stores were in Asia, primarily in China and Japan, with the remaining new stores in the US and Europe. Same store sales for the 52 weeks ending December 29, 2013 increased 2.8% compared to the same period in 2012. For retail same store sales, we experienced an increase in volume of approximately $4,500 partially offset by a decrease in weighted-average selling price of approximately $500. As we continue to increase the number of retail stores, each new store will have less significant impact on our growth rate.
International sales, which are included in the segment sales above, for all of our products combined increased by 16.5% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 , partially offset by the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. On a constant currency basis, international sales increased by 19.9% to approximately $529,000. International sales represented 33.0% and 31.2% of worldwide net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The increase in international sales as a percentage of worldwide net sales was largely due to the continued growth in our UGG brand's international retail and E-Commerce business of approximately $65,000, as well as increased sales to our distributors throughout Asia and Latin America of approximately $8,000 and wholesale customers in France of approximately $7,000, partially offset by decreased sales to our distributors in Canada and Europe of approximately $11,000.
Foreign income before income taxes was $60,851 and $51,409, and worldwide income before income taxes was $205,557 and $184,118 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Foreign income before income taxes represented 29.6% and 27.9% of worldwide income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The increase in foreign income before income taxes as a percentage of worldwide income before income taxes was primarily due to

29


a 16.5% international sales growth rate compared to a 7.1% US sales growth rate, as well as an increase in gross margin earned on foreign sales. These increases were primarily related to the increase in international retail and E-Commerce sales which generally carry higher margins than wholesale sales.
We expect that our foreign income before income taxes will continue to fluctuate from year to year based on several factors, including our expansion initiatives. In addition, we believe that the continued evolution and geographic scope of the UGG brand and our continuing strategy of enhancing product diversification will contribute to growth in our international retail and E-Commerce business in future years.
Gross Profit.   As a percentage of net sales, gross margin increased compared to the same period in 2012. Gross profit increased by approximately 1.5 percentage points due to reduced sheepskin costs and increased use of UGGpure, real wool woven into a durable backing used as an alternative to table grade sheepskin in select linings and foot beds, as well as an increased mix of retail and E-Commerce sales, which generally carry higher margins than our wholesale segments, of approximately 1.2 percentage points. These increases were partially offset by the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations of approximately 30 basis points. The change in sales between our wholesale customers and distributors is immaterial to gross margin. Our gross margins fluctuate based on several factors, and we expect our gross margin to increase for the full year 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to realizing a full year of reduced sheepskin prices, the increased use of UGGpure and an increase in the proportion of direct-to-consumer (DTC) sales which generally carry higher margins.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A increased primarily from:
increased retail costs of approximately $53,000 largely related to 40 new retail stores that were not open as of December 31, 2012 and related corporate infrastructure;
increased recognition of performance-based compensation of approximately $17,000;
increased E-Commerce expenses of approximately $13,000 largely related to increased marketing and advertising;
increased expenses of approximately $9,000 for the Hoka brand which we acquired on September 27, 2012; partially offset by
decreased expense related to the fair value of the Sanuk contingent consideration liability of approximately $8,000 primarily due to changes made during 2012 to the brand's forecast of sales and gross profit through 2015, which increased the expense in 2012 without a comparable increase in 2013.
Performance-Based Compensation

As noted above, the recognition of performance-based compensation increased by approximately $17,000 over the prior year period. As of December 31, 2013, the target level of the performance objectives relating to our 2013 performance-based cash awards was achieved, and we have recognized the expense accordingly. In contrast, as of December 31, 2012, we did not achieve the same level of the performance objectives relating to our 2012 performance-based cash awards and we recognized expense for those 2012 awards accordingly at that time.

At the beginning of each year, our Compensation Committee reviews our operating results from the prior fiscal year, as well as the financial and strategic plan for the next fiscal year and for subsequent years. The Committee then establishes specific annual Company financial goals and specific strategic goals for each executive. Performance-based cash compensation awards for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 were only partially earned, and performance-based cash compensation awards for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 were earned at higher levels, based on our achievement of certain targets for annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as well as achievement of pre-determined individual financial and non-financial performance goals that are tailored to individual employees based on their role and responsibilities at the Company. The performance objectives and goals, as well as the targets, differ each year and are based upon many factors, including the Company’s current business stage and strategies, recent Company financial and operating performance, expected growth rates over prior year’s performance, business and general economic conditions and market and peer group analysis. For example, in evaluating targets for the 2012 fiscal year, our Compensation Committee reviewed, among other things, our EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, which was approximately $314.6 million, and, in evaluating targets for the 2013 fiscal year, our Compensation Committee reviewed, among other things, our EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, which was approximately $229.7 million. Performance objectives for the 2013 fiscal year were based, in part, upon the expected achievement of growth in the Company’s EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the Company’s EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. While

30


expected growth rates over prior year performance were not reduced, the Company’s lower EBITDA for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 resulted in 2013 EBITDA targets that were lower than the 2012 EBITDA targets.

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, we recognize performance-based compensation expenses when it is deemed probable that the applicable performance-based goal will be met. We evaluate the probability of achieving performance-based goals on a quarterly basis. Our assessment of the probability of achieving specified goals can fluctuate from quarter to quarter as we assess our projected achievement as compared to specified performance targets. As a result, the compensation expense we recognize may also fluctuate from period to period.

Income (Loss) from Operations.     Refer to note 8 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our reportable segments. The following table summarizes operating income (loss) by segment:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
Amount
 
%
UGG wholesale
$
224,736

 
$
206,039

 
$
18,697

 
9.1
 %
Teva wholesale
9,165

 
9,228

 
(63
)
 
(0.7
)
Sanuk wholesale
20,591

 
14,398

 
6,193

 
43.0

Other brands wholesale
(9,807
)
 
(4,523
)
 
(5,284
)
 
(116.8
)
E-Commerce
66,819

 
56,190

 
10,629

 
18.9

Retail stores
65,716

 
63,306

 
2,410

 
3.8

Unallocated overhead costs
(169,323
)
 
(157,690
)
 
(11,633
)
 
(7.4
)
Total
$
207,897

 
$
186,948

 
$
20,949

 
11.2
 %

Income from operations increased due to the increase in sales and gross margin, partially offset by higher SG&A expenses and the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. On a constant currency basis, income from operations increased by 13.7% to approximately $213,000. Beginning January 1, 2013, all gross profit derived from the sales to third parties of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments is reported in income from operations of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments, respectively. In prior periods, the gross profit derived from the sales to third parties of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments was separated into two components: (i) the wholesale profit was included in the related operating income or loss of each wholesale segment, and represented the difference between the Company’s cost and the Company’s wholesale selling price, and (ii) the retail profit was included in the operating income of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments, and represented the difference between the Company’s wholesale selling price and the Company’s retail selling price. Each of the wholesale segments charged the E-Commerce and retail segments the same price that they charged third party retail customers, with the resulting profit from inter-segment sales included in income (loss) from operations of each respective wholesale segment. Inter-segment sales and cost of sales are eliminated upon consolidation. These changes in reporting only changed the presentation within the table above and did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements for any periods. We believe that these changes better align with how we view the business, which is that sales of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments each generate a cash flow of their own and the wholesale segments are not active in generating those cash flows. The income from operations information for the year ended December 31, 2012 has been adjusted retrospectively to conform to the current period presentation.
The increase in income from operations of UGG brand wholesale was primarily the result of a 2.1 percentage point increase in gross margin primarily related to decreased sheepskin costs of approximately $18,000, as well as reduced operating expenses of approximately $2,000, partially offset by the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. On a constant currency basis, income from operations of UGG brand wholesale increased 11.0% to approximately $229,000. We expect gross margin to continue to increase in 2014 due to a full year of reduced sheepskin costs as well as increased use of UGGpure.
Income from operations of Teva brand wholesale was comparable to the same period in 2012.
The increase in income from operations of Sanuk brand wholesale was primarily the result of decreased expense related to the fair value of the Sanuk contingent consideration liability of approximately $8,000, which was primarily due to changes made during 2012 to the brand's forecast of sales and gross profit through 2015, which increased the expense in 2012 without a comparable increase in 2013. In addition, income from operations increased due to the increase in net sales, partially offset by

31


a 1.4 percentage point decrease in gross margin due to increased closeout sales as well as an increase in sales expenses of approximately $2,000.

The increase in loss from operations of our other brands wholesale was primarily the result of the activity of our Hoka brand, which we purchased on September 27, 2012, and includes initial costs to expand the brand.
The increase in income from operations of our E-Commerce business was primarily the result of the increase in net sales and resulting gross profit, partially offset by increased operating expenses of approximately $15,000. The increased operating expenses were largely due to increased marketing and advertising costs.
Income from operations of our retail store business, which primarily involves the UGG brand, increased due to the increase in net sales, largely offset by increased operating expenses of approximately $53,000 primarily attributable to 40 new stores opened during the year as well as the negative impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. On a constant currency basis, income from operations of our retail store business increased 7.9% to approximately $68,000.
The increase in unallocated overhead costs resulted most significantly from an increase of approximately $8,000 in the recognition of performance-based compensation that was not allocated to any of our reportable segments.
Other Expense, Net.     Other expense, net decreased primarily due to a decrease in interest expense related to our short-term borrowings.
Income Taxes.     Income tax expense and effective income tax rates were as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Income tax expense
$
59,868

 
$
55,104

Effective income tax rate
29.1
%
 
29.9
%
The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the increase in our annual foreign pre-tax income as a percentage of worldwide pre-tax income, as income generated in the foreign jurisdictions is taxed at significantly lower rates than the US. For the full year 2013 , we generated approximately 11.0 % of our pre-tax earnings from a country which does not impose a corporate income tax. Unremitted earnings of non-US subsidiaries are expected to be reinvested outside of the US indefinitely. Such earnings would become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends. As of December 31, 2013 , we had approximately $95,000 of cash and cash equivalents outside the US that would be subject to additional income taxes if it were to be repatriated. We have no plans to repatriate any of our foreign cash.
Net Income Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest.   Prior to April 2, 2012, we owned 51% of a joint venture with an affiliate of Stella International Holdings Limited (Stella International) for the primary purpose of opening and operating retail stores for the UGG brand in China. Stella International is also one of our major manufacturers in China. On April 2, 2012, we purchased, for a total purchase price of $20,000, the 49% noncontrolling interest owned by Stella International. Prior to this purchase, we already had a controlling interest in this entity, and therefore, the subsidiary had been and will continue to be consolidated with our operations.
Net Income Attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation.     Our net income increased as a result of the items discussed above. Our diluted earnings per share increased primarily as a result of the increase in net income, as well as by a reduced number of diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding. The reduction in the diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding was the result of our share repurchases which commenced during the year ended December 31, 2012. The weighted-average impact of the share repurchases was a reduction of approximately 2,600,000 shares.
Year ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year ended December 31, 2011

32


The following table summarizes our results of operations:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
Change
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
 
Amount
 
%
Net sales
$
1,414,398

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,377,283

 
100.0
 %
 
$
37,115

 
2.7
 %
Cost of sales
782,244

 
55.3

 
698,288

 
50.7

 
83,956

 
12.0

Gross profit
632,154

 
44.7

 
678,995

 
49.3

 
(46,841
)
 
(6.9
)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
445,206

 
31.5

 
394,157

 
28.6

 
51,049

 
13.0

Income from operations
186,948

 
13.2

 
284,838

 
20.7

 
(97,890
)
 
(34.4
)
Other expense (income), net
2,830

 
0.2

 
(424
)
 

 
3,254

 
767.5

Income before income taxes
184,118

 
13.0

 
285,262

 
20.7

 
(101,144
)
 
(35.5
)
Income taxes
55,104

 
3.9

 
83,404

 
6.1

 
(28,300
)
 
(33.9
)
Net income
129,014

 
9.1

 
201,858

 
14.7

 
(72,844
)
 
(36.1
)
Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest
(148
)
 

 
(2,806
)
 
(0.2
)
 
2,658

 
94.7

Net income attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation
$
128,866

 
9.1
%
 
$
199,052

 
14.5
 %
 
$
(70,186
)
 
(35.3
)%
Overview.     The Sanuk brand operations are included in our results of operations effective upon the acquisition date of July 1, 2011. The increase in net sales was primarily due to the addition of the Sanuk brand as well as increased UGG brand sales through our retail stores and E-Commerce sites, partially offset by decreased UGG, Teva and other brands product sales through our wholesale channel. The decrease in income from operations resulted from higher SG&A expenses and lower gross margin.
Net Sales.     The following table summarizes net sales by location and net sales by brand and distribution channel:

33


 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Amount
 
%
Net sales by location:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US
$
972,987

 
$
945,109

 
$
27,878

 
2.9
 %
International
441,411

 
432,174

 
9,237

 
2.1

Total
$
1,414,398

 
$
1,377,283

 
$
37,115

 
2.7
 %
Net sales by brand and distribution channel:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

UGG:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
$
819,256

 
$
915,203

 
$
(95,947
)
 
(10.5
)%
E-Commerce
118,886

 
98,256

 
20,630

 
21.0

Retail stores
245,397

 
188,377

 
57,020

 
30.3

Total
1,183,539

 
1,201,836

 
(18,297
)
 
(1.5
)
Teva:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
108,591

 
118,742

 
(10,151
)
 
(8.5
)
E-Commerce
6,578

 
5,571

 
1,007

 
18.1

Retail stores
347

 
452

 
(105
)
 
(23.2
)
Total
115,516

 
124,765

 
(9,249
)
 
(7.4
)
Sanuk:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
89,804

 
26,039

 
63,765

 
244.9

E-Commerce
4,172

 
539

 
3,633

 
674.0

Retail stores
20

 

 
20

 
*
Total
93,996

 
26,578

 
67,418

 
253.7

Other brands:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Wholesale
20,194

 
21,801

 
(1,607
)
 
(7.4
)
E-Commerce
956

 
2,132

 
(1,176
)
 
(55.2
)
Retail stores
197

 
171

 
26

 
15.2

Total
21,347

 
24,104

 
(2,757
)
 
(11.4
)
Total
$
1,414,398

 
$
1,377,283

 
$
37,115

 
2.7
 %
Total E-Commerce
$
130,592

 
$
106,498

 
$
24,094

 
22.6
 %
Total Retail stores
$
245,961

 
$
189,000

 
$
56,961

 
30.1
 %
*Calculation of percentage change is not meaningful.
The increase in net sales was primarily driven by the addition of the Sanuk brand as well as increased UGG brand sales through our retail stores and E-Commerce sites, partially offset by decreased UGG, Teva and other brands wholesale sales. We experienced an increase in the number of pairs sold primarily through our Sanuk wholesale channel and continued retail and E-Commerce growth, partially offset by a decrease in pairs sold in our UGG, Teva, and other brands wholesale segments. This resulted in a 3.9% overall increase in the volume of footwear sold for all brands and channels to approximately 23.7 million pairs for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to approximately 22.8 million pairs for 2011. Our weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair decreased to $49.17 for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $52.38 for 2011. The decreased average selling price was primarily due to our Sanuk wholesale segment, which has lower overall average selling prices due to the nature of the brand. We experienced an increase in the average selling price in all other wholesale segments.
Wholesale net sales of our UGG brand decreased primarily due to the volume of pairs sold, partially offset by an increase in the average selling price. For UGG wholesale net sales, the decrease in volume had an estimated impact of approximately $103,000 and the increase in weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair had an estimated impact of approximately $7,000. We believe the decline was partially due to reduced orders for the fall season caused by our customers' increased carryover inventory levels resulting from the warm winter in the prior year, a new trend of on-demand purchasing whereby consumers shift the timing of their purchases to when they plan to actually wear the shoes, as well as recessionary conditions in Europe.

34


Wholesale net sales of our Teva brand decreased primarily due to a decrease in the volume of pairs sold, partially offset by an increase in the weighted-average wholesale selling price per pair. For Teva wholesale net sales, the decrease in volume had an estimated impact of approximately $24,000 and the increase in average selling price had an estimated impact of approximately $14,000.
Wholesale net sales of our Sanuk brand were $89,804 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, compared to $26,039 for the six months commencing on July 1, 2011, the acquisition date, and ending on December 31, 2011.
Wholesale net sales of our other brands decreased due to a decrease in the volume of pairs sold, partially offset by an increase in the average selling price. The decrease in volume of pairs sold was due to ceasing distribution of the Simple brand as of December 31, 2011. Excluding the Simple brand, our other brands experienced an increase in both average selling price and volume of pairs sold.
Net sales of our E-Commerce business increased due to an increase in the volume of pairs sold primarily attributable to the UGG brand, partially offset by a decrease in the average selling price. The decrease in the average selling price was primarily due to the addition of Sanuk brand sales which carry lower average selling prices.
Net sales of our retail store business, which are primarily UGG brand sales, increased largely due to the addition of 30 new stores opened since December 31, 2011. For those stores that were open for the full 52 weeks ending December 30, 2012 compared to the 52 weeks ending January 1, 2012, same store sales decreased by 3.4%.
International sales, which are included in the segment sales above, for all of our products combined increased by 2.1% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. International sales represented 31.2% and 31.4% of worldwide net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The slight decrease in international sales as a percentage of worldwide net sales was largely due to decreased sales to our wholesale customers in Benelux and the UK and distributors in Europe, partially offset by increased sales to our retail, E-Commerce and Japan wholesale customers.
Foreign income before income taxes was $51,409 and $108,738, and worldwide income before income taxes was $184,118 and $285,262 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Foreign income before income taxes represented 27.9% and 38.1% of worldwide income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in foreign income before income taxes as a percentage of worldwide income before income taxes was primarily due to an increase in the gross margin on foreign sales. The increase in gross margin was primarily related to the expansion of our international retail and E-Commerce business which generally carry higher margins than wholesale sales.
Gross Profit.     As a percentage of net sales, gross margin decreased primarily due to increased sheepskin and other material costs as well as an increased impact of discounted and closeout sales for our UGG and Teva brands. Our sheepskin costs in 2012 were approximately 40% higher than our 2011 costs. These decreases to gross margin were partially offset by the contribution of the Sanuk brand, which generally carries higher margins, and increased gross profits for our E-Commerce and retail stores segments.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A increased primarily from:
increased retail costs of approximately $36,000 largely related to 30 new retail stores that were not open as of December 31, 2011;
approximately $25,000 of expenses for our Sanuk brand, including an increase of approximately $9,000 to the fair value of the contingent consideration liability from the Company's purchase of the brand;
increased marketing expenses of approximately $14,000 largely related to our new UGG women's prospects, UGG Men's and Classic campaigns;
increased E-Commerce expenses of approximately $7,000 largely related to increased marketing and advertising; partially offset by
decreased performance-based cash compensation of approximately $16,000;
decreased legal expense of approximately $10,000, due to having fewer litigation costs in the current year, a decrease in anti-counterfeiting expenses, as well as receiving increased judgments and collections in the current year from our website litigation;
decreased sales commissions of approximately $5,000 primarily due to the decrease in wholesale sales; and

35


decreased UGG amortization expense of approximately $4,000 primarily related to order books we acquired from our distributor conversions in Europe being fully amortized in 2011.
Income (Loss) from Operations.     Beginning January 1, 2013, all gross profit derived from the sales to third parties of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments is reported in income from operations of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments, respectively.  For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the gross profit derived from the sales to third parties of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments was separated into two components: (i) the wholesale profit was included in the related operating income or loss of each wholesale segment, and represented the difference between the Company’s cost and the Company’s wholesale selling price, and (ii) the retail profit was included in the operating income of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments, and represented the difference between the Company’s wholesale selling price and the Company’s retail selling price. Each of the wholesale segments charged the E-Commerce and retail segments the same price that they charged third party retail customers, with the resulting profit from inter-segment sales included in income (loss) from operations of each respective wholesale segment. These changes in segment reporting only changed the presentation within the table below and did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements for any periods. The Company believes that these changes better depict how management views the business, which is that sales of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments each generate a cash flow of their own and the wholesale segments are not active in generating those cash flows.  The segment information for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been adjusted retrospectively to conform to the current period presentation.
Inter-segment sales and cost of sales are eliminated upon consolidation. The following table summarizes operating income (loss) by segment:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Change
 
2012
 
2011
 
Amount
 
%
UGG wholesale
$
206,039

 
$
339,665

 
$
(133,626
)
 
(39.3
)%
Teva wholesale
9,228

 
19,265

 
(10,037
)
 
(52.1
)
Sanuk wholesale
14,398

 
798

 
13,600

 
1,704.3

Other brands wholesale
(4,523
)
 
(9,993
)
 
5,470

 
54.7

E-Commerce
56,190

 
47,244

 
8,946

 
18.9

Retail stores
63,306

 
58,552

 
4,754

 
8.1

Unallocated overhead costs
(157,690
)
 
(170,693
)
 
13,003

 
7.6

Total
$
186,948

 
$
284,838

 
$
(97,890
)
 
(34.4
)%
Income from operations as a percentage of sales decreased due to increased SG&A and decreased gross margin, partially offset by increased sales.
The decrease in income from operations of UGG brand wholesale was primarily the result of the decrease in net sales and a 10.5 percentage point decrease in gross margin primarily related to increased sheepskin and other material costs of approximately $16,000 as well as an increase in the impact of closeout sales in the US and lower sales in Europe, which generally carry higher margins. We also experienced increases in marketing and promotional expenses of approximately $10,000 and increased international sales expenses of approximately $3,000. These increases to expenses were partially offset by decreased sales commissions of approximately $7,000 and decreased amortization expenses, primarily related to order books we acquired from our distributor conversions in Europe being fully amortized in 2011, of approximately $4,000.
The decrease in income from operations of Teva brand wholesale was primarily the result of the decrease in net sales and a 4.1 percentage point decrease in gross margin primarily due to lower sales in Europe, which generally carry higher margins, and an increased impact of closeout sales. In addition, we recognized increased marketing and promotional expenses and other divisional expenses totaling approximately $2,000.
The income from operations of our Sanuk brand, which we acquired in July 2011, was $14,398.
The loss from operations of our other brands wholesale decreased primarily due to an increase in gross profit of approximately $2,500 as well as a decrease in operating expenses of approximately $3,000 primarily due to ceasing of the Simple brand operations as of December 31, 2011. Gross profit increased despite the decrease in net sales because sales of Simple brand products in fiscal year 2011 had significantly lower gross margins.
The increase in income from operations of our E-Commerce business was primarily the result of the increase in net sales, partially offset by increased operating expenses of approximately $7,000.

36


Income from operations of our retail store business, which primarily involves the UGG brand, decreased due to an increase in operating expenses of approximately $36,000 largely attributable to 30 new stores opened during the year, partially offset by an increase in gross profit of approximately $40,000 due primarily to the increase in net sales.
The decrease in unallocated overhead costs resulted most significantly from a decrease in legal expenses of approximately $10,000 due to having fewer litigation costs in the current year, a decrease in anti-counterfeiting expenses, as well as receiving increased judgments and collections in the current year from our website litigation. We also experienced a decrease in performance-based cash compensation of approximately $9,000 and the positive impact of currency exchange rate fluctuations of approximately $2,000, partially offset by an increase in international expenses of approximately $7,000.
Other Expense (Income), Net.     Other expense, net for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 was $2,830 compared to other income, net for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 of $424. In fiscal year 2012, we had an increase in interest expense related to increases in our short-term borrowings, partially offset by income primarily related to expired E-Commerce website customer credits.
Income Taxes.     Income tax expense and effective income tax rates were as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Income tax expense
$
55,104

 
$
83,404

Effective income tax rate
29.9
%
 
29.2
%
The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the increase in our annual US pre-tax income as a percentage of worldwide pre-tax income, as income generated in the US is taxed at significantly higher rates than most of our foreign jurisdictions. For the full year 2012, we generated approximately 21.0% of our pre-tax earnings from a country which does not impose a corporate income tax. Unremitted earnings of non-US subsidiaries are expected to be reinvested outside of the US indefinitely. Such earnings would become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends. As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $37,000 of cash and cash equivalents outside the US that would be subject to additional income taxes if it were to be repatriated. We have no plans to repatriate any of our foreign cash.
Net Income Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest.     On April 2, 2012, we purchased the remaining 49% noncontrolling interest in our joint venture with Stella International. Prior to this purchase, we already had a controlling interest in this entity, and therefore, the subsidiary had been and will continue to be consolidated with our operations. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest was $148, which represents the noncontrolling interest's share of income prior to April 2, 2012.
Net Income Attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation.     Our net income decreased as a result of the items discussed above. Our diluted earnings per share decreased primarily as a result of the decrease in net income, partially offset by a reduced number of diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding due to share repurchases we made under our stock repurchase program.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have off-balance sheet arrangements consisting of guarantee contracts. See "Contractual Obligations" below.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We finance our working capital and operating needs using a combination of our cash and cash equivalents balances, cash generated from operations, and as needed, the credit available under our credit agreement. In an economic recession or under other adverse economic conditions, our cash generated from operations may decline, and we may be unable to realize a return on our cash and cash equivalents, secure additional credit on favorable terms, or renew or access our existing credit. These factors may impact our working capital reserves and have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our cash flow cycle includes the purchase of or deposits for raw materials, the purchase of inventories, the subsequent sale of the inventories, and the eventual collection of the resulting accounts receivables. As a result, our working capital requirements begin when we purchase, or make deposits on, raw materials and inventories and continue until we ultimately collect the resulting receivables. The seasonality of our UGG brand business requires us to build fall and winter inventories in the quarters ending June 30 and September 30 to support sales for the UGG brand’s major selling seasons, which historically occur during the quarters ending September 30 and December 31; whereas, the Teva and Sanuk brands build inventory levels beginning in the quarters ending December 31 and March 31 in anticipation of the spring selling season that occurs in the quarters ending March 31 and

37


June 30. Given the seasonality of our UGG, Teva, and Sanuk brands, our working capital requirements fluctuate significantly throughout the year. The cash required to fund these working capital fluctuations has been provided using our internal cash flows and short-term borrowings. As needed, we borrow funds under our credit agreement.
The following table summarizes our cash flows and working capital:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
262,125

 
$
163,906

 
$
30,091

 
Net cash used in investing activities
$
(85,197
)
 
$
(75,362
)
 
$
(184,766
)
 
Net cash used in financing activities
$
(50,513
)
 
$
(242,621
)
 
$
(27,160
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
237,125

 
$
110,247

 
$
263,606

 
Trade accounts receivable
184,013

 
190,756

 
193,375

 
Inventories
260,791

 
300,173

 
253,270

 
Prepaids and other current assets
147,375

 
90,410

 
107,651

 
Total current assets
$
829,304

 
$
691,586

 
$
817,902

 
Trade accounts payable
$
151,037

 
$
133,457

 
$
110,853

 
Other current liabilities
169,481

 
133,560

 
121,226

 
Total current liabilities
$
320,518

 
$
267,017

 
$
232,079

 
Net working capital
$
508,786

 
$
424,569

 
$
585,823

 
Cash from Operating Activities.   Net cash provided by operating activities increased primarily due to reduced inventory purchases and increases in accrued payroll and income taxes payable. The change in inventory was primarily related to efforts to manage inventory levels relative to expected future sales and the timing of our inventory purchases and payments. The change in accrued payroll was primarily due to larger payroll accruals, including performance-based compensation, during the year ended December 31, 2013 versus 2012, as well as decreased performance-based compensation accrued for at December 31, 2012 and paid during the first quarter of 2013 versus performance-based compensation accrued for at December 31, 2011 and paid during the first quarter of 2012. The increase in income taxes payable was due to the increase in earnings. These increases in operating cash flows were partially offset by prepaids and other current assets increasing during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a decrease during the year ended December 31, 2012. The change in prepaids and other current assets was due to less refunds of deposits received in accordance with our contracts to purchase sheepskin. Net working capital increased as of December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of increased cash and prepaid and other current assets. These increases to working capital were partially offset by higher other current liabilities, lower inventory and higher accounts payable. Changes in working capital are due to the items discussed above, as well as our normal seasonality and timing of cash receipts and cash payments.
Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to the differences in yearly changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets, inventories and trade accounts receivable. Prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased in fiscal year 2012, adding to net cash provided by operating activities, while they increased in fiscal year 2011. Inventories increased by less in fiscal year 2012 than they did in fiscal year 2011, resulting in less cash used in operating activities. Trade accounts receivable decreased slightly in fiscal year 2012, while they increased in fiscal year 2011. The change in prepaid expenses and other current assets was due to refunds of deposits received in accordance with our contracts to purchase sheepskin in fiscal year 2012 compared to deposits paid in fiscal year 2011. The smaller increase in inventory was primarily due to the international expansion that occurred in fiscal year 2011 and did not repeat in fiscal year 2012. The change in accounts receivable was primarily due to decreased wholesale sales as well as increased cash collections in fiscal year 2012 versus fiscal year 2011. These increases in operating cash flows were partially offset by a smaller increase in accounts payable, which increased less in fiscal year 2012 versus fiscal year 2011. Accounts payable increased less primarily due to our decreased inventory purchases. Net working capital decreased as of December 31, 2012 from December 31, 2011, primarily as a result of decreased cash and prepaid and other current assets, and an increase in our short-term borrowings and accounts payable. These decreases to working capital were partially offset by higher inventory. Changes in working capital are due to the items discussed above, as well as our normal seasonality and timing of cash receipts and cash payments.
Wholesale accounts receivable turnover increased to 6.6 times in the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 from 6.1 times for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to lower average accounts receivable balances, as well as

38


increased wholesale sales for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. The lower average accounts receivable balances were primarily due to improved cash collections.
Inventory turnover was consistent at 2.5 times for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2.4 times for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012. We anticipate the trend of inventory turns to remain consistent or improve in the future as certain material costs are expected to decrease.
Cash from Investing Activities.     Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulted primarily from the purchases of property and equipment. The capital expenditures include the build out of our new corporate facilities and retail stores, and purchases of computer hardware and software. The new corporate facilities will replace several leased spaces and we plan to finance a portion of the facilities cost.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in investing activities resulted primarily from the purchases of property and equipment, as well as our acquisitions of the Hoka brand and an intangible asset for lease rights for a retail store location in France. Capital expenditures in fiscal year 2012 included the build out of new retail stores and our corporate facilities.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in investing activities resulted primarily from our acquisition of the Sanuk brand and purchases of property and equipment. Capital expenditures in fiscal year 2011 included the purchase of land for our new corporate headquarters and the build out of new retail stores. In November 2011, we made a cash payment of approximately $20,000 for approximately fourteen acres of land for our new headquarters facility in Goleta, California.
As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $4,000 of material commitments for future capital expenditures primarily related to the build out of new retail stores. We estimate that the capital expenditures for 2014 including the aforementioned commitments will range from approximately $95,000 to $100,000. We anticipate these expenditures will primarily include equipment costs of our new distribution center, build out of our new retail stores and upgrade of our enterprise resource planning system. The actual amount of capital expenditures for the year may differ from this estimate, largely depending on the timing of new store openings or any unforeseen needs to replace existing assets and the timing of other expenditures.
Cash from Financing Activities.     For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in financing activities was comprised primarily of repayments of short-term borrowings, as well as contingent consideration paid related to our Sanuk acquisition. The cash used was partially offset by cash from our short-term borrowings, leaving approximately a $10,000 balance for borrowings as of December 31, 2013.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in financing activities was comprised primarily of repayments of short-term borrowings and repurchases of our common stock, as well as contingent consideration paid related to our Sanuk acquisition, and the purchase of the remaining 49% noncontrolling interest in our joint venture with Stella International. The cash used was partially offset by cash from our short-term borrowings, leaving a $33,000 balance for borrowings as of December 31, 2012.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in financing activities was comprised primarily of repayments of short-term borrowings, cash paid for shares withheld for taxes from employee stock unit vesting and for repurchases of our common stock. The cash used was partially offset by cash from our short-term borrowings and excess tax benefits from stock compensation.
In February 2012, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $100,000 of our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors. The program did not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of common stock and the program could have been suspended at any time at our discretion. As of June 30, 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 1,749,000 shares under this program, for approximately $100,000, or an average price of $57.16. As of June 30, 2012, the Company had repurchased the full amount authorized under this program. The purchases were funded from available working capital.
In June 2012, the Company approved a new stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $200,000 of the Company's common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock and the program may be suspended at any time at the Company's discretion. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had repurchased approximately 2,765,000 shares under this program, for approximately $120,700, or an average price of $43.66, leaving the remaining approved amount at $79,300.
In August 2011, we entered into a Credit Agreement (the Credit Agreement) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association as the administrative agent, Comerica Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as syndication agents, and the lenders party thereto. In August 2012 we amended and restated in its entirety the Credit Agreement (Amended and Restated Credit Agreement). The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is a five-year, $400,000 secured revolving credit facility. In June 2013 we amended the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to permit additional borrowings in China of $12,500 and revised

39


certain financial covenants including an increase in the maximum amount permitted to be spent on the headquarters building from $75,000 to $80,000 and revised the terms of the total adjusted leverage ratio to not exceed 3.25 to 1.00 for the quarter ending September 30, from 2.75 to 1.00. In August 2013 one of the Company’s subsidiaries entered into a new credit agreement in China (China Credit Facility). Refer to Note 3 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information on our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and China Credit Facility. At December 31, 2013, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and outstanding letters of credit of approximately $200, leaving an unused balance of approximately $399,800 under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants and we remain in compliance as of March 3, 2014.
Contractual Obligations.     The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 and the effects such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
Less than
1 Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
 
More than
5 Years
Operating lease obligations(1)
$
322,630

 
$
46,060

 
$
87,630

 
$
72,347

 
$
116,593

Purchase obligations(2)
245,168

 
245,168

 

 

 

Total
$
567,798

 
$
291,228

 
$
87,630

 
$
72,347

 
$
116,593


(1)
Our operating lease obligations consist primarily of building leases for our retail locations, distribution centers, and regional offices. The majority of other long-term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets, with the exception of our Sanuk contingent consideration liability discussed below, are related to deferred rents, of which the cash lease payments are included in operating lease obligations in this table.
(2)
Our purchase obligations consist mostly of open purchase orders. They also include capital expenditures, promotional expenses and service contracts. Outstanding purchase orders are primarily with our third party manufacturers and are expected to be paid within one year. These are outstanding open orders and not minimum purchase obligations. Our promotional expenditures and service contracts are due periodically through 2014.
We have also entered into minimum purchase commitments with certain suppliers (see Note 7 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements). Certain of the agreements require that we advance specified minimum payment amounts. We have included the total remaining cash commitments under these agreements, net of deposits, as of December 31, 2013 in this table. We expect sheepskin purchases by third party factories supplying UGG product to us will eventually exceed the minimum commitment levels; therefore we believe the deposits will become fully refundable, and thus, we believe this will not materially affect our results of operations, as it is in the normal course of our business.
Commitments and Contingencies.     The following reflect the additional commitments and contingent liabilities that may have a material impact on liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
The purchase price for the Sanuk brand also includes contingent consideration over the next three years as follows:
36.0% of the Sanuk brand gross profit in 2013, which was approximately $18,600 , and
40.0% of the Sanuk brand gross profit in 2015.
There is no maximum to the contingent consideration payments for 2013 and 2015. Estimated contingent consideration payments of approximately $ 46,200 are included within other accrued expenses and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013, and are not included in the table above. See Note 1 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The purchase price for the Hoka brand also includes contingent consideration through 2017, with a maximum of $2,000. Estimated contingent consideration payments of approximately $ 1,800 are included within other accrued expenses and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013, and are not included in the table above. See Note 1 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.
We believe that cash generated from operations, the available borrowings under our existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and our cash and cash equivalents will provide sufficient liquidity to enable us to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. However, risks and uncertainties that could impact our ability to maintain or grow our cash position include our earnings growth rate, the continued strength of our brands, our ability to respond to changes in consumer preferences, our ability to collect our receivables in a timely manner, our ability to effectively manage our inventories,

40


our ability to generate returns on our acquisitions of businesses, and market volatility, among others. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" for a discussion of additional factors that may affect our cash position. Furthermore, we may require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If these sources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell debt securities or additional equity securities or to obtain a new credit agreement or draw on our existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. The sale of convertible debt securities or additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in incurring debt service obligations and could result in operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that any additional financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Although there are no other material present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to the acquisition of any other businesses, we may evaluate acquisitions of other businesses or brands.
Impact of Inflation
We believe that the rates of inflation in the three most recent fiscal years have not had a significant impact on our net sales or profitability.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Refer to Note 1 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our significant accounting policies. Those policies and estimates that we believe are most critical to the understanding of our consolidated financial statements contained in this report are revenue recognition; use of estimates, which includes the below reserves and allowances; inventories; accounting for long-lived assets; goodwill and other intangible assets; fair value of contingent consideration; and stock compensation.
Use of Estimates.     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts during the reporting period. Management reasonably could use different estimates and assumptions, and changes in estimates and assumptions could occur from period to period, with the result in each case being a potential material change in the financial statement presentation of our financial condition or results of operations. We have historically been materially accurate in our estimates used for the reserves and allowances below.
The following table summarizes data related to the critical accounting estimates for accounts receivable allowances and reserves, which are discussed below:
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Amount
 
% of Gross
Trade Accounts
Receivable
 
Amount
 
% of Gross
Trade Accounts
Receivable
Gross trade accounts receivable
$
209,081

 
 

 
$
215,842

 
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
2,039

 
1.0
%
 
$
2,782

 
1.3
%
Allowance for sales discounts
$
3,540

 
1.7
%
 
$
3,836

 
1.8
%
Allowance for estimated chargebacks
$
4,935

 
2.4
%
 
$
5,563

 
2.6
%

 
Amount
 
% of Net Sales
 
Amount
 
% of Net Sales
Net sales for the three months ended
$
736,048

 
 

 
$
617,264

 
 

Allowance for estimated returns
$
14,554

 
2.0
%
 
$
12,905

 
2.1
%
Estimated returns liability
$
10,144

 
1.4
%
 
$
6,471

 
1.0
%
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.     We provide a reserve against trade accounts receivable for estimated losses that may result from customers' inability to pay. We determine the amount of the reserve by analyzing known uncollectible accounts, aged trade accounts receivables, economic conditions and forecasts, historical experience and the customers' credit-worthiness. Trade accounts receivable that are subsequently determined to be uncollectible are charged or written off against this reserve. The reserve includes specific reserves for accounts, which all or a portion of are identified as potentially uncollectible, plus a non-specific reserve for the balance of accounts based on our historical loss experience. Reserves have been established for all projected losses of this nature. Our use of different estimates and assumptions could produce different financial results. For example, a 1.0% change in the rate used to estimate the reserve for the accounts we consider to have credit risk and are not specifically identified as uncollectible would change the allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2013 by approximately $ 1,000 .

41


Allowance for Sales Discounts.     A significant portion of our wholesale sales and resulting trade accounts receivable reflects a discount that our customers may take, generally based upon meeting certain order, shipment and payment timelines. We use the amount of the discounts that are available to be taken against the period-end trade accounts receivable to estimate and record a corresponding reserve for sales discounts.
Allowance for Estimated Chargebacks.     When our wholesale customers pay their invoices, they often take deductions for chargebacks against their invoices, which are often valid. Therefore, we record an allowance for the balance of chargebacks that are outstanding in our accounts receivable balance as of the end of each period, along with an estimated reserve for chargebacks that have not yet been taken against outstanding accounts receivable balances. This estimate is based on historical trends of the timing and amount of chargebacks taken against invoices.
Allowance for Estimated Returns and Estimated Returns Liability.     We record an allowance for anticipated future returns of goods shipped prior to period-end and a liability for anticipated returns of goods sold direct to consumers. In general, we accept returns for damaged or defective products. We also have a policy whereby we accept returns from our retail and E-Commerce customers for a thirty day period. We base the amounts of the allowance and liability on any approved customer requests for returns, historical returns experience, and any recent events that could result in a change from historical returns rates, among other factors. The allowance for estimated returns as a percentage of net sales was comparable to the same period in the prior year. Our use of different estimates and assumptions could produce different financial results. For example, a 1.0% change in the rate used to estimate the percentage of sales expected to ultimately be returned would change the allowance and liability reserves for returns in total at December 31, 2013 by approximately $ 6,000 . Our historical estimates for returns have been reasonably accurate.
Inventory Write-Downs.     We review the various items in inventory on a regular basis for excess, obsolete, and impaired inventory. In doing so, we write the inventory down to the lower of cost or expected future net selling prices. At December 31, 2013 , inventories were stated at $ 260,791 , net of inventory write-downs of $ 6,142 . At December 31, 2012 , inventories were stated at $300,173 net of inventory write-downs of $3,645. The amount of inventory write-downs as a percentage of inventory were 2.4 and 1.2 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. The increase in inventory write-downs was primarily due to write-downs of certain UGG, Teva and other brands styles that are not being continued. Our use of different estimates and assumptions could produce different financial results. For example, a 10.0% change in the estimated selling prices of our potentially obsolete inventory would change the inventory write-down reserve at December 31, 2013 by approximately $ 1,000 .
Valuation of Goodwill, Intangible and Other Long-Lived Assets.     We assess the impairment of goodwill, intangible, and other long-lived assets on a separate asset basis based on assumptions and judgments regarding the carrying amount of these assets individually.
We performed our 2013 annual impairment tests for goodwill and nonamortizable intangible assets. We evaluated our UGG, Sanuk and other brands' goodwill and our Teva trademarks. Based on the carrying amounts of the UGG, Teva, Sanuk and other brands' goodwill, trademarks, and net assets, the brands' 2013 sales and operating results, and the brands' long-term forecasts of sales and operating results as of their evaluation dates, we concluded that the carrying amounts of the UGG, Sanuk and other brands' goodwill, as well as the Teva trademarks, were not impaired. Our Teva trademarks were evaluated under ASU, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment , and we concluded, based on an evaluation of all relevant qualitative factors, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, entity-specific events, and legal, regulatory, contractual, political, business, or other factors, that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the Teva trademarks is less than its carrying amount, and accordingly we did not perform a quantitative impairment test for the Teva trademarks. Our goodwill balance at December 31, 2013 represents goodwill in the UGG, Sanuk and other brands' reporting units. We believe that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the UGG reporting unit's fair value and the other brands' reporting unit's fair value are less than their respective carrying values. The UGG and other brands' goodwill was evaluated based on qualitative analyses.
We performed a quantitative analysis of the Sanuk reporting unit's fair value as of October 31, 2013, and concluded that the fair value exceeded its carrying value by 37.4%, which management believes is substantially in excess of carrying value and, therefore, no additional sensitivity analysis was performed. The Sanuk brand's goodwill was evaluated based on Level 3 inputs.
We also evaluated amortizable long-lived assets, including intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 . As of December 31, 2013 we recorded immaterial impairment losses for three of our retail stores for which the fair values did not exceed their carrying values. As of December 31, 2012 we recorded immaterial impairment losses for one of our retail stores for which the fair values did not exceed their carrying values. We recorded certain amortizable intangible assets related to our Hoka acquisition (see Note 10 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for the valuation methodologies used). Our other valuation methodologies used as of December 31, 2013 did not change from the prior year.
Fair Value of Contingent Consideration.     We have entered into contingent consideration arrangements when we acquired brands. The fair value of our Sanuk brand contingent consideration is material and highly subjective. It is based on estimated

42


future sales and gross profits, and discount rates, among other variables and estimates, and certain years have no maximum payment (see Note 1 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements). These are evaluated each reporting period and the contingent consideration is adjusted accordingly. Our estimated revenue forecasts include a compound annual growth rate of 22.0 % from fiscal year 2013 through fiscal year 2015. Our use of different estimates and assumptions could produce different financial results. For example, a 5.0% change in the estimated compound annual growth rate would change the total liability balance at December 31, 2013 by approximately $ 5,000 .
Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Commodity Price Risk.     We purchase certain materials that are affected by commodity prices, the most significant of which is sheepskin. The supply of sheepskin used in certain UGG products is in high demand and there are a limited number of suppliers able to meet our expectations for the quantity and quality of sheepskin required. There have been significant fluctuations in the price of sheepskin in recent years as the demand from us and our competitors for this commodity has varied. We experienced an increase in sheepskin costs in 2012 compared to 2011, and a decrease in sheepskin costs in 2013 compared to 2012. We expect a decrease in sheepskin costs in 2014 compared to 2013 due to realizing a full year of reduced sheepskin prices and the increased use of UGGpure. Other significant factors affecting the price of sheepskin include weather patterns, harvesting decisions, global economic conditions, and other factors which are not considered predictable or within our control. We use purchasing contracts, pricing arrangements, and refundable deposits to attempt to reduce the impact of price volatility as an alternative to hedging commodity prices. The purchasing contracts and pricing arrangements we use may result in unconditional purchase obligations, which are not reflected in our consolidated balance sheets. In the event of significant commodity cost increases, we will likely not be able to adjust our selling prices sufficiently to mitigate the impact on our margins.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk.     We face market risk to the extent that changes in foreign currency exchange rates affect our foreign assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. We hedge certain foreign currency forecasted transactions and exposures from existing assets and liabilities. Other than an increasing amount of sales, expenses, and financial positions denominated in foreign currencies, we do not believe that there has been a material change in the nature of our primary market risk exposures, including the categories of market risk to which we are exposed and the particular markets that present the primary risk of loss. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we do not know of or expect there to be any material change in the general nature of our primary market risk exposure in the near term.
We currently utilize forward contracts and other derivative instruments to mitigate exposure to fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rate, for a portion of the amounts we expect to purchase and sell in foreign currencies. As our international operations grow and we increase purchases and sales in foreign currencies, we will evaluate and may utilize additional derivative instruments, as needed, to hedge our foreign currency exposures. We do not use foreign currency contracts for trading purposes. As of December 31, 2013 , our designated derivative contracts had notional amounts totaling approximately $ 77,000 . These contracts were held by four counterparties and were expected to mature over the next 12 months. Based upon sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2013 , a 10.0% change in foreign exchange rates would cause the fair value of our financial instruments to increase or decrease by approximately $ 8,000 .
Although the majority of our sales and inventory purchases are denominated in US currency, these sales and inventory purchases may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rates between the US dollar and the local currencies in the international markets where our products are sold and manufactured. Our foreign currency exposure is generated primarily from our Asian and European operations. Approximately $ 395,000 , or 25.4 %, of our total net sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 were denominated in foreign currencies. Certain of our foreign subsidiaries' local currency is their designated functional currency. As we begin to hold more cash and other monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than our subsidiary's functional currency, we are exposed to financial statement transaction gains and losses as a result of remeasuring the operating results and financial positions into their functional currency. We remeasure these monetary assets and liabilities using the exchange rate as of the end of the reporting period. In addition, we translate assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with reporting currencies other than US dollars into US dollars using the exchange rates at of the end of the reporting period, which results in financial statement translation gains and losses in other comprehensive income. Changes in foreign exchange rates affect our reported profits and can distort comparisons from year to year. In addition, if the US dollar strengthens, it may result in increased pricing pressure on our foreign distributors, and retailers, which may have a negative impact on our net sales and gross margins.
Interest Rate Risk.     Our market risk exposure with respect to financial instruments is tied to changes in the prime rate in the US and changes in the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). Our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for interest on outstanding borrowings at rates tied to the prime rate or, at our election, tied to LIBOR. At December 31, 2013 , we had no outstanding borrowings under the credit agreement. A 1.0% increase in interest rates on our borrowings during the current period would not have a material impact on income before income taxes.
Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

43


Financial Statements and the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K in a separate section following Part IV, as shown on the index under Item 15 of this Annual Report.
Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures.
(a)   Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
The Company maintains a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act) which are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. These disclosure controls and procedures include, among other processes, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognized that any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. 
The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013 pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based upon that evaluation, the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this annual report to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
(b)   Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting at the Company. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the company; and
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 . Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management's assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company's internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

44


Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2013 , the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. The registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report has issued an attestation report on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. The Reports of our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed with this annual report in a separate section following Part IV, as shown on the index under Item 15 of this Annual Report.
(c)   Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.     Other Information.
None.

45


PART III
Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions and is posted on our website at www.deckers.com. Our code of ethics is designed to meet the requirements of Section 406 of Regulation S-K and the rules promulgated thereunder. To the extent required by law, any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code will be promptly disclosed publicly either on a report on Form 8-K or on our website at www.deckers.com .
All additional information required by this item, including information relating to Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant, is set forth in the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to the Registrant's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 , and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11.     Executive Compensation.
Information relating to Executive Compensation is set forth under "Proposal No. 1-Election of Directors" in the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to the Registrant's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 , and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Information relating to Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters is set forth under "Proposal No. 1-Election of Directors" in the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to the Registrant's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 , and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Information relating to Certain Relationships and Related Transactions is set forth under "Proposal No. 1-Election of Directors" in the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to the Registrant's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 , and such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.     Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Information relating to Principal Accountant Fees and Services is set forth under "Proposal No. 2-Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to the Registrant's 2014 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 , and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

46


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules required to be filed hereunder are indexed on Page F-1 hereof.
Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
3.1

 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Deckers Outdoor Corporation as amended through May 27, 2010 (Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein)
*3.2

 
Restated Bylaws of Deckers Outdoor Corporation
10.1

 
Lease Agreement dated November 1, 2003 between Ampersand Aviation, LLC and Deckers Outdoor Corporation for office building at 495-A South Fairview Avenue, Goleta, California, 93117 (Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2003 and incorporated by reference herein)
10.2

 
Lease Agreement dated September 15, 2004 between Mission Oaks Associates, LLC and Deckers Outdoor Corporation for distribution center at 3001 Mission Oaks Blvd., Camarillo, CA 93012 (Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein)
10.3

 
First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Mission Oaks Associates, LLC and Deckers Outdoor Corporation for distribution center at 3001 Mission Oaks Blvd., Camarillo, CA 93012, dated December 1, 2004 (Exhibit 10.38 to the Registrant's Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004 and incorporated by reference herein)
10.4

 
Amendment to Lease Agreement between Mission Oaks Associates, LLC and Deckers Outdoor Corporation for distribution center at 3001 Mission Oaks Blvd., Camarillo, CA 93012, dated September 1, 2011 (Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein)
10.5

 
Amendment to Lease Agreement between 450 N. Baldwin Park Associates, LLC and Deckers Outdoor Corporation for distribution center at 3175 Mission Oaks Blvd., Camarillo, CA 93012, dated September 1, 2011 (Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein)
*10.6

 
Lease Agreement between Deckers Outdoor Corporation and Moreno Knox, LLC dated as of December 5, 2013
#10.7

 
Deckers Outdoor Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement dated April 21, 2006 in connection with its 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders)
#10.8

 
First Amendment to Deckers Outdoor Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement dated April 9, 2007 in connection with its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders)
#10.9

 
Deckers Outdoor Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Stock Unit Compensation Plan, a Sub Plan under the Deckers Outdoor Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, adopted by the Board of Directors on December 14, 2010 (Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein)
*#10.10

 
Deckers Outdoor Corporation Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of August 1, 2013
#10.11

 
Form of Deckers Outdoor Corporation Management Incentive Program under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.12

 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Level 2) Under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.13

 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Level III) Under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan adopted on June 22, 2011 (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.14

 
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement (Level 2) Under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2007 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.15

 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (2012 LTIP) Under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein


47


Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
#10.16

 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (2013 LTIP) Under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.17

 
Form of Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Deckers Outdoor Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2013 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.18

 
Form of Indemnification Agreement (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2008 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.19

 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement with Deckers Outdoor Corporation for Angel Martinez on December 22, 2009 (Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.20

 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement with Deckers Outdoor Corporation for Zohar Ziv on December 22, 2009 (Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.21

 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement with Deckers Outdoor Corporation for Thomas George on December 22, 2009 (Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein)
#10.22

 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement with Deckers Outdoor Corporation for Constance Rishwain on December 22, 2009 (Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant's Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein)
*#10.23

 
Employment Agreement with Deckers Europe Limited for Stephen Murray dated February 28, 2011
10.24

 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2011 by and among Deckers Outdoor Corporation, Deckers Acquisition, Inc., Deckers International Limited, Sanuk USA, LLC, Thomas J. Kelley, Ian L. Kessler, C&C Partners, Ltd., Donald A. Clark and Paul Carr (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 19, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
10.25

 
Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2011, by and among Deckers Outdoor Corporation, Deckers Acquisition, Inc., Deckers International Limited, Sanuk USA, LLC, Thomas J. Kelley, Ian L. Kessler, C&C Partners, Ltd., Donald A. Clark and Paul Carr (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on July 6, 2011 and incorporated by reference herein)
10.26

 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2012, by and among Deckers Outdoor Corporation, as Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Comerica Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, and the lenders from time to time party thereto (Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on August 16, 2012 and incorporated by reference herein)
*10.27

 
Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2013, by and among Deckers Outdoor Corporation, as Borrower, and the Lenders party thereto
*10.28

 
Form of Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Deckers Outdoor Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan
*21.1

 
Subsidiaries of Registrant
*23.1

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
*31.1

 
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) under the Exchange Act, adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*31.2

 
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13A-14(a) under the Exchange Act, adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
**32.1

 
Certification pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*101.1

 
The following materials from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language); (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, and (iv) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith
# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

48


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION
(Registrant)
/s/ ANGEL R. MARTINEZ

Angel R. Martinez
  Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 3, 2014
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ ANGEL R. MARTINEZ
 
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive
Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
March 3, 2014
Angel R. Martinez
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ THOMAS A. GEORGE
 
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
March 3, 2014
Thomas A. George
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ KARYN O. BARSA
 
Director
March 3, 2014
Karyn O. Barsa
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MAUREEN CONNERS
 
Director
March 3, 2014
Maureen Conners
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MICHAEL DEVINE
 
Director
March 3, 2014
Michael Devine
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN M. GIBBONS
 
Director
March 3, 2014
John M. Gibbons
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ REX A. LICKLIDER
 
Director
March 3, 2014
Rex A. Licklider
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN G. PERENCHIO
 
Director
March 3, 2014
John G. Perenchio
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JAMES QUINN
 
Director
March 3, 2014
James Quinn
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ LAURI SHANAHAN
 
Director
March 3, 2014
Lauri Shanahan
 

49


DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Company's consolidated financial statements or the related notes thereto.

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Deckers Outdoor Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Deckers Outdoor Corporation and subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the related consolidated financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Deckers Outdoor Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the internal control over financial reporting of Deckers Outdoor Corporation as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting of Deckers Outdoor Corporation.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 3, 2014

F-2


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Deckers Outdoor Corporation:
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Deckers Outdoor Corporation as of December 31, 2013 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting in Item 9A(b). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Deckers Outdoor Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Deckers Outdoor Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 and our report dated March 3, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 3, 2014

F-3


DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(amounts in thousands, except par value)
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
237,125

 
$
110,247

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $25,068 and $25,086 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively
184,013

 
190,756

Inventories
260,791

 
300,173

Prepaid expenses
14,980

 
14,092

Other current assets
112,514

 
59,028

Deferred tax assets
19,881

 
17,290

Total current assets
829,304

 
691,586

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $99,473 and $69,580 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively
174,066

 
125,370

Goodwill
128,725

 
128,725

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $24,140 and $16,164 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively
93,278

 
95,965

Deferred tax assets
15,751

 
13,372

Other assets
18,605

 
13,046

Total assets
$
1,259,729

 
$
1,068,064

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
$
9,728

 
$
33,000

Trade accounts payable
151,037

 
133,457

Accrued payroll
35,725

 
15,896

Other accrued expenses
45,301

 
43,858

Income taxes payable
49,453

 
25,067

Value added tax (VAT) payable
29,274

 
15,739

Total current liabilities
320,518

 
267,017

Long-term liabilities
51,092

 
62,246

Commitments and contingencies (note7)

 

Stockholders' equity:
 
 
 
Deckers Outdoor Corporation stockholders' equity:
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 125,000 shares; issued and outstanding 34,618 and 34,400 shares for 2013 and 2012, respectively
346

 
344

Additional paid-in capital
143,916

 
139,046

Retained earnings
746,500

 
600,811

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(2,643
)
 
(1,400
)
Total stockholders' equity
888,119

 
738,801

Total liabilities and equity
$
1,259,729

 
$
1,068,064

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net sales
$
1,556,618

 
$
1,414,398

 
$
1,377,283

Cost of sales
820,135

 
782,244

 
698,288

Gross profit
736,483

 
632,154

 
678,995

Selling, general and administrative expenses
528,586

 
445,206

 
394,157

Income from operations
207,897


186,948

 
284,838

Other expense (income), net:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
(60
)
 
(217
)
 
(180
)
Interest expense
3,079

 
3,840

 
249

Other, net
(679
)
 
(793
)
 
(493
)
 
2,340

 
2,830

 
(424
)
Income before income taxes
205,557

 
184,118

 
285,262

Income taxes
59,868

 
55,104

 
83,404

Net income
145,689

 
129,014

 
201,858

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 

Unrealized loss on foreign currency hedging
(486
)
 
(633
)
 
(931
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(757
)
 
963

 
(1,952
)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
(1,243
)
 
330

 
(2,883
)
Comprehensive income
$
144,446

 
$
129,344

 
$
198,975

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
Deckers Outdoor Corporation
$
145,689

 
$
128,866

 
$
199,052

Noncontrolling interest

 
148

 
2,806

 
$
145,689

 
$
129,014

 
$
201,858

Comprehensive income attributable to:
 
 
 
 
 
Deckers Outdoor Corporation
$
144,446

 
$
129,196

 
$
196,169

Noncontrolling interest

 
148

 
2,806

 
$
144,446

 
$
129,344

 
$
198,975

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income per share attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation common stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
4.23

 
$
3.49

 
$
5.16

Diluted
$
4.18

 
$
3.45

 
$
5.07

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
34,473

 
36,879

 
38,605

Diluted
34,829

 
37,334

 
39,265

   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(amounts in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total Deckers
Outdoor Corp.
Stockholders'
Equity
 
Non-controlling Interest
 
Total Stockholders'
Equity
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
Balance December 31, 2010
38,581

 
$
386

 
$
137,989

 
$
513,459

 
$
1,153

$
652,987

 
$
2,688

 
$
655,675

Stock compensation expense
10

 

 
14,803

 

 

 
14,803

 

 
14,803

Exercise of stock options
12

 

 
62

 

 

 
62

 

 
62

Shares issued upon vesting
334

 
3

 
(3
)
 

 

 

 

 

Excess tax benefit from stock compensation

 

 
15,330

 

 

 
15,330

 

 
15,330

Shares withheld for taxes

 

 
(23,497
)
 

 

 
(23,497
)
 

 
(23,497
)
Stock repurchase
(245
)
 
(2
)
 

 
(19,916
)
 

 
(19,918
)
 

 
(19,918
)
Net income

 

 

 
199,052

 

 
199,052

 
2,806

 
201,858

Total other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 
(2,883
)
 
(2,883
)
 

 
(2,883
)
Balance December 31, 2011
38,692

 
$
387

 
$
144,684

 
$
692,595

 
$
(1,730
)
 
$
835,936

 
$
5,494

 
$
841,430

Stock compensation expense
19

 

 
14,661

 

 

 
14,661

 

 
14,661

Exercise of stock options
4

 

 
9

 

 

 
9

 

 
9

Shares issued upon vesting
199

 
2

 
(2
)
 

 

 

 

 

Deficient tax benefit from stock compensation

 

 
(381
)
 

 

 
(381
)
 

 
(381
)
Shares withheld for taxes

 

 
(5,888
)
 

 

 
(5,888
)
 

 
(5,888
)
Stock repurchase
(4,514
)
 
(45
)
 

 
(220,650
)
 

 
(220,695
)
 

 
(220,695
)
Net income

 

 

 
128,866

 

 
128,866

 
148

 
129,014

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

 

 
(14,037
)
 

 

 
(14,037
)
 
(5,642
)
 
(19,679
)
Total other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 
330

 
330

 

 
330

Balance December 31, 2012
34,400

 
$
344

 
$
139,046

 
$
600,811

 
$
(1,400
)
 
$
738,801

 
$

 
$
738,801

Stock compensation expense
15

 

 
13,136

 

 

 
13,136

 

 
13,136

Exercise of stock options
8

 

 
52

 

 

 
52

 

 
52

Shares issued upon vesting
195

 
2

 
(2
)
 

 

 

 

 

Excess tax benefit from stock compensation

 

 
319

 

 

 
319

 

 
319

Shares withheld for taxes

 

 
(8,635
)
 

 

 
(8,635
)
 

 
(8,635
)
Net income

 

 

 
145,689

 

 
145,689

 

 
145,689

Total other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 
(1,243
)
 
(1,243
)
 


 
(1,243
)
Balance, December 31, 2013
34,618

 
$
346

 
$
143,916

 
$
746,500

 
$
(2,643
)
 
$
888,119

 
$

 
$
888,119

   
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(amounts in thousands)
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
145,689

 
$
129,014

 
$
201,858

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion
41,439

 
33,367

 
28,977

Change in fair value of contingent consideration
1,815

 
8,659

 

Provision for (recovery of) doubtful accounts, net
125

 
2,128

 
(704
)
Deferred tax provision
(4,092
)
 
(5,657
)
 
(67
)
Stock compensation
13,136

 
14,661

 
14,803

Other
1,306

 
1,229

 
2,735

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of assets and
 
 
 
 
 
liabilities acquired in the acquisition of businesses:
 
 
 
 
 
Trade accounts receivable
6,618

 
491

 
(63,199
)
Inventories
40,580

 
(46,903
)
 
(120,730
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
(58,554
)
 
23,511

 
(75,525
)
Other assets
(4,290
)
 
(3,028
)
 
(5,385
)
Trade accounts payable
21,251

 
18,932

 
38,237

Contingent consideration
(6,458
)
 
(959
)
 

Accrued expenses
33,556

 
(9,983
)
 
850

Income taxes payable
24,386

 
(5,820
)
 
5,722

Long-term liabilities
5,618

 
4,264

 
2,519

Net cash provided by operating activities
262,125

 
163,906

 
30,091

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment
(79,829
)
 
(61,575
)
 
(55,538
)
Acquisitions of businesses and equity method investment

 
(8,829
)
 
(125,203
)
Purchases of intangible assets
(5,368
)
 
(4,958
)
 
(4,025
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(85,197
)
 
(75,362
)
 
(184,766
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of short-term borrowings
320,728

 
307,000

 
45,000

Repayments of short-term borrowings
(344,000
)
 
(274,000
)
 
(45,000
)
Cash paid for shares withheld for taxes
(6,736
)
 
(6,535
)
 
(22,634
)
Excess tax benefit from stock compensation
2,071

 
2,457

 
15,330

Cash received from issuances of common stock
52

 

 
62

Loan origination costs on short-term borrowings

 
(1,807
)
 

Contingent consideration paid
(22,628
)
 
(29,041
)
 

Cash paid for noncontrolling interest

 
(20,000
)
 

Cash paid for repurchases of common stock

 
(220,695
)
 
(19,918
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(50,513
)
 
(242,621
)
 
(27,160
)
Effect of exchange rates on cash
463

 
718

 
215

Net change in cash and cash equivalents
126,878

 
(153,359
)
 
(181,620
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
110,247

 
263,606

 
445,226

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
237,125

 
$
110,247

 
$
263,606

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes
$
39,122

 
$
66,899

 
$
62,405

Interest
$
2,586

 
$
3,338

 
$
88

Non-cash investing and financing activity:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred purchase payments for acquisition of business
$

 
$
3,671

 
$

Accruals for purchases of property and equipment
$
2,283

 
$
489

 
$
3,268

Contingent consideration arrangement for acquisition of business
$

 
$
1,128

 
$
88,100

Accruals for asset retirement obligations
$
1,936

 
$
526

 
$
236

Accruals for shares withheld for taxes
$
3,702

 
$
1,804

 
$
2,460

Write-off for shares exercised with a tax deficit
$
1,752

 
$
2,838

 
$

   See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)


(1) The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Company and Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Deckers Outdoor Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Company). Accordingly, all references herein to Deckers Outdoor Corporation or Deckers include the consolidated results of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Deckers Outdoor Corporation is a global leader in designing, marketing and distributing innovative footwear, apparel and accessories developed for both everyday casual lifestyle use and high performance activities.  The Company's business is seasonal, with the highest percentage of UGG® brand net sales occurring in the quarters ending September 30 and December 31 and the highest percentage of Teva® and Sanuk® brand net sales occurring in the quarters ending March 31 and June 30 of each year. The other brands do not have a significant seasonal impact on the Company.
Prior to April 2, 2012, the Company owned 51% of a joint venture with an affiliate of Stella International Holdings Limited (Stella International) for the primary purpose of opening and operating retail stores for the UGG brand in China. Stella International is also one of the Company's major manufacturers in China. On April 2, 2012, the Company purchased, for a total purchase price of approximately $20,000 , the 49% noncontrolling interest owned by Stella International. The Company accounted for this transaction as an acquisition of the remaining interest of an entity that had already been majority-owned by the Company. The purchase resulted in a reduction to additional paid in capital of $14,037 representing excess purchase price over the carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest. Prior to this purchase, the Company already had a controlling interest in this entity, and therefore, the subsidiary had been and will continue to be consolidated with the Company's operations.
On May 19, 2011, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Sanuk USA LLC, C&C Partners, Ltd., and the equity holders of both entities (collectively referred to as Sanuk or the Sanuk brand). On July 1, 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of the purchased assets and the assumption of the assumed liabilities of the Sanuk brand. Deckers Outdoor Corporation's consolidated financial statements include the operations of Sanuk beginning July 1, 2011.
In May 2012, the Company purchased a noncontrolling interest in the Hoka One One® (Hoka) brand, a privately held footwear company, which was accounted for as an equity method investment. In September 2012, the Company acquired the remaining ownership interest in Hoka. The acquisition of Hoka was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and did not have a significant seasonal impact on the Company in 2013.
Subsequent to December 31, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a change in the Company's fiscal year end from December 31 to March 31. The change is intended to better align our planning, financial and reporting functions with the seasonality of our business. Under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company intends to file a transition report on Form 10-QT for the quarter ending March 31, 2014.
We sell our brands through our quality domestic retailers and international distributors and retailers, as well as directly to our end-user consumers through our E-Commerce business and our retail stores. Independent third parties manufacture all of our products.
Inventories
Inventories, principally finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market (net realizable value). Cost includes initial molds and tooling that are amortized over the life of the mold in cost of sales. Cost also includes shipping and handling fees and costs, which are subsequently expensed to cost of sales. Market values are determined by historical experience with discounted sales, industry trends, and the retail environment.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes wholesale, E-Commerce, and international distributor revenue when products are shipped and retail revenue at the point of sale. All sales are recognized when the customer takes title and assumes risk of loss, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sales price is fixed or determinable. For wholesale and international distributor sales, allowances for estimated returns, discounts, chargebacks, and bad debts are provided for when related revenue is recorded. For E-Commerce sales, allowances for estimated returns and bad debts

F-8

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

are provided for when related revenue is recorded. For retail sales, allowances for estimated returns are provided for when related revenue is recorded. Amounts billed for shipping and handling costs are recorded as a component of net sales, while the related costs paid to third-party shipping companies are recorded as a cost of sales. The Company presents revenue net of taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities.
Accounting for Long-Lived Assets
Other long-lived assets, such as machinery and equipment, leasehold improvements, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. The Company uses the straight-line method for depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets, except for certain intangible assets where the Company can reliably determine the pattern in which the economic benefits of the assets will be consumed.
At least quarterly, the Company evaluates whether any impairment triggering events, including the following, have occurred which would require such asset groups to be tested for impairment:
A significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset group;
a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset group is being used or in its physical condition;
a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset group, including an adverse action or assessment by a regulator;
an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of a long-lived asset group;
a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset group; or
a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset group will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life.
When an impairment triggering event has occurred, the Company tests for recoverability of the asset group's carrying value using estimates of undiscounted future cash flows based on the existing service potential of the applicable asset group. In determining the service potential of a long-lived asset group, the Company considers its remaining useful life, cash-flow generating capacity, and physical output capacity. These estimates include the undiscounted cash flows associated with future expenditures necessary to maintain the existing service potential. Long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. The Company assesses potential impairment of its retail group long-lived assets by comparing trailing twelve month (TTM) store cash flows to the current carrying value of the store's long-lived assets. Stores that have been opened for more than one year, or have otherwise been identified by management as having one or more indicators of impairment, with TTM cash flows less than the current carrying amount of the store's long-lived assets are then reviewed to determine if an impairment exists. An impairment loss, if any, would only reduce the carrying amount of long-lived assets in the group based on the fair value of the group assets.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, trademarks, customer and distributor relationships, patents, lease rights, and non-compete agreements arising from the application of purchase accounting. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized and reviewed for impairment. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at least annually, as of December 31, except for the Teva trademarks and Sanuk goodwill, which are tested as of October 31.

F-9

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

The assessment of goodwill impairment involves valuing the Company's reporting units that carry goodwill. Currently, the Company's reporting units are the same as the Company's operating segments. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The Company does not calculate the fair value of the reporting unit unless the Company determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines this, then the first quantitative step is a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, the goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is below the carrying amount, then a second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. The test for impairment involves the use of estimates related to the fair values of the business operations with which goodwill is associated and the fair values of the intangible assets with indefinite lives.
The Company also evaluates the fair values of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives in relation to their carrying values. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative assessment of the indefinite life intangible asset. The Company does not calculate the fair value of the indefinite life intangible unless the Company determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. If the Company concludes that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount, then the Company compares the fair value of the indefinite life intangible to its carrying amount, and if the fair value of the indefinite life intangible exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment charge will be recognized. If the fair value of the indefinite life intangible is less than the carrying amount, the Company will record an impairment charge to write-down the intangible asset to its fair value.
Determining fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets is highly subjective and requires the use of estimates and assumptions. The Company uses estimates including future revenues, royalty rates, discount rates, attrition rates, and market multiples, among others. The Company also considers the following factors:
the assets' ability to continue to generate income from operations and positive cash flow in future periods;
changes in consumer demand or acceptance of the related brand names, products, or features associated with the assets; and
other considerations that could affect fair value or otherwise indicate potential impairment.
In addition, facts and circumstances could change, including further deterioration of general economic conditions or the retail environment, customers reducing orders in response to such conditions, and increased competition. These or other factors could result in changes to the calculation of fair value which could result in impairment of the Company's remaining goodwill and other intangible assets. Changes in any one or more of these estimates and assumptions could produce different financial results.
Property and Equipment, Depreciation and Amortization
Property and equipment has a useful life expectancy of at least one year. Property and equipment includes tangible, non-consumable items owned by the Company valued at or above $3 , certain computer software costs and internal or external computer system consulting work valued at or above $3 as defined below, and portable electronic devices valued at or above $1.5 . Tangible, non-consumable items below these amounts are expensed. The value includes the purchase price, as well as costs to acquire (shipping and handling), install (excluding site preparation costs), secure, and prepare the item for its intended use.
Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives. Machinery and equipment has estimated useful lives ranging from two to ten years, and furniture and fixtures has estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years.  Capitalized website costs, which are included in the machinery & equipment category, are immaterial to the Company's consolidated financial statements. Leasehold improvements are amortized to their residual value on the straight-line basis over their estimated economic useful lives or the lease term, whichever is shorter. Leasehold improvement lives range from one to fifteen years. The Company allocates depreciation and amortization of property, plant, and equipment to cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A). The majority of the Company's depreciation and amortization is included in SG&A due to the nature of its operations. Most of the Company's depreciation and amortization is from its warehouses and its retail stores. The Company outsources all manufacturing; therefore, the amount allocated to cost of sales is not material.
Fair Value Measurements

F-10

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

The fair values of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, and other current assets, short-term borrowings, trade accounts payable, accrued payroll, accrued expenses, income taxes payable and VAT payable approximate the carrying values due to the relatively short maturities of these instruments. The fair values of the Company's long-term liabilities, other than contingent consideration, recalculated using current interest rates, would not significantly differ from the recorded amounts. The fair value of the contingent consideration related to acquisitions and of the Company's derivatives are measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Changes in fair value resulting from either accretion or changes in discount rates or in the expectations of achieving the performance targets are recorded in SG&A. The Company records the fair value of assets or liabilities associated with derivative instruments and hedging activities in other current assets or other current liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets.
The inputs used in measuring fair value are prioritized into the following hierarchy:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.
The tables below summarize the Company's financial liabilities and assets that are measured on a recurring basis at fair value:
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2013
 
Fair Value Measurement Using
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Assets (Liabilities) at fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonqualified deferred compensation asset
$
4,410

 
$
4,410

 

 

Nonqualified deferred compensation liability
$
(4,410
)
 
$
(4,410
)
 

 

Designated derivatives liability
$
(550
)
 

 
$
(550
)
 

Contingent consideration for acquisition of business
$
(48,000
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(48,000
)

 
Fair Value at December 31, 2012
 
Fair Value Measurement Using
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Assets (Liabilities) at fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonqualified deferred compensation asset
$
3,653

 
$
3,653

 
$

 
$

Nonqualified deferred compensation liability
$
(3,653
)
 
$
(3,653
)
 
$

 
$

Non-designated derivatives asset
$
839

 
$

 
$
839

 
$

Non-designated derivatives liability
$
(336
)
 
$

 
$
(336
)
 
$

Contingent consideration for acquisition of business
$
(71,500
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(71,500
)
The Level 2 inputs consist of forward spot rates at the end of the reporting period (see Note 9).
The fair value of the contingent consideration is based on subjective assumptions. It is reasonably possible the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration could change in the near-term and the effect of the change could be material. The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration attributable to our Sanuk brand acquisition is based on the Sanuk brand's estimated future gross profits, using a probability weighted average sales forecast to determine a best estimate of gross profits. Estimated contingent consideration payments of approximately $46,200 are included within other accrued expenses and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 . The estimated sales forecasts include a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 22.0% from fiscal year 2013 through fiscal year 2015. The gross profit forecasts for fiscal years 2013 through 2015 range from approximately $52,000 to $80,000 , which are then used to apply the contingent consideration percentages in accordance with the applicable agreement (see Note 7). The total estimated contingent consideration is then

F-11

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

discounted to the present value with a discount rate of 7.0% . The Company's use of different estimates and assumptions could produce different estimates of the value of the contingent consideration. For example, a 5.0% change in the estimated CAGR would change the total liability balance at December 31, 2013 by approximately $5,000 .
In connection with the Company's acquisition of the Hoka brand, the purchase price includes contingent consideration which is based on the Hoka brand's estimated net sales for each year from 2013 through 2017, with a total maximum payout of $2,000 . The Company uses a probability weighted average sales forecast to determine a best estimate. Estimated contingent consideration payments of approximately $1,800 are included within other accrued expenses and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 . The Company's use of different estimates and assumptions would not have a material impact to the value of the contingent consideration.
Refer to Note 7 for further information on the contingent consideration arrangements.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the approximate beginning and ending amounts related to the fair value for contingent consideration for acquisition of business, categorized as Level 3:
Beginning balance, January 1, 2012
$
91,600

Payments
(30,000
)
Hoka acquisition contingent consideration
1,100

Change in fair value
8,800

Balance, December 31, 2012
$
71,500

Payments
(25,400
)
Change in fair value
1,900

Balance, December 31, 2013
$
48,000

Stock Compensation
All of the Company's stock compensation issuances are classified within stockholders' equity. Stock compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is expensed ratably over the vesting period. The Company recognizes expense only for those awards that management deems probable of achieving the performance and service objectives. Determining the expense of share-based awards requires judgment, including estimating the percentage of awards that will be forfeited and probabilities of meeting the awards' performance criteria. If actual forfeitures differ significantly from the estimates or if probabilities change during a period, stock compensation expense and the Company's results of operations could be materially impacted.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
In 2010, the Company established a nonqualified deferred compensation program (referred to as the Plan). The Plan permits a select group of management employees, designated by the Plan Committee, to defer earnings to a future date on a nonqualified basis. For each plan year, on behalf of the Company, the Board may, but is not required to, contribute any amount it desires to any participant under the Plan. The Company's contribution will be determined by the Board annually in the fourth quarter. No such contribution has been approved as of December 31, 2013 . All amounts deferred under this plan are presented in long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The value of the deferred compensation is recognized based on the fair value of the participants' accounts. The Company has established a rabbi trust as a reserve for the benefits payable under the Plan.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases these estimates and assumptions upon historical experience, existing and known circumstances, authoritative accounting pronouncements and other factors that management believes to be reasonable. Significant areas requiring the use of management estimates relate to inventory write-downs, accounts receivable reserves, returns liabilities, stock compensation, impairment assessments, depreciation and amortization, income tax liabilities and uncertain tax positions, fair value of financial instruments, and fair values of acquired intangibles, assets and liabilities, including estimated contingent consideration payments. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

F-12

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

Research and Development Costs
All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Such costs amounted to $19,257 , $15,617 and $14,160 in 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively, and are included in SG&A in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
Advertising, Marketing, and Promotion Costs
Advertising production costs are expensed the first time the advertisement is run. All other costs of advertising, marketing, and promotion are expensed as incurred. These expenses charged to operations for the years ended 2013 , 2012 and 2011 were $86,510 , $78,528 and $57,259 , respectively. Included in prepaid and other current assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $212 and $119 , respectively, related to prepaid advertising, marketing, and promotion expenses for programs to take place after December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company accounts for interest and penalties generated by income tax contingencies as interest expense and SG&A, respectively in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
Net Income per Share Attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation Common Stockholders
Basic net income per share represents net income attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share represents net income attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation divided by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding, including the dilutive impact of potential issuances of common stock. For the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , the difference between the weighted-average number of basic and diluted common shares resulted from the dilutive impact of nonvested stock units (NSUs), restricted stock units (RSUs), stock appreciation rights (SARs), and options to purchase common stock. The reconciliations of basic to diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding were as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Weighted-average shares used in basic computation
34,473,000

 
36,879,000

 
38,605,000

Dilutive effect of stock-based awards*
356,000

 
455,000

 
660,000

Weighted-average shares used for diluted computation
34,829,000

 
37,334,000

 
39,265,000

 
 
 
 
 
 


*Excluded NSUs as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 
200,000

 

*Excluded RSUs as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
795,000

 
671,000

 
319,000

*Excluded SARs as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
525,000

 
525,000

 
525,000

The share-based awards that were excluded from the dilutive effect were excluded because the necessary conditions had not been satisfied for the shares to be issuable based on the Company's performance through December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 ,

F-13

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

respectively. As of December 31, 2013 , the excluded RSUs include the maximum amount of the Level III, 2012 and 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) Awards. As of December 31, 2012 , the excluded RSUs included the maximum amount of the Level III and 2012 LTIP Awards (see Note 5).
Foreign Currency Translation
The Company considers the US dollar as its functional currency. The Company has certain wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the US dollar. Certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries' local currency is their designated functional currency. The Company holds a portion of its cash and other monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than its subsidiary's functional currency, and is exposed to financial statement transaction gains and losses as a result of remeasuring the operating results and financial positions into their functional currency. The Company remeasures these monetary assets and liabilities using the exchange rate as of the end of the reporting period, which results in gains and losses that are included in SG&A in the results of operations as incurred, except for gains and losses arising on intercompany foreign currency transactions that are of a long-term investment nature. In addition, the Company translates assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with reporting currencies other than US dollars into US dollars using the exchange rates at of the end of the reporting period, which results in financial statement translation gains and losses in other comprehensive income.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company transacts business in various foreign currencies and has international sales and expenses denominated in foreign currencies, subjecting the Company to foreign currency risk. The Company may enter into foreign currency forward or option contracts, generally with maturities of 15  months or less, to reduce the volatility of cash flows primarily related to forecasted revenue denominated in certain foreign currencies. In addition, the Company utilizes foreign exchange forward and option contracts to mitigate foreign currency exchange rate risk associated with foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities, primarily intercompany balances. The Company does not use foreign currency contracts for speculative or trading purposes.
Certain of the Company's foreign currency forward contracts are designated cash flow hedges of forecasted intercompany sales and are subject to foreign currency exposures. These contracts allow the Company to sell Euros, British Pounds and Yen in exchange for US dollars at specified contract rates. Forward contracts are used to hedge forecasted intercompany sales over specific quarters. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income within stockholders' equity, and are recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income during the period which approximates the time the corresponding third-party sales occur. The Company may also enter into foreign exchange contracts that are not designated as hedging instruments for financial accounting purposes. These contracts are generally entered into to offset the gains and losses on certain intercompany balances until the expected time of repayment. Accordingly, any gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of the non-designated contracts are reported in SG&A in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The gains and losses on these contracts generally offset the gains and losses associated with the underlying foreign currency-denominated balances, which are also reported in SG&A. See Note 9 for the impact of derivative instruments and hedging activities on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
The Company records the assets or liabilities associated with derivative instruments and hedging activities at fair value based on Level 2 inputs in other current assets or other current liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. The Level 2 inputs consist of forward spot rates at the end of the reporting period. The accounting for gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value depends on the use of the derivative and whether it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.
For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument's effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure ineffectiveness. The Company factors the nonperformance risk of the Company and the counterparty into the fair value measurements of its derivatives. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness and measures hedge ineffectiveness at least quarterly. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income (OCI) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

F-14

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash flow hedge is dedesignated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge. In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings. When it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in OCI related to the hedging relationship.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is the total of net earnings and all other non-owner changes in equity. Except for net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges, the Company does not have any transactions and other economic events that qualify as comprehensive income.
Business Segment Reporting
Management of the Company has determined its reportable segments are its strategic business units and it is by these segments that information is reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The six reportable segments are the UGG, Teva, Sanuk and other brands wholesale divisions, the E-Commerce business, and the retail store business. The CODM is the Principal Executive Officer. The Company performs an annual analysis of the appropriateness of its reportable segments. Information related to the Company's business segments is summarized in Note 8.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include $154,105 and $52,650 of money market funds at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.
Retirement Plan
The Company provides a 401(k) defined contribution plan that eligible US employees may elect to participate in through tax-deferred contributions. The Company matches 50% of each eligible participant's tax-deferred contributions on up to 6% of eligible compensation on a per payroll period basis, with a true-up contribution if such eligible participant is employed by the Company on the last day of the calendar year. Internationally, the Company has various defined contribution plans. Certain international locations require mandatory contributions under social programs, and the Company contributes at least the statutory minimums. Domestic 401(k) matching contributions totaled $1,386 , $1,066 and $1,710 during 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. In addition, the Company may also make discretionary profit sharing contributions to the plan. However, the Company did not make any profit sharing contributions for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 or 2011 .
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU, Testing Indefinite - Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment , which allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset, other than goodwill is impaired. If an entity concludes, based on an evaluation of all relevant qualitative factors, that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, it will not be required to perform a quantitative impairment test for that asset. Entities are required to test indefinite-lived assets for impairment at least annually and more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. This ASU is effective for the Company January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted. As permitted, the Company early adopted this update with its December 31, 2012 reporting period.
(2) Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is summarized as follows:

F-15

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Land
$
19,954

 
$
19,954

Machinery and equipment
84,941

 
67,582

Furniture and fixtures
25,961

 
22,280

Leasehold improvements
142,683

 
85,134

 
273,539

 
194,950

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
99,473

 
69,580

Net property and equipment
$
174,066

 
$
125,370

(3) Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
In August 2011, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the Credit Agreement) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association as the administrative agent, Comerica Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association as syndication agents, and the lenders party thereto. In August 2012, the Company amended and restated in its entirety the Credit Agreement (Amended and Restated Credit Agreement). The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is a five -year, $400,000 secured revolving credit facility that contains a $75,000 sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $5,000 sublimit for swingline loans and matures on August 30, 2017. Subject to customary conditions and the approval of any lender whose commitment would be increased, the Company has the option to increase the maximum principal amount available under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by up to an additional $100,000 . None of the lenders under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement has committed at this time or is obligated to provide any such increase in the commitments. At the Company's option, revolving loans issued under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement will bear interest at either the adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) for 30 days ( 0.17% at December 31, 2013 ) plus 1.75% per annum, in the case of LIBOR borrowings, or at the alternate base rate plus 0.75% per annum, and thereafter the interest rate will fluctuate between adjusted LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum and adjusted LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum (or between the alternate base rate plus 0.50% per annum and the alternate base rate plus 1.25% per annum), based upon the Company's total adjusted leverage ratio at such time. In addition, the Company will initially be required to pay fees of 0.25% per annum on the daily unused amount of the revolving credit facility, and thereafter the fee rate will fluctuate between 0.20% and 0.35% per annum, based upon the Company's total adjusted leverage ratio.
The Company's obligations under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company's existing and future domestic subsidiaries, other than certain immaterial subsidiaries, and foreign subsidiaries (the Guarantors), and is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, including all or a portion of the equity interests of certain of the Company's domestic and foreign subsidiaries.
The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains financial covenants which include: the asset coverage ratio must be greater than 1.10 to 1.00 ; the sum of the consolidated annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) and annual rental expense, divided by the sum of the annual interest expense and the annual rental expense must be greater than 2.25 to 1.00 ; and other customary limitations. The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement contains certain other covenants which include: the maximum additional secured debt related to a capital asset may not exceed $65,000 per year, excluding $75,000 for the Company's new corporate headquarters, the maximum additional unsecured debt may not exceed $200,000 ; the maximum secured debt not related to a capital asset may not exceed $5,000 , a judgment may not exceed $10,000 ; maximum ERISA event of $10,000 in one year, $20,000 in all years; the Company may not have a change of control (as defined in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement); acquisitions may not exceed $100,000 , if the total adjusted leverage ratio does not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 and the Company must have a minimum amount of cash plus unused credit of $75,000 . There is no restriction on dividends or share repurchases if the minimum amount of cash and unused credit is $150,000 for the quarters ending March 31, June 30 and December 31 and $75,000 for the quarter ending September 30 and the total adjusted leverage ratio does not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 .
In June 2013, the Company amended the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to permit additional borrowings in China of $12,500 and revised certain financial covenants including an increase in the maximum amount permitted to be spent on the headquarters building from $75,000 to $80,000 and revised the terms of the total adjusted leverage ratio to not exceed 3.25 to 1.00 for the quarter ending September 30, from 2.75 to 1.00 .

F-16

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

In August 2013, Deckers (Beijing) Trading Co., LTD, a fully owned subsidiary, entered into a credit facility in China (China Credit Facility) that provides for an uncommitted revolving line of credit of up to CNY 60,000 , or approximately $10,000 , in the quarters ending September 30 and December 31 and CNY 20,000 , or approximately $3,300 , in the quarters ending March 31 and June 30.  Interest is based on the People’s Bank of China rate, which was 6.0% at December 31, 2013.  The China Credit Facility is on demand and subject to annual review and renewal.  The obligations under the China Credit Agreement are guaranteed by the Company for 110% of the facility amount in USD. In December 2013, the China Credit Facility was amended to provide for the uncommitted revolving line of credit of up to CNY 60,000 to be extended to the entire year. At December 31, 2013 , the Company had approximately $10,000 of outstanding borrowings under the China Credit Facility.
At December 31, 2013 , the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and outstanding letters of credit of approximately $200 . As a result, the unused balance under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement was approximately $ 399,800 at December 31, 2013 . After applying the asset coverage ratio and adjusted leverage ratio, the amount available to borrow at December 31, 2013 was approximately $ 251,800 . In 2012 the Company incurred approximately $1,800 of deferred financing costs which are included in prepaid expenses and are amortized over the term of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement using the straight-line method.
(4) Income Taxes
Components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
 
Federal
 
State
 
Foreign
 
Total
2013:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
51,058

 
$
6,252

 
$
6,650

 
$
63,960

Deferred
(2,580
)
 
(209
)
 
(1,303
)
 
(4,092
)
 
$
48,478

 
$
6,043

 
$
5,347

 
$
59,868

2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
50,911

 
$
6,482

 
$
3,368

 
$
60,761

Deferred
(6,083
)
 
414

 
12

 
(5,657
)
 
$
44,828

 
$
6,896

 
$
3,380

 
$
55,104

2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
$
63,758

 
$
12,226

 
$
7,487

 
$
83,471

Deferred
1,003

 
(1,067
)
 
(3
)
 
(67
)
 
$
64,761

 
$
11,159

 
$
7,484

 
$
83,404

Foreign income before income taxes was $60,851 , $51,409 and $108,738 during the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Actual income taxes differed from that obtained by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Computed expected income taxes
$
71,945

 
$
64,282

 
$
99,842

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
4,435

 
3,562

 
6,912

Foreign rate differential
(16,399
)
 
(12,908
)
 
(24,783
)
Other
(113
)
 
168

 
1,433

 
$
59,868

 
$
55,104

 
$
83,404

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below:

F-17

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

 
2013
 
2012
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), current:
 
 
 
Uniform capitalization adjustment to inventory
$
5,492

 
$
6,870

Bad debt and other reserves
10,655

 
11,582

State taxes
508

 
799

Prepaid expenses
(2,193
)
 
(1,961
)
Accrued bonus
5,071

 

Foreign currency hedge
348

 

Total deferred tax assets, current
19,881

 
17,290

Deferred tax assets (liabilities), noncurrent:
 
 
 
Amortization and impairment of intangible assets
4,603

 
5,312

Depreciation of property and equipment
(6,034
)
 
(8,524
)
Share-based compensation
11,226

 
11,906

Foreign currency translation
667

 
244

Deferred rent
4,028

 
3,247

Acquisition costs
755

 
834

Other

 
111

Net operating loss carryforwards
506

 
242

Total deferred tax assets, noncurrent
15,751

 
13,372

Net deferred tax assets
$
35,632

 
$
30,662

In order to fully realize the deferred tax assets, the Company will need to generate future taxable income of approximately $94,000 . The deferred tax assets are primarily related to the Company's domestic operations. The change in net deferred tax assets between December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 includes approximately $500 attributable to OCI and approximately $400 attributable to goodwill. Domestic taxable income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $ 151,204 and $141,660 , respectively. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the net deferred tax assets and, accordingly, no valuation allowance was recorded in 2013 or 2012 .
As of December 31, 2013 , withholding and US taxes have not been provided on approximately $ 271,000 of unremitted earnings of non-US subsidiaries because the earnings are expected to be reinvested outside of the US indefinitely. Repatriation of all foreign earnings would result in approximately $ 80,000 of US income tax. Such earnings would become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had approximately $ 95,000 of cash and cash equivalents outside the US that would be subject to additional income taxes if it were to be repatriated. If the Company were to repatriate foreign cash, the Company would record the US tax liability net of any foreign income taxes previously paid on this cash. The Company has no plans to repatriate any of its foreign cash. For the full year 2013 , the Company generated approximately 11.0% of its pre-tax earnings from a country which does not impose a corporate income tax.
When tax returns are filed, some positions taken are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of total unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

F-18

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

Balance at January 1, 2012
$
3,271

Gross decrease related to prior years' tax positions

Settlements
(3,271
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$

Gross change related to current and prior years' tax positions

Balance at December 31, 2013
$

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , interest of $360 and $452 , respectively, was accrued in the consolidated balance sheets resulting from outstanding state liabilities as a result of resolved Federal examinations.
The Company files income tax returns in the US federal jurisdiction and various state, local, and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to US federal, state, local, or non-US income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.
Although the Company believes its tax estimates are reasonable and prepares its tax filings in accordance with all applicable tax laws, the final determination with respect to any tax audits, and any related litigation, could be materially different from the Company's estimates or from its historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of an audit or litigation could have a material effect on operating results or cash flows in the periods for which that determination is made. In addition, future period earnings may be adversely impacted by litigation costs, settlements, penalties, or interest assessments.
The Company has on-going income tax examinations under various state tax jurisdictions. It is the opinion of management that these audits and inquiries will not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
(5) Stockholders' Equity
In May 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan), which was amended May 9, 2007. The primary purpose of the 2006 Plan is to encourage ownership in the Company by key personnel, whose long-term service is considered essential to the Company's continued success. The 2006 Plan provides for 6,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock that are reserved for issuance to employees, directors, or consultants. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2006 Plan through the exercise of incentive stock options is 4,500,000 . Pursuant to the Deferred Stock Unit Compensation Plan, a Sub Plan under the 2006 Plan, a participant may elect to defer settlement of their outstanding unvested awards until such time as elected by the participant.
The Company grants NSUs annually to key personnel. The NSUs granted entitle the employee recipients to receive shares of common stock in the Company upon vesting of the NSUs. The vesting of most NSUs is subject to achievement of certain performance targets, with the remaining NSUs subject only to time restrictions. For NSUs granted prior to 2011, these awards vest in quarterly increments between the third and fourth anniversary of the grant. For the majority of NSUs granted in 2011 and after, if the performance goals are achieved, these awards vest in equal one-third installments at the end of each of the three years after the performance goals are achieved. For NSUs granted in 2012, the performance target was not met and, therefore, the awards will not vest.
The Company also has long-term incentive award agreements under the 2006 Plan for issuance of SAR awards and RSU awards to the Company's current and future executive officers. These awards vest subject to certain long-term performance objectives and certain long-term service conditions. One-half of the SAR and RSU awards vested 80% on December 31, 2010 and 20% on December 31, 2011, and, provided that the conditions are met, one-half of the SAR and RSU awards vest 80% on December 31, 2015 and 20% on December 31, 2016. The Company considers achievement of the remaining performance conditions as probable and is recognizing such compensation cost over the service period.
In June 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a long-term incentive award under its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (Level III Awards). The shares under these awards will be available for issuance to current and future members of the Company's management team, including the Company's named executive officers. Each recipient will receive a specified maximum number of RSUs, each of which will represent the right to receive one share of the Company's common stock. These awards vest subject to certain long-term performance objectives and certain long-term service conditions. The awards will vest on December 31, 2014 only if the Company meets certain revenue targets ranging between $1,850,000 and $2,500,000 and certain diluted earnings per share targets ranging between $7.00 and $9.60 for the year ended December 31, 2014. No vesting of any Level III Award will

F-19

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

occur if either of the threshold performance criteria is not met for the year ending December 31, 2014. To the extent financial performance is achieved above the threshold levels, the number of RSUs that will vest will increase up to the maximum number of units granted under the award. Under this program, the Company granted a maximum amount of 275,000 RSUs during the year ended December 31, 2011. The grant date fair value of these RSUs was $82.09 per share. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not believe that the achievement of the performance objectives for the Level III Awards was probable, and therefore the Company did not recognize compensation expense for these awards. If the performance objectives become probable, the Company will then begin recording an expense for the Level III Awards and would recognize a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period they become probable. As of December 31, 2013 , the cumulative amount would be approximately $14,000 based on the maximum number of units if the performance objectives were probable.
In May 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a long-term incentive award under its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (2012 LTIP Awards). The shares under these awards will be available for issuance to current and future members of the Company's management team, including the Company's named executive officers. Each recipient will receive a specified maximum number of RSUs, each of which will represent the right to receive one share of the Company's common stock. These awards vest subject to certain long-term performance objectives and certain long-term service conditions. The awards will vest on December 31, 2015 only if the Company meets certain revenue targets ranging between $2,200,000 and $2,900,000 and certain diluted earnings per share targets ranging between $7.00 and $10.50 for the year ended December 31, 2015. No vesting of any 2012 LTIP Awards will occur if either of the threshold performance criteria is not met for the year ending December 31, 2015. To the extent financial performance is achieved above the threshold levels, the number of RSUs that will vest will increase up to the maximum number of units granted under the award. Under this program, the Company granted awards that contain a maximum amount of 352,000 RSUs during the year ended December 31, 2012. The grant date fair value of these RSUs was $56.12 per share. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not believe that the achievement of the performance objectives of these awards was probable, and therefore the Company did not recognize compensation expense for these awards. If the performance objectives become probable, the Company will then begin recording an expense for the 2012 LTIP Awards and would recognize a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period they become probable. As of December 31, 2013 , the cumulative amount would be approximately $8,000 based on the maximum number of units if the performance objectives were probable.
In December 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a long-term incentive award under its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (2013 LTIP Awards). The shares under these awards will be available for issuance to current and future members of the Company's management team, including the Company's named executive officers. Each recipient will receive a specified maximum number of RSUs, each of which will represent the right to receive one share of the Company's common stock. These awards vest subject to certain long-term performance objectives and certain long-term service conditions. The recipients of these awards are divided into two participant groups, revenue generating and non-revenue generating. The awards for the non-revenue generating participants will vest on March 31, 2016 only if the Company meets certain revenue targets ranging between $2,290,000 and $2,558,000 and certain EBITDA targets ranging between $372,000 and $415,000 for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2016. The awards for the revenue generating participants will vest on March 31, 2016 only if the Company achieves EBITDA of $350,000 and the respective revenue by brand and channel managed by each participant meets certain revenue targets that are tailored to each brand and channel for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2016. No vesting of any 2013 LTIP Awards will occur if either of the threshold performance criteria is not met for the year ending March 31, 2016. To the extent financial performance is achieved above the threshold levels, the number of RSUs that will vest will increase up to the maximum number of units granted under the award. Under this new program, the Company granted awards that contain a maximum amount of 156,000 RSUs during the year ended December 31, 2013 . The grant date fair value of these RSUs was $84.52 per share. As of December 31, 2013 , as a result of the Company's current long-range forecast, the Company believed that the achievement of at least the threshold performance objectives of these awards was probable, and therefore the Company recognized compensation expense accordingly. The amount recognized was immaterial to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In February 2012, the Company approved a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $100,000 of the Company's common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors. The program did not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock and the program could have been suspended at any time at the Company's discretion. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company repurchased approximately 1,749,000 shares under this program, for approximately $100,000 , or an average price of $57.16 . As of June 30, 2012, the Company had repurchased the full amount authorized under this program. The purchases were funded from available working capital.
In June 2012, the Company approved a new stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $200,000 of the Company's common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements,

F-20

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

and other factors. The program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock and the program may be suspended at any time at the Company's discretion. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had repurchased approximately 2,765,000 shares under this program, for approximately $120,700 , or an average price of $43.66 , leaving the remaining approved amount at $79,300 .
On a quarterly basis, the Company grants fully-vested shares of its common stock to each of its outside directors. The fair value of such shares is expensed on the date of issuance.
The table below summarizes stock compensation amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Compensation expense recorded for:
 
 
 
 
 
NSUs
$
10,545

 
$
11,849

 
$
11,719

SARs
1,302

 
1,501

 
1,813

RSUs
287

 
231

 
305

Directors' shares
1,002

 
1,080

 
966

Total compensation expense
13,136

 
14,661

 
14,803

Income tax benefit recognized
(4,950
)
 
(5,573
)
 
(5,788
)
Net compensation expense
$
8,186

 
$
9,088

 
$
9,015

The table below summarizes the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested awards that are considered probable of vesting as of December 31, 2013 , and the weighted-average period over which the cost is expected to be recognized as of December 31, 2013 :
 
Unrecognized
Compensation
Cost
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Vesting Period (Years)
NSUs
$
12,427

 
1.8
SARs
3,582

 
2.2
RSUs
4,859

 
2.2
Total
$
20,868

 
 
The unrecognized compensation cost excludes a maximum of $19,825 and $18,445 of compensation cost on the Level III Awards and 2012 LTIP Awards, respectively, as achievement of the performance conditions are not considered probable.

F-21

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

Nonvested Stock Units Issued Under the 2006 Plan
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011
798,000

 
$
35.61

Granted
199,000

 
87.50

Vested
(263,000
)
 
40.31

Forfeited
(57,000
)
 
46.61

Nonvested at December 31, 2011
677,000

 
$
48.14

Granted
209,000

 
63.18

Vested
(297,000
)
 
35.90

Forfeited
(18,000
)
 
63.68

Cancelled*
(200,000
)
 
62.17

Nonvested at December 31, 2012
371,000

 
$
58.51

Granted
304,000

 
57.30

Vested
(315,000
)
 
53.19

Forfeited
(20,000
)
 
61.08

Nonvested at December 31, 2013
340,000

 
$
62.23

_______________________________________________________________________________

*     Nonvested Stock Units cancelled during the period represent awards granted whose performance criteria were not met.
Stock Appreciation Rights Issued Under the 2006 Plan
 
Number of
SARs
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
1,125,000

 
$
26.73

 
8.7
 
$
59,636

Granted

 

 
 
 
 

Exercised
(365,000
)
 
26.73

 
 
 
 

Forfeited

 

 
 
 
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011
760,000

 
$
26.73

 
8.8
 
$
37,118

Granted

 

 

 


Exercised
(15,000
)
 
26.73

 

 


Forfeited

 

 

 


Outstanding at December 31, 2012
745,000

 
$
26.73

 
7.9
 
$
10,087

Granted

 

 

 


Exercised
(15,000
)
 
26.73

 

 


Forfeited

 

 

 


Outstanding at December 31, 2013
730,000

 
$
26.73

 
6.9
 
$
42,143

Exercisable at December 31, 2013
205,000

 
$
26.73

 
3.4
 
$
11,835

Expected to vest and exercisable at December 31, 2013
694,817

 
$
26.73

 
6.9
 
$
40,112


F-22

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

The maximum contractual term is 10 and 15  years from the date of grant for those SARs with final vesting dates of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The number of SARs expected to vest is based on the probability of achieving certain performance conditions and is also reduced by estimated forfeitures. The difference between the amount outstanding and the amount expected to vest and exercisable at December 31, 2013 was estimated forfeitures for estimated failure to meet the long-term service conditions. On February 29, 2012, 120,000 SARs that vested on December 31, 2011 became exercisable.
Restricted Stock Units Issued Under the 2006 Plan
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011
85,000

 
$
26.73

Granted
275,000

 
82.09

Vested
(16,000
)
 
26.73

Forfeited
(25,000
)
 
82.09

Nonvested at December 31, 2011
319,000

 
$
70.15

Granted
352,000

 
56.12

Vested

 

Forfeited

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2012
671,000

 
$
62.80

Granted
156,000

 
84.52

Vested

 

Forfeited
(32,000
)
 
63.69

Nonvested at December 31, 2013
795,000

 
$
67.03

The amounts granted in 2011, 2012 and 2013 are the maximum amount under the Level III Awards, 2012 LTIP Awards and 2013 LTIP Awards, respectively.
(6) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated balances of the components within accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment
$
(2,157
)
 
$
(1,400
)
Unrealized loss on foreign currency hedging, net of tax
(486
)
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
$
(2,643
)
 
$
(1,400
)

F-23

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

(7) Commitments and Contingencies
The Company leases office, distribution, retail facilities, and automobiles, under operating lease agreements, which expire through 2028 . Some of the leases contain renewal options for approximately one to fifteen years. Future minimum commitments under the lease agreements are as follows:
Year ending December 31:
 
2014
$
46,060

2015
45,194

2016
42,436

2017
39,129

2018
33,218

Thereafter
116,593

 
$
322,630

Rent expense is recorded using the straight-line method to account for scheduled rental increases or rent holidays. Lease incentives for tenant improvement allowances are recorded as reductions of rent expense over the lease term. The rental payments under some of our retail store leases are based on a minimum rental plus a percentage of the store's sales in excess of stipulated amounts. The following schedule shows the composition of total rental expense.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Minimum rentals
$
47,871

 
$
37,270

 
$
26,645

Contingent rentals
12,318

 
9,366

 
6,085

 
$
60,189

 
$
46,636

 
$
32,730

Purchase Obligations.     The Company had $ 238,947 of outstanding purchase orders with its manufacturers as of December 31, 2013 . In addition, the Company entered into agreements for the build out of new retail stores, promotional activities and other services. Future commitments under these purchase orders and other agreements for the year ending December 31, 2014 total $245,168 . Included in the 2014 amount are remaining commitments, net of deposits, that are also unconditional purchase obligations relating to sheepskin contracts. The Company enters into contracts requiring minimum purchase commitments of sheepskin that Deckers' affiliates, manufacturers, factories, and other agents (each or collectively, a Buyer) must make on or before a specified target date. Under certain contracts, the Company may pay an advance deposit that shall be repaid to the Company as Buyers purchase goods under the terms of these agreements. Included in other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets is approximately $67,000 and $39,000 of advance deposits as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. In the event that a Buyer does not purchase certain minimum commitments on or before certain target dates, the supplier may retain a portion of the advance deposit until the amounts of the commitments are fulfilled. These agreements may result in unconditional purchase obligations if a Buyer does not meet the minimum purchase requirements. In the event that a Buyer does not purchase such minimum commitments by the target dates, the Company shall be responsible for compliance with any and all minimum purchase commitments under these contracts, and the Company would make additional deposit payments towards the purchase of the remaining minimum commitments and such additional deposits would be returned as the Buyers purchase the remaining minimum commitments. The contracts do not permit net settlement. Minimum commitments for these contracts as of December 31, 2013 were as follows:


F-24

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

Contract
Effective Date
 
Final
Target Date
 
Advance
Deposit
 
Total
Minimum
Commitment
 
Remaining
Deposit
 
Remaining
Commitment,
Net of Deposit
October 2011
 
September 2014
 
$50,000
 
$286,000
 
$38,273
 
$13,034
October 2012
 
September 2013
 
 
$83,000
 
 
$3,265
April 2013
 
September 2014
 
$28,931
 
$42,800
 
$28,931
 
$13,869
September 2013
 
September 2014
 
 
$50,730
 
 
$39,958

Subsequent to December 31, 2013 the Company entered into an amendment to the sheepskin contract effective April 2013 for an additional commitment of $21,400 . The Company also entered into two new contracts with a final target date of September 30, 2014. One of these contracts requires a minimum purchase commitment of sheepskin of $8,550 and the other contract requires a minimum purchase commitment of UGGpure of $27,600 . In the event that the minimum commitment has not been reached by September 30, 2014 the Company will advance funds to cover the remaining commitment under the contract, with such advanced amounts to be refunded upon the future purchase of the minimum purchase commitment by a Buyer.
         Indemnification and Legal Contingencies.     The Company is currently involved in various legal claims arising from the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the disposition of these matters will have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations. In addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify certain of its licensees, distributors, and promotional partners in connection with claims related to the use of the Company's intellectual property. The terms of such agreements range up to 5 years initially and generally do not provide for a limitation on the maximum potential future payments. Management believes the likelihood of any payments is remote and would be immaterial. The Company determined the risk was low based on a prior history of insignificant claims. The Company is not currently involved in any indemnification matters in regards to its intellectual property.
Contingent Consideration.     In July 2011, the Company acquired the Sanuk brand, and the total purchase price included contingent consideration payments. As of December 31, 2013 , the remaining contingent consideration payments, which have no maximum, are as follows:
36.0% of the Sanuk brand gross profit in 2013, which was approximately $18,600 , and
40.0% of the Sanuk brand gross profit in 2015.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , contingent consideration for the acquisition of the Sanuk brand of approximately $ 46,200 and $70,400 , respectively, are included within other accrued expenses (approximately $18,600 and $25,400 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively) and long-term liabilities (approximately $27,600 and $45,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively) in the consolidated balance sheets.
In September 2012, the Company acquired Hoka, and the total purchase price included contingent consideration payments with a maximum of $2,000 . Based on current projections as of December 31, 2013 , contingent consideration for the acquisition of the Hoka brand of approximately $1,800 is included within other accrued expenses and long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
(8) Business Segments, Concentration of Business, and Credit Risk and Significant Customers
The Company's accounting policies of the segments below are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 1), except that the Company does not allocate corporate overhead costs or non-operating income and expenses to segments. The Company evaluates segment performance primarily based on net sales and income or loss from operations. The Company's reportable segments include the strategic business units for the worldwide wholesale operations of the UGG brand, Teva brand, Sanuk brand, and its other brands, its E-Commerce business and its retail store business. The wholesale operations of each brand are managed separately because each requires different marketing, research and development, design, sourcing, and sales strategies. The E-Commerce and retail store segments are managed separately because they are Direct-to-

F-25

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

Consumer sales, while the brand segments are wholesale sales. The income or loss from operations for each of the segments includes only those costs which are specifically related to each segment, which consist primarily of cost of sales, costs for research and development, design, selling and marketing, depreciation, amortization, and the costs of employees and their respective expenses that are directly related to each business segment. The unallocated corporate overhead costs include the following: costs of the distribution centers, certain executive and stock compensation, accounting and finance, legal, information technology, human resources, and facilities costs, among others. Beginning January 1, 2013, all gross profit derived from the sales to third parties of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments is reported in income from operations of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments, respectively.  In prior periods, the gross profit derived from the sales to third parties of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments was separated into two components: (i) the wholesale profit was included in the related operating income or loss of each wholesale segment, and represented the difference between the Company’s cost and the Company’s wholesale selling price, and (ii) the retail profit was included in the operating income of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments, and represented the difference between the Company’s wholesale selling price and the Company’s retail selling price. Each of the wholesale segments charged the E-Commerce and retail segments the same price that they charged third party retail customers, with the resulting profit from inter-segment sales included in income (loss) from operations of each respective wholesale segment. Inter-segment sales and cost of sales are eliminated upon consolidation.  These changes in segment reporting only changed the presentation within the table below and did not impact th e Company’s consolidated financial statements for any periods. The Company believes that these changes better align with how management views the business, which is that sales of the E-Commerce and retail stores segments each generate a cash flow of their own and the wholesale segments are not active in generating those cash flows.  The segment information for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been adjusted retrospectively to conform to the current period presentation.
The Company's other brands include Simple®, TSUBO®, Ahnu®, MOZO®, and Hoka. The Company ceased distribution of the Simple brand effective December 31, 2011. The results of operations for Hoka are included in the other brands segments beginning from the acquisition date of September 27, 2012. The wholesale operations of the Company's other brands are included as one reportable segment, other wholesale, presented in the figures below. The Sanuk brand operations are included in the Company's segment reporting effective upon the acquisition date of July 1, 2011. Business segment information is summarized as follows:

F-26

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net sales to external customers:
 
 
 
 
 
UGG wholesale
$
818,377

 
$
819,256

 
$
915,203

Teva wholesale
109,334

 
108,591

 
118,742

Sanuk wholesale
94,420

 
89,804

 
26,039

Other brands wholesale
38,276

 
20,194

 
21,801

E-Commerce
169,534

 
130,592

 
106,498

Retail stores
326,677

 
245,961

 
189,000

 
$
1,556,618

 
$
1,414,398

 
$
1,377,283

Income (loss) from operations:
 
 
 
 
 
UGG wholesale
$
224,736

 
$
206,039

 
$
339,665

Teva wholesale
9,165

 
9,228

 
19,265

Sanuk wholesale
20,591

 
14,398

 
798

Other brands wholesale
(9,807
)
 
(4,523
)
 
(9,993
)
E-Commerce
66,819

 
56,190

 
47,244

Retail stores
65,716

 
63,306

 
58,552

Unallocated overhead
(169,323
)
 
(157,690
)
 
(170,693
)
 
$
207,897

 
$
186,948

 
$
284,838

Depreciation and amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
UGG wholesale
$
641

 
$
622

 
$
4,375

Teva wholesale
641

 
515

 
587

Sanuk wholesale
7,761

 
8,838

 
5,125

Other brands wholesale
507

 
1,622

 
533

E-Commerce
744

 
839

 
540

Retail stores
21,117

 
12,073

 
6,082

Unallocated overhead
9,959

 
8,911

 
8,185

 
$
41,370

 
$
33,420

 
$
25,427

Capital expenditures:
 
 
 
 
 
UGG wholesale
$
313

 
$
314

 
$
706

Teva wholesale
63

 
326

 
305

Sanuk wholesale
91

 
448

 
1,778

Other brands wholesale
477

 
197

 
198

E-Commerce
676

 
347

 
1,419

Retail stores
34,993

 
34,004

 
22,297

Unallocated overhead
43,217

 
25,966

 
29,083

 
$
79,830

 
$
61,602

 
$
55,786

Total assets from reportable segments:
 
 
 
 
 
UGG wholesale
$
314,122

 
$
377,997

 
$
347,213

Teva wholesale
54,868

 
59,641

 
61,893

Sanuk wholesale
208,669

 
209,861

 
217,936

Other brands wholesale
34,315

 
29,446

 
10,690

E-Commerce
7,331

 
5,058

 
5,964

Retail stores
182,491

 
134,804

 
80,514

 
$
801,796

 
$
816,807

 
$
724,210


F-27

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

Inter-segment sales from the Company’s wholesale segments to the Company’s E-Commerce and retail stores segments are at the Company’s cost, and there is no inter-segment profit on these inter-segment sales.  Income (loss) from operations of the wholesale segments does not include any inter-segment gross profit from sales to the E-Commerce and retail stores segments.The assets allocable to each segment generally include accounts receivable, inventory, fixed assets, intangible assets, and certain other assets that are specifically identifiable with one of the Company's segments. Unallocated assets are the assets not specifically related to the segments and include cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, and various other assets shared by the Company's segments. Reconciliations of total assets from reportable segments to the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Total assets from reportable segments
$
801,796

 
$
816,807

Unallocated cash and cash equivalents
237,125

 
110,247

Unallocated deferred tax assets
35,632

 
30,662

Other unallocated corporate assets
185,176

 
110,348

Consolidated total assets
$
1,259,729

 
$
1,068,064

The Company does not consider international operations a separate segment, as management reviews such operations in the aggregate with the aforementioned segments. Long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment, in the US and all other countries combined were as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
US
$
136,726

 
$
89,423

All other countries*
37,340

 
35,947

Total
$
174,066

 
$
125,370


* No other country's long-lived assets comprised more than 10% of total long-lived assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 .

The Company sells its products to customers throughout the US and to foreign customers located in Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia, and Latin America, among other regions. International sales were 33.0% , 31.2% and 31.4% , of the Company's total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , no single foreign country comprised more than 10% of total sales.
Management performs regular evaluations concerning the ability of its customers to satisfy their obligations and records a provision for doubtful accounts based upon these evaluations. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 . As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company had one customer representing 19.7% and 18.8% of net trade accounts receivable, respectively. At December 31, 2013 the Company had a second customer representing 11.4% of net trade accounts receivable.
The Company's production is concentrated at a limited number of independent contractor factories. Sheepskin is the principal raw material for certain UGG products and the majority of sheepskin is purchased from two tanneries in China, which is sourced primarily from Australia, Europe and the US. The source for other materials used by the Company is concentrated in Australia and China. The Company's operations are subject to the customary risks of doing business abroad, including, but not limited to, currency fluctuations, customs duties and related fees, various import controls and other nontariff barriers, restrictions on the transfer of funds, labor unrest and strikes and, in certain parts of the world, political instability. The supply of sheepskin can be adversely impacted by weather conditions, disease, and harvesting decisions that are completely outside the Company's control. Further, the price of sheepskin is impacted by demand, industry, and competitors.
A portion of the Company's cash and cash equivalents are held as cash in operating accounts that are with third party financial institutions. These balances, at times, exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limits. While the Company regularly monitors the cash balances in its operating accounts and adjusts the balances as appropriate, these cash balances

F-28

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

could be impacted if the underlying financial institutions fail or are subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had experienced no loss or lack of access to cash in its operating accounts.
The remainder of the Company's cash equivalents is invested in interest bearing funds managed by third party investment management institutions. These investments can include US treasury bonds and securities, money market funds, and municipal bonds, among other investments. Certain of these investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market, and interest rate risks. Investment risk has been and may further be exacerbated by US mortgage defaults, credit and liquidity issues, and sovereign debt concerns in Europe, which have affected various sectors of the financial markets. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had experienced no loss or lack of access to its invested cash and cash equivalents.
The Company's cash and cash equivalents are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Money market fund accounts
$
154,105

 
$
52,650

Cash
83,020

 
57,597

Total cash and cash equivalents
$
237,125

 
$
110,247


(9) Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts and Hedging
As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had foreign currency forward contracts designated as cash-flow hedges with notional amounts totaling approximately $77,000 . These contracts were held by four counterparties and were expected to mature over the next 12 months . At December 31, 2012 , the Company had non-designated derivative contracts with notional amounts totaling approximately $19,000 , which were comprised of offsetting contracts with the same counterparty and expired in March 2013.
The nonperformance risk of the Company and the counterparties did not have a material impact on the fair value of the derivatives. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of December 31, 2013 . The effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. As of December 31, 2013 , the total amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss (see Note 6) was expected to be reclassified into income within the next 15 months .
As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had no outstanding non-designated hedges.
The following tables summarize the effect of derivative instruments on the consolidated financial statements:
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
Derivatives in
Designated
Cash Flow
Hedging
Relationships
 
Amount of
Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivative
(Effective
Portion)
 
Location of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)
 
Amount of
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)
 
Location of
Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing
 
Gain (Loss)
from Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing
2013
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
$(779)
 
Net Sales
 
$17
 
SG&A
 
$(11)
2012
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
$(1,191)
 
Net Sales
 
$617
 
SG&A
 
$26


F-29

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

For the Year Ended December 31,
 
Derivatives Not Designated
as Hedging Instruments
 
Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
2013
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
SG&A
 
$728
2012
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts
 
SG&A
 
$1,030
(10) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Most of the Company's goodwill is related to the Sanuk reportable segment, with the remaining related to the UGG and other brands reportable segments. The Company's goodwill and other intangible assets are summarized as follows:
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Weighted-
Average
Amortization
Period
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net Carrying
Amount
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangibles subject to amortization
$
101,963

 
14 years
 
$
24,140

 
$
77,823

 
Intangibles not subject to amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 

 
 
 
 

 
128,725

 
Trademarks
 

 
 
 
 

 
15,455

 
Total goodwill and other intangible assets
 

 
 
 
 

 
$
222,003

 
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangibles subject to amortization
$
96,674

*
14 years
 
$
16,164

 
$
80,510

*
Intangibles not subject to amortization:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
 

 
 
 
 

 
128,725

*
Trademarks
 

 
 
 
 

 
15,455

 
Total goodwill and other intangible assets
 

 
 
 
 

 
$
224,690

 
Changes in the Company's goodwill are summarized as follows:
 
Goodwill,
Gross
 
Accumulated
Impairment
 
Goodwill, Net
 
Balance at January 1, 2012
$
135,876

 
$
(15,831
)
 
$
120,045

 
Additions through acquisitions
8,680

*

 
8,680

*
Impairment loss

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2012
$
144,556

*
$
(15,831
)
 
$
128,725

*
Additions through acquisitions

 

 

 
Impairment loss

 

 

 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
144,556

 
$
(15,831
)
 
$
128,725

 
The additions to goodwill through acquisitions were attributable to the other brands reportable segments (see Note 8).
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company performed its annual impairment tests and evaluated its UGG and other brands' goodwill. As of October 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company performed its annual impairment tests and evaluated its Teva trademarks and Sanuk goodwill. Based on the carrying amounts of the UGG, Teva, Sanuk, and other brands' goodwill, trademarks, and net assets, the brands' 2013 and 2012 sales and operating results, and the brands' long-term forecasts of sales and operating results as of their evaluation dates, the Company concluded that the carrying amounts of the UGG, Sanuk and other brands' goodwill, as well as the Teva trademarks, were not impaired. The Sanuk brand goodwill was evaluated based on qualitative

F-30

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

analyses as of October 31, 2012 and based on Level 3 inputs as of October 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and as of October 31, 2013 and 2012 , all goodwill other than the Sanuk brand goodwill and all other nonamortizable intangibles were evaluated based on qualitative analyses.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , total goodwill by segment is as follows:
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
UGG brand
$
6,101

 
$
6,101

 
Sanuk brand
113,944

 
113,944

 
Other brands
8,680

 
8,680

*
Total
$
128,725

 
$
128,725

*
*The above tables, as well as the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012, have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect adjustments to the purchase price allocation from our prior year acquisition. Goodwill was increased and other intangible assets were decreased by $2,458 . The adjustments to amortization expense as a result of these changes was immaterial.
Aggregate amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 , 2012 and 2011 , was $7,975 , $9,312 and $9,599 , respectively. The following table summarizes the expected amortization expense on existing intangible assets, excluding indefinite-lived intangible assets of $10,237 , for the next five years :
Year ending December 31
 
2014
$
7,524

2015
7,024

2016
5,789

2017
5,620

2018
5,620

Thereafter
36,009

 
$
67,586

(11) Quarterly Summary of Information (Unaudited)
Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data are as follows:
 
2013
 
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
Net sales
$
263,760

 
$
170,085

 
$
386,725

 
$
736,048

Gross profit
123,559

 
69,832

 
166,892

 
376,200

Net income (loss) attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation
1,007

 
(29,275
)
 
33,060

 
140,897

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation common stockholders:
Basic
$
0.03

 
$
(0.85
)
 
$
0.96

 
$
4.08

Diluted
$
0.03

 
$
(0.85
)
 
$
0.95

 
$
4.04


F-31

Table of Contents
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
(amounts in thousands, except share quantity and per share data)

 
2012
 
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
Net sales
$
246,306

 
$
174,436

 
$
376,392

 
$
617,264

Gross profit
113,288

 
73,579

 
159,293

 
285,994

Net income (loss) attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation
7,887

 
(20,139
)
 
43,061

 
98,057

Net income (loss) per share attributable to Deckers Outdoor Corporation common stockholders:
Basic
$
0.20

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
1.19

 
$
2.81

Diluted
$
0.20

 
$
(0.53
)
 
$
1.18

 
$
2.77


F-32

Table of Contents
Schedule II
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Three Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011


 
Balance at
Beginning of
Year
 
Additions
 
Deductions
 
Balance at
End of Year
Year ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts(1)
$
2,782

 
$
125

 
$
868

 
$
2,039

Allowance for sales discounts(2)
3,836

 
46,989

 
47,285

 
3,540

Allowance for sales returns(3)
12,905

 
67,800

 
66,151

 
14,554

Chargeback allowance(4)
5,563

 
187

 
815

 
4,935

Year ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts(1)
$
1,719

 
$
2,128

 
$
1,065

 
$
2,782

Allowance for sales discounts(2)
4,629

 
35,759

 
36,552

 
3,836

Allowance for sales returns(3)
11,313

 
53,165

 
51,573

 
12,905

Chargeback allowance(4)
4,031

 
5,879

 
4,347

 
5,563

Year ended December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts(1)
$
1,379

 
$
642

 
$
302

 
$
1,719

Allowance for sales discounts(2)
5,819

 
36,254

 
37,444

 
4,629

Allowance for sales returns(3)
4,039

 
37,355

 
30,081

 
11,313

Chargeback allowance(4)
2,535

 
1,744

 
248

 
4,031

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1)
The additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts represent the estimates of our bad debt expense based upon the factors for which we evaluate the collectability of our accounts receivable, with actual recoveries netted into additions. Deductions are the actual write offs of the receivables.
(2)
The additions to the allowance for sales discounts represent estimates of discounts to be taken by our customers based upon the amount of available outstanding terms discounts in the year-end aging. Deductions are the actual discounts taken by our customers.
(3)
The additions to the allowance for returns represent estimates of returns based upon our historical returns experience. Deductions are the actual returns of products.
(4)
The additions to the chargeback allowance represent chargebacks taken in the respective year as well as an estimate of chargebacks related to sales in the respective reporting period that will be taken subsequent to the respective reporting period. Deductions are the actual chargebacks written off against outstanding accounts receivable. The Company has estimated the additions and deductions by netting each quarter's change and summing the four quarters for the respective year.
   
See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.

F-33


EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
(as amended through December 13, 2013)
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
SECTION 1.1      Registered Office . The registered office of Deckers Outdoor Corporation (the “ Corporation ”) shall be at 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware, and the name of the registered agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Service Company.
SECTION 1.2      Principal Office . The principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation shall be at such place as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may determine. The Board is hereby granted full power and authority to change said principal office from one location to another.
SECTION 1.3      Other Offices . The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 2.1      Place of Meetings . All annual meetings of stockholders and all other meetings of stockholders, whether called by the Board or by stockholders, shall be held either at the principal office of the Corporation or at any other place within or without the State of Delaware that may be designated by the Board and at such date and time as may be designated by the Board.
SECTION 2.2      Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other proper business as may come before such meetings may be held at such time and place and on such date as the Board shall determine by resolution.
SECTION 2.3      Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may only be called in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.



1




SECTION 2.4      Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation), notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Every notice of a meeting of stockholders shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person or by proxy and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, shall also state the purpose for which the meeting is called. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be given to any stockholder to whom notice may be omitted pursuant to applicable Delaware law, and such notice shall be deemed waived by any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, except a stockholder who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, notice of any adjourned meeting of stockholders need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.
SECTION 2.5      Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to be voted at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or any adjournment thereof. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Subject to the requirement of a larger percentage vote, if any, contained herein or by law, the stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding any withdrawal of stockholders that may leave less than a quorum remaining. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, a majority of the voting power of all the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat or, any officer entitled to preside at, or to act as secretary of, such meeting may adjourn such meeting from time to time. At any such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
SECTION 2.6      Voting .
(A)      Each stockholder shall, at each meeting of stockholders, be entitled to vote in person or by proxy each share of the stock of the Corporation that has voting rights on the matter in question and that shall have been held by such stockholder and registered in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation.



2




(B)      Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors in such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes. Persons holding stock of the Corporation in a fiduciary capacity shall be entitled to vote such stock. Persons whose stock is pledged shall be entitled to vote, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the Corporation the pledgor shall have expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or the pledgee’s proxy, may represent such stock and vote thereon. Stock having voting power standing of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or with respect to which two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship, shall be voted in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
(C)      Any such voting rights may be exercised by the stockholder entitled thereto in person or by such stockholder’s proxy appointed by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. At any meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present, all matters, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or by law, shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter. The vote at any meeting of stockholders on any question need not be by ballot, unless so directed by the chairman of the meeting. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there by such proxy, and it shall state the number of shares voted.
SECTION 2.7      Inspectors . The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or inspectors.
SECTION 2.8      Advance Notice of Stockholder Proposals and Stockholder Nominations .
(A)      At any meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.8. For business to be properly brought before any meeting of the stockholders by a stockholder (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)) other than the nomination of a person for election as a director, which is governed by Section 2.8(B) below), the stockholder must have



3




given notice thereof, and in compliance with this Section 2.8(A), in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than 90 days in advance of such meeting or, if later, the seventh day following the first public announcement of the date of such meeting and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. In no event shall any adjournment of a meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for giving timely notice as described above. In addition, the stockholder providing such notice must be a stockholder of record both at the time the notice is given and at the time of the meeting at which the business referenced in the notice will be considered. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (ii) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Affiliate, (iii) (A) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the stockholder and by any Stockholder Affiliate and (B) any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder and any Stockholder Affiliate and whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, but not limited to, any derivative position, short position, or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Affiliate with respect to the Corporation’s securities; (iv) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder or any Stockholder Affiliate and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder, (v) any material interest of the stockholder or any Stockholder Affiliate in such business, and (vi) whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Affiliate intends to conduct a proxy solicitation. Furthermore, a stockholder providing such notice shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any meeting of the stockholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.8. The Chairman of any such meeting shall direct that any business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered.
For purposes of this Section 2.8, “public announcement” shall be deemed to include an announcement made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and “Stockholder Affiliate” means (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, any stockholder providing the notice pursuant to this Section 2.8, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Stockholder Affiliate.
(B)      Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board or by any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided , however , that a stockholder may nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting only if written notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such nomination has been given to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than 90 days in advance of such meeting or, if later, the seventh day following the first public announcement of the date of such meeting. Notwithstanding anything in the preceding



4




sentence to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there has been no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or indicating the increase in the size of the Board made by the Corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the preceding sentence, a stockholder’s notice required by this bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall any adjournment of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for giving timely notice as described above. In addition, the stockholder providing such notice must be a stockholder of record both at the time the notice is given and at the time of the annual meeting at which the directors nominated in the notice will be considered. Each such notice shall set forth: (i) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of any Stockholder Affiliate; (ii) (A) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the stockholder and by any Stockholder Affiliate and (B) any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder and any Stockholder Affiliate and whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, but not limited to, any derivative position, short position, or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Affiliate with respect to the Corporation’s securities; (iii) the name and address of the person or persons to be nominated; (iv) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting and nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (v) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder or any Stockholder Affiliate on the one hand, and any nominee for election as a director on the other hand, pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (vi) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board; (vii) the consent and commitment of each nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation; (viii) with respect to each nominee, a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.8(D) of these Bylaws; (ix) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and Stockholder Affiliate and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the director nominee; and (x) whether the stockholder or any Stockholder Affiliate intends to conduct a proxy solicitation. In addition, the stockholder making such nomination shall promptly provide any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.8(B). The Chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall direct that any nomination not made in accordance with these procedures be disregarded.



5




(C)      Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been properly brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that directors are to be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw and at the time of the special meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.8(B) as to such nomination. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.8(B) of this Bylaw with respect to any nomination shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than 90 days in advance of such meeting, or, if later, the seventh day following the first public announcement of the date of such meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(D)      To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.8(B) and (C)) to the Secretary of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (C) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.8, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.8.




6




ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 3.1      General Powers . Subject to any requirements in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law as to action which must be authorized or approved by the stockholders, any and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of, the Board to the fullest extent permitted by law.
SECTION 3.2      Number and Term of Office . The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be no less than one (1) and no more than nine (9), as fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, until this Section 3.2 is amended by a resolution duly adopted by the Board or by the stockholders of the Corporation, in either case in accordance with the provisions of Article XI of the Certificate of Incorporation. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Directors need not be stockholders. Each of the directors of the Corporation shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director’s term expires as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and shall qualify or until such director shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner provided in these Bylaws and in accordance with law.
SECTION 3.3      Election of Directors .
(A)      In an uncontested election of directors, each director of the Corporation shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast by the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors (a “majority vote”); provided, however, that, in a contested election, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. For purposes of this Section 3.3, (i) an “uncontested election” is an election in which the number of nominees for director is not greater than the number of directors to be elected, (ii) a “contested election” is an election in which the number of nominees for director nominated by (a) the Board or (b) any stockholder or (c) a combination of the Board and any stockholder, exceeds the number of directors to be elected, and (iii) a “majority of the votes cast” means that the number of votes “for” a nominee for director must exceed fifty percent (50%) of the votes cast. Votes “against” a nominee for director will count as votes cast, but “abstentions” will not count as votes cast. Prior to the meeting, the Board shall determine whether an election constitutes a contested election, and such determination shall remain effective from the date of such determination regardless of any change in the number of nominees for director or the number of directors to be elected.
(B)      In order for any incumbent director to become a nominee for further service on the Board, such person must submit an irrevocable letter of resignation to the Board, which offer of resignation shall become effective (i) upon that incumbent director not receiving a majority vote in an uncontested election, and (ii) upon acceptance of the offer of resignation by the Board as set forth in this Section 3.3.



7




Within sixty (60) days following certification of the stockholder vote, the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”) shall recommend to the Board the action to be taken with respect to such offer of resignation. In determining whether or not to recommend that the Board accept any resignation offer, the Committee shall be entitled to consider all factors believed relevant by the Committee’s members, including, without limitation: (i) any stated reasons for the incumbent director not receiving the required majority vote and whether the underlying cause or causes are curable; (ii) the factors, if any, set forth in the guidelines or other policies that are to be considered by the Committee in evaluating potential candidates for the Board as such factors relate to each incumbent director who has so offered his or her resignation; (iii) the length of service of such incumbent director; (iv) the effect of such resignation on the Corporation’s compliance with any law, rule, regulation, stock exchange listing standards or contractual obligations; (v) such incumbent director’s contributions to the Corporation; and (vi) any other factors that the Committee believes are in the best interests of the Corporation.
The Board shall act on the Committee’s recommendation within ninety (90) days following certification of the stockholder vote and shall notify the incumbent director concerned of its decision. In determining whether or not to accept any resignation offer, the Board shall take into account the factors considered by the Committee and any additional information and factors that the Board believes to be relevant. If any director’s resignation offer is not accepted by the Board, the Board shall, within four (4) business days after reaching its decision, publicly disclose the decision, including the reasons for not accepting an offer of resignation, by a press release, a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other broadly disseminated means of communication.
Any director who tenders his or her offer to resign shall not participate in either the Committee’s or the Board’s consideration or other actions regarding whether to accept the offer of resignation. If each member of the Committee did not receive the required majority vote, a majority of the Board shall appoint a special committee of independent directors for such purpose of making a recommendation to the Board. If no independent directors received the required majority vote, the Board shall act on the resignation offers.
(C)      If any incumbent director’s resignation offer is not accepted by the Board, such incumbent director shall continue to serve on the Board for the term for which he or she would have been elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until the incumbent director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. If an incumbent director’s offer of resignation is accepted by the Board pursuant to this Section 3.3, or if a nominee for director is not elected by a majority vote and the nominee is not an incumbent director, then the Board, in its sole discretion, may fill any resulting vacancy pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.5 hereof.
SECTION 3.4      Resignations . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board or to the Secretary of the Corporation. A resignation is effective when delivered unless the resignation specifies a later date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events.
SECTION 3.5      Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may, unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, only



8




be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; provided , however , that if the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may only be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Each director chosen to fill a vacancy shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been elected and shall qualify or until such director shall resign or shall have been removed. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.
SECTION 3.6      Place of Meeting . The Board or any committee thereof may hold any of its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board or such committee may from time to time by resolution designate or as shall be designated by the person or persons calling the meeting or in the notice. Directors may participate in any regular or special meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment pursuant to which all persons participating in the meeting of the Board or such committee can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
SECTION 3.7      Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such times as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday at the place where the meeting is to be held, then the meeting shall be held at the same hour and place on the next succeeding business day not a legal holiday. Except as provided by law, notice of regular meetings need not be given.
SECTION 3.8      Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or, if the Chairman of the Board is absent or unable or refuses to act, by the Chief Executive Officer and President, and may also be called by a majority of the Whole Board. Except as otherwise provided by law or by these Bylaws, written notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by facsimile or electronic transmission to each director, or sent to each director by mail or by other form of written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to such director at such director’s address as it is shown upon the records of the Corporation. In case such notice is mailed or telegraphed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to the telegraph company in the County in which the principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation is located at least 48 hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by facsimile or electronic transmission as above provided, it shall be delivered at least 24 hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In case such notice is sent in writing through an overnight delivery service in circumstances to which such service guarantees next day delivery, it shall be sent such that such next day delivery is guaranteed for delivery at least 24 hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. Such mailing, telegraphing, delivery, facsimile transmission or electronic transmission as above provided shall be due, legal and personal notice to such director. Except where otherwise required by law or by these Bylaws, notice of the purpose of a special meeting need not be given. Attendance at a meeting shall constitute waiver of notice of such meeting, except when a director



9




shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
SECTION 3.9      Quorum and Manner of Acting . Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the presence of a majority of the total number of the Whole Board shall be required to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, and all matters shall be decided at any such meeting, a quorum being present, by the affirmative votes of a majority of the directors present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, provided any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at any meeting may adjourn the same from time to time until a quorum shall be present. The directors shall act only as a Board, and the individual directors shall have no power as such.
SECTION 3.10      Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing or by electronic transmission is given thereto by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or of such committee.
SECTION 3.11      Compensation . Directors, whether or not employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, may receive an annual fee for their services as directors in an amount fixed by resolution of the Board, and, in addition, a fixed fee, with or without expenses of attendance, may be allowed by resolution of the Board for attendance at each meeting, including each meeting of a committee of the Board. Such fees may be in the form of cash or other lawful consideration. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.
SECTION 3.12      Committees . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, each such committee shall be governed by a charter adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board and subject to any restrictions or limitations on the delegation of power and authority imposed by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Any such committee shall keep written minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board or these Bylaws shall otherwise prescribe the manner of proceedings of any such committee, meetings of such committee may be regularly scheduled in advance and may be called at any time by the chairman of the committee or by any two members thereof; otherwise, the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to notice and conduct of meetings of the Board shall govern committees of the Board and their actions.




10




ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS
SECTION 4.1      Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer and President, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents (the number thereof and their respective titles to be determined by the Board), a Secretary, and such other officers as may be appointed at the discretion of the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 hereof.
SECTION 4.2      Election . The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed or elected in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.3 or 4.5 hereof, shall be chosen annually by the Board at the first meeting thereof, and each officer shall hold office until such officer shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or until such officer’s successor shall be elected and qualified.
SECTION 4.3      Other Officers . In addition to the officers chosen annually by the Board at its first meeting, the Board also may appoint or elect such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time specify, and shall hold office until such officer shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or until such officer’s successor shall be elected and qualified.
SECTION 4.4      Removal . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by resolution of the Board, at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or except in case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.
SECTION 4.5      Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to such office.
SECTION 4.6      Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and at all meetings of the Board. The Chairman shall exercise and perform such powers and duties with respect to the business and affairs of the Corporation as may be assigned to the Chairman by the Board or such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws.
SECTION 4.7      Chief Executive Officer and President . The Chief Executive Officer and President shall exercise and perform such powers and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the Corporation as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Executive Officer and President by the Board, or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, or in the event and during the period of a vacancy in that office, the Chief Executive Officer and President shall perform all the duties of the Chairman of the Board, and when so acting shall have all of the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chairman of the Board.



11




SECTION 4.8      Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have the general responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation and such other powers and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the Corporation as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and President or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws.
SECTION 4.9      Vice President . Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the Corporation as may from time to time be assigned to such Vice President by the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer and President or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer and President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board, shall perform all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chairman of the Board.
SECTION 4.10      Secretary .
(A)      The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Corporation or such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes of all meetings of directors and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized and the notice thereof given, the names of those present at meetings of directors, the number of shares present or represented at meetings of stockholders, and the proceedings thereof.
(B)      The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office of the Corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the name of each stockholder, the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder, the number and date of certificates issued for such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.
ARTICLE V
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
SECTION 5.1      Execution of Contracts . The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
SECTION 5.2      Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidence of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as, from time to time, shall be determined by resolution of the Board. Each such officer, assistant, agent or attorney shall give such bond, if any, as the Board may require.



12




SECTION 5.3      Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select, or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President (or any other officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation who shall from time to time be determined by the Board) may endorse, assign and deliver checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.4      General and Special Bank Accounts . The Board may from time to time authorize the opening and keeping of general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any officer or officers, assistant or assistants, agent or agents, or attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to whom such power shall have been delegated by the Board. The Board may make such special rules and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws, as it may deem expedient.
ARTICLE VI

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
SECTION 6.1      Certificates for Stock . Every owner of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates, to be in such form as the Board shall prescribe, certifying the number and class or series of shares of the stock of the Corporation owned by such owner. The certificates representing shares of such stock shall be numbered in the order in which they shall be issued and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any or all of the signatures on the certificates may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon, any such certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as though the person who signed such certificate, or whose facsimile signature shall have been placed thereupon, were such an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. A record shall be kept of the respective names of the persons, firms or corporations owning the stock represented by such certificates, the number and class or series of shares represented by such certificates, respectively, and the respective dates thereof, and in case of cancellation, the respective dates of cancellation. Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so canceled, except in cases provided for in Section 6.4 hereof.



13




SECTION 6.2      Transfers of Stock . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by such holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary, or with a transfer clerk or a transfer agent appointed as provided in Section 6.3 hereof, and upon surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes thereon. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, such fact shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the certificate or certificates shall be presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee request the Corporation to do so.
SECTION 6.3      Regulations . The Board may make such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the stock of the Corporation. It may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer clerks or one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates for stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
SECTION 6.4      Lost, Stolen, Destroyed, and Mutilated Certificates . In any case of loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place upon proof of such loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation and upon the giving of a bond of indemnity to the Corporation in such form and in such sum as the Board may direct; provided , however , that a new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the Board, it is proper so to do.
SECTION 6.5      Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may, except as otherwise required by law, fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any such other action. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board determines that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any



14




adjournment of such meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in the manner provided by law.
ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 7.1      Indemnification of Directors and Officers . The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “ Delaware Law ”), and by the Certificate of Incorporation, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a “proceeding”), whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer or trustee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”). The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person against any liability which may be asserted against such person. The Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including without limitation a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such sums as may become necessary to effect the indemnification as provided herein. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
SECTION 7.2      Right to Advancement of Expenses . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.1 of this Article VII, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided , however , that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 7.2 or otherwise.
SECTION 7.3      Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.1 or 7.2 of this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which



15




case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
SECTION 7.4      Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, but only to the extent that the Board of Directors may (but shall not be obligated to) authorize from time to time, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII as they apply to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.
SECTION 7.5      Indemnification Agreement . The Corporation may enter into indemnification agreements with any one or more directors, officers, employees and agents upon resolution duly adopted by the Board. Such agreements may indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation and this Article VII.
SECTION 7.6      Nature of Rights . The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE VIII



16





MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.1      Seal . The Board shall adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall bear the name of the Corporation and words showing that the Corporation was incorporated in the State of Delaware.
SECTION 8.2      Waiver of Notices . Whenever notice is required to be given by these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, the person entitled to said notice may waive such notice in writing or by electronic transmission, either before or after the time stated therein, and such waiver shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
SECTION 8.3      Amendments . Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or any of them may be altered, amended, repealed or rescinded and new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board or by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting of stockholders. In addition to any affirmative vote required by applicable law and any voting rights granted to or held by the holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, any amendment, alteration, repeal or rescission of any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation must be approved either (A) by a majority of the Whole Board, or (B) by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 66 2/3% of the voting power then outstanding.
SECTION 8.4      Representation of Other Corporations . The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Corporation is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation, other than a corporation of which the Corporation owns twenty percent (20%) or more of its capital stock, in which case such officers shall not be so authorized under these Bylaws without the authorization of the Board of Directors. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares held by the Corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such officers.





17



EXHIBIT 10.6



STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE
(NET)


LANDLORD:
MORENO KNOX, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
TENANT:
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
PROJECT:
Vantage Pointe Logistics Center
CITY, STATE:
Moreno Valley, California
DATE:
December 5, 2013






TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
Page
1.
 
BASIC LEASE TERMS
 
1
2.
 
PREMISES
 
3
3.
 
LEASE TERM
 
3
4.
 
POSSESSION
 
4
5.
 
RENT
 
4
6.
 
PREPAID RENT
 
6
7.
 
SECURITY DEPOSIT
 
6
8.
 
USE OF PREMISES AND PROJECT FACILITIES
 
6
9.
 
SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER
 
7
10.
 
SIGNAGE
 
8
11.
 
TAXES
 
8
12.
 
UTILITIES; INTERRUPTIONS
 
10
13.
 
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
 
11
14.
 
ALTERATIONS
 
13
15.
 
RELEASE AND INDEMNITY
 
14
16.
 
INSURANCE
 
14
17.
 
DESTRUCTION
 
15
18.
 
CONDEMNATION
 
16
19.
 
ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE
 
17
20.
 
DEFAULT
 
18
21.
 
LANDLORD'S REMEDIES
 
18
22.
 
DEFAULT BY LANDLORD
 
19
23.
 
ENTRY OF PREMISES AND PERFORMANCE BY TENANT
 
19
24.
 
SUBORDINATION
 
20
25.
 
NOTICE
 
21
26.
 
WAIVER
 
21
27.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
21
28.
 
FORCE MAJEURE
 
21
29.
 
PROFESSIONAL FEES
 
21
30.
 
EXAMINATION OF LEASE
 
22
31.
 
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
 
22
32.
 
RULES AND REGULATIONS
 
22
33.
 
LIENS
 
22
34.
 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
22
35.
 
LEASE EXECUTION
 
24
36.
 
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
 
24




(i)




EXHIBITS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT
A:
 
DEPICTION OF PREMISES
EXHIBIT
B:
 
DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES LAND
EXHIBIT
C:
 
WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT
D:
 
NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES
EXHIBIT
E:
 
TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT
F:
 
RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT
G:
 
APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF TENANT'S SIGNAGE
EXHIBIT
H:
 
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ADDENDUM
EXHIBIT
I:
 
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS QUESTIONNAIRE
EXHIBIT
J:
 
REFERENCE PROVISION
EXHIBIT
K:
 
PARKING
EXHIBIT
L:
 
MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
EXHIBIT
M:
 
EXCLUSIONS FROM NNN CHARGES
EXHIBIT
X:
 
FORM PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT
X-1:
 
MODIFICATIONS TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

RIDERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RIDER
1:
 
OPTION TO EXTEND
RIDER
2:
 
EXPANSION OPTION
RIDER
3:
 
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL TO PURCHASE (Premises)
RIDER
4:
 
RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER TO LEASE (Expansion Building)
RIDER
5:
 
RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER TO PURCHASE (Remainder Land/Building)






(ii)




EXHIBIT 10.6


STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE
(NET)
1. BASIC LEASE TERMS .
(a)    DATE OF LEASE EXECUTION: December 5, 2013
(b)    TENANT: DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
Trade Name: Deckers
Address (Premises): 17791 Perris Boulevard, Moreno Valley, California 92551
Address for Notices:
Deckers Outdoor Corporation
495-A South Fairview Avenue
Goleta, CA 93117
Attn: Facilities Department
with a copy to:
Deckers Outdoor Corporation
495-A South Fairview Avenue
Goleta, CA 93117
Attn: Legal Department
(c)    LANDLORD: MORENO KNOX, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Address for Rent:
c/o SARES•REGIS Group
18802 Bardeen Avenue
Irvine, CA 92612
Attn: Property Manager, Commercial Property Services Division
Address for Notices:
c/o SARES·REGIS Group
18802 Bardeen Avenue
Irvine, CA 92612
Attn: Property Manager, Commercial Property Services Division
with a copy to:
c/o J.P. Morgan Asset Management
2029 Century Park East, Suite 4150
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attn: Asset Manager
(d)    TENANT'S PERMITTED USE OF PREMISES: General warehousing and distribution and ancillary office uses, subject to the provisions set forth in this Lease and as permitted by law.
(e)    LAND; BUILDING; IMPROVEMENTS; PROJECT:
i)    LAND: The parcel(s) of real property located in the County of Riverside (the " County "), State of California (" State "), as described on Exhibit B attached hereto, containing approximately 38.13 net acres (40.09 gross acres) of land (the " Land ") as of the Commencement Date (as defined below). Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Land is not a separate legal parcel as of the date of this Lease and that Landlord may separate the Land from the remainder of such legal parcel following the date of this Lease (i.e., by recording a lot split, lot-line adjustment, parcel map or similar documentation).
ii)    BUILDING: The building to be built by Landlord on the Land, which building will initially contain approximately 794,447 square feet (the " Building "), subject to adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 2(c) below. The Building is more particularly depicted on the site plan (" Site Plan ") attached hereto as Exhibit A .
iii)    IMPROVEMENTS: The Building and the other improvements to be built by Landlord on the Land pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C (the " Work Letter ").
iv)    PROJECT: The Building is part of the project commonly known as Vantage Pointe Logistics Center, consisting of approximately 71.3 acres.
(f)    PREMISES: The Land and the Improvements (excluding any work done by or through Tenant), subject to expansion pursuant to Rider 2 and/or Rider 4 attached hereto.
(g)    TERM; COMMENCEMENT DATE; RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE; EXPIRATION DATE:



1




EXHIBIT 10.6


Term: Approximately one hundred twenty-four (124) months following the Rent Commencement Date, subject to extension as set forth in Rider 1 and Rider 2 attached hereto.
Commencement Date: Upon mutual execution and delivery of this Lease (notwithstanding that certain of Tenant's obligations do not commence pursuant to the terms of this Lease until Tenant is permitted early entry upon the Premises pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 3 below, the Delivery Date or the Rent Commencement Date, as applicable).
Rent Commencement Date: Thirty (30) days following the Delivery Date pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C , but no sooner than December 1, 2014. The Rent Commencement Date is currently anticipated to occur on or around December 1, 2014 (the "Anticipated Rent Commencement Date").
Expiration Date: The last day of the one hundred twenty-fourth (124 th ) full calendar month immediately following the Rent Commencement Date (subject to extension pursuant to the terms of Rider 2 attached hereto).
(h)    BASIC RENT FOR THE PREMISES:

Months Following the Rent Commencement Date
Basic Rent Per Month
(Per Square Foot)
1 – 12*
$0.3600*
13 – 24
$0.3600
25 – 36
$0.3690
37 – 48
$0.3780
49 – 60
$0.3780
61 – 72
$0.3969
73 – 84
$0.3969
85 – 96
$0.4068
97 – 108
$0.4167
109 – 120
$0.4167
121 – 124
$0.4167
125 – 132**
$0.4271
133 – 144**
$0.4375
145 – 156**
$0.4375
157 – 171**
$0.4484
*Subject to abatement pursuant to Paragraph 5(b) below.
**Only applicable if Tenant exercises its Expansion Option pursuant to Rider 2 attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant agree that, dependent upon when Tenant exercises its Expansion Option pursuant to Rider 2 attached hereto, Tenant's obligation to pay Basic Rent in connection with the Premises during the period from month 125 through month 171 shall be only for the term period that is equal to 120 months following the Expansion Space Commencement Date.
(i)    PREPAID RENT: Tenant shall pay to Landlord on or before January 7, 2014 the Basic Rent for the first month of the Term in the amount equal to Two Hundred Eighty-Six Thousand and 92/100ths Dollars ($286,000.92), based upon the initial Premises containing 794,447 square feet of space, subject to adjustment pursuant to Paragraph 2(c) below.
(j)    SECURITY DEPOSIT: None.
(k)    BROKER(S): Lee & Associates, representing Landlord; CRESA Los Angeles, representing Tenant.
(l)    GUARANTOR(S): None.
(m)    RIDERS: Rider 1 , Rider 2 , Rider 3, Rider 4 and Rider 5 attached hereto and made a part hereof.



2




EXHIBIT 10.6


(n)    EXHIBITS: Exhibits lettered "A" through "M", inclusive, and Exhibits "X" and "X-1" are attached hereto and made a part hereof.
This Paragraph 1 represents a summary of the basic terms of this Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms contained in this Paragraph 1 and any specific provision of this Lease, the terms of the more specific provision shall prevail.
2.     PREMISES .
(a)    Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as the same may be expanded pursuant to the terms set forth in this Lease.
(b)    The parties agree that the letting and hiring of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth and Tenant and Landlord each covenant as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance by the parties.
(c)    Within forty-five (45) days following the completion of the Shell Improvements (as defined in Section 9.1 of the Work Letter), the Premises shall be measured by Tenant's architect in accordance with the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Industrial Buildings, ANSI/BOMA Z65.2 - 2012 ("BOMA") using the "drip line" methodology which includes measuring to the exterior face of the perimeter walls of the Building. Tenant shall deliver the results of such measurement to Landlord within fifteen (15) days following Tenant's receipt of measurements from Tenant's architect. In the event Landlord disagrees with the square footage as stated by Tenant's architect, then Landlord shall have the right, exercisable within thirty (30) days after the date Tenant provides the square footage pursuant to the measurement, to object to the square footage and to cause the Premises to be measured by Landlord's architect. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord's remeasurement and if a dispute occurs and continues for thirty (30) days following Tenant's receipt of Landlord's architect measurement regarding the final accuracy of such measurements, Landlord and Tenant shall agree and select within ten (10) days following said 30-days upon a mutually acceptable architect with at least 10 years of experience in designing and measuring similar buildings in Riverside County to remeasure the Premises within fifteen (15) days from the time such architect was selected in accordance with BOMA and the determination of such architect shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each be responsible for the cost of their chosen architect and the cost of the mutually selected architect, if applicable, shall be borne by Landlord and Tenant equally. In the event that the foregoing measurement determines that the square footage of the Building is different by at least 1,000 square feet from the square footage set forth in this Lease, then all amounts, percentages and figures appearing or referred to in this Lease based upon such incorrect amount (including, without limitation, the amount of the "rent" and the abated amounts set forth in Subparagraph 5(b) below) shall be modified in accordance with such determination. If such determination is made, it will be confirmed in writing by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following such determination.
(d)    Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that, (i) except as set forth on the Title Policy (defined in Paragraph 36(a) below), there is no existing declaration of covenants, conditions and restrictions ("CC&Rs") encumbering the Premises or the Project as of the date of this Lease; and (ii) Landlord has provided to Tenant, prior to execution of this Lease, copies of the following reports/documents/agreements in Landlord's possession in connection with the Project: (A) Phase I environmental report; (B) soil report; (C) conditions of approval; (D) conditions of entitlement; (E) Settlement Agreement and Release dated June 24, 2013; and (F) property survey. Landlord further agrees not to record any new CC&R's against the Premises or Project after the date of this Lease unless such new CC&R's are necessary, in Landlord's commercially reasonable discretion, in connection with the development or operation of the Premises or Project and provided such new CC&R's do not materially and adversely affect Tenant's rights or obligations under this Lease.
3.     LEASE TERM .
The Term of this Lease shall be for the period designated in Subparagraph 1(g) commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and ending on the Expiration Date, unless the term hereby demised shall be sooner terminated as herein provided (the " Term "). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Rent Commencement Date falls on any day other than the first day of a calendar month then the Basic Rent and NNN Charges shall be prorated based on the number of days for the applicable month using the Basic Rent and NNN Charges for the first month of the Term as set forth herein, and the Term of this Lease shall be measured from the first day of the month following the month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs. Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute Exhibit D to confirm the Commencement Date, the Delivery Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date and other matters.
Notwithstanding the fact that the Rent Commencement Date has yet to occur, Landlord agrees to permit Tenant to enter the Premises during the construction of the same (a) for the Wynright Access pursuant to Paragraph 6 of the Work Letter and (b) upon the Delivery Date in order for Tenant to commence the installation of its equipment, trade fixtures and personal property and commence the operation of its business. Such entry shall be subject to all of the conditions set forth in this paragraph below. Such early entry is conditioned upon Tenant and its contractors, employees, agents and invitees (collectively, " Tenant Construction Parties ") working in harmony and not materially interfering with Landlord and its contractors. In the event Landlord provides Tenant with notice (written or verbal) that Tenant Construction Parties are materially interfering with Landlord and its contractors, and Tenant fails to cease such material interference within two (2) days following receipt of such notice from Landlord (such two (2) days of interference being deemed a Tenant Delay for all purposes of this Lease), then Landlord may terminate such early entry. Tenant agrees that any such early entry is subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except for those relating to the payment of Basic Rent, NNN Charges and any additional rent and other recurring monetary obligations which have



3




EXHIBIT 10.6


a specific commencement time, which provisions will become applicable in accordance with the terms of this Lease; provided, however, Tenant shall pay for utilities and janitorial/trash services provided to the Premises from and after the Delivery Date.
4.     POSSESSION .
(a)     Delivery of Possession . Landlord agrees to deliver exclusive possession of the Premises to Tenant upon the " Substantial Completion " of the Improvements in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver possession of any portion of the Premises to Tenant (including, without limitation, for purposes of the Wynright Access) until Landlord has received from Tenant all of the following: (i) the Prepaid Rent; (ii) executed copies of policies of insurance or certificates thereof as required under Paragraph 16 of this Lease; (iii) copies of all governmental permits and authorizations required in connection with Tenant's operation of its business upon the Premises, if any; and (iv) an executed original of the Hazardous Materials Questionnaire in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I . Following delivery of exclusive possession, Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week and 365 days per year.
(b)     Condition of Premises . Subject to (i) construction of the Improvements in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C , (ii) any warranties from contractors and/or manufacturers (which shall be assigned to Tenant on a nonexclusive basis), and (iii) any obligations of Landlord to maintain, replace or repair the Premises as expressly set forth in this Lease, by taking possession of any portion of the Premises, Tenant will be deemed to have accepted the Premises in its "AS-IS," "WHERE-IS," with all faults condition on the date of delivery of possession and to have acknowledged that there are no items needing work or repair. Tenant acknowledges that, except as expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or any portions thereof or with respect to the suitability of same for the conduct of Tenant's business or any other business.
(c)     Incentives . Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost, shall, at its option, attempt to secure certain incentives from the City of Moreno Valley and other governmental agencies. Landlord, at no additional charge to Landlord, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant while Tenant is securing any such incentives, provided such incentives do not impose any additional requirements, costs (unless such costs are paid by Tenant) or obligations on Landlord or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as additional rent, for any and all actual costs incurred by Landlord at Tenant's request in connection with Landlord's above described cooperation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide notice to Tenant prior to Landlord incurring any costs in connection any such Tenant's incentives. In accordance with the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that Tenant is in the process of negotiating with the City of Moreno Valley to receive certain local impact fees, foreign trade zone credits, local e-commerce sales tax reimbursements and local electric utility discounts in connection with Tenant's decision to locate Tenant's business within the City limits of Moreno Valley (individually, an " Incentive " and collectively, the " Incentives "); provided, however, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that under no circumstances shall the Incentives be deemed to include any savings from the City's time and materials processing program, which savings Tenant acknowledges is already being pursued by Landlord. If and to the extent any Incentive is received by Tenant and provided to Landlord in connection with the development of the Building (i.e., in the form of a credit against Landlord's impact fees, permit fees and/or other City fees that Landlord would have otherwise been required to pay, or incur in connection with the additional electrical locations referenced in Item 9 of the Description of Shell Improvements attached as Schedule 1 to the Work Letter), then Landlord agrees to rebate ninety percent (90%) of such Incentive actually received by Landlord in the form of additional Basic Rent abatement commencing upon the first day of the eighth (8th) full calendar month of the initial Lease Term and continuing until fully utilized by Tenant.
5.     RENT .
(a)     Basic Rent; NNN Charges . Tenant agrees to pay Landlord Basic Rent for the Premises on a monthly basis at the Basic Rent rate designated in Subparagraph 1(h) above, each in advance of the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term, except that the Prepaid Rent set forth in Subparagraph 1(i) shall be paid on or before January 7, 2014, and applied to the first full calendar month occurring during the Term. If the Term of this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the rent (as defined below) for such periods shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such periods bears to thirty (30), and such rent shall be paid at the commencement of such period. In addition to the Basic Rent, Tenant agrees to pay additional rent as provided in Paragraph 11 (Taxes), Paragraph 13 (Maintenance Expenses), and Paragraph 16 (Insurance Costs), and the Management Fee defined in Paragraph 5(d) below (collectively, the " NNN Charges "). The Basic Rent, NNN Charges, any additional rent payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and any rental adjustments shall be paid to Landlord, without any prior demand therefor, and, except as expressly provided in this Lease, without any deduction or offset whatsoever (but subject to abatement pursuant to Paragraph 5(b) below), in lawful money of the United States of America, which shall be legal tender at the time of payment, at the address of Landlord designated in Subparagraph 1(c) or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Further, all charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, payments for NNN Charges, shall be considered "additional rent" for the purposes of this Lease, and the word "rent" in this Lease shall include such additional rent unless the context specifically or clearly implies that only the Basic Rent is referenced. Basic Rent shall be adjusted as provided in Subparagraph 1(h) above. The NNN Charges for the Premises during the first year of the initial Term of this Lease are estimated to be as follows (the "Estimated NNN Charges"):




4




EXHIBIT 10.6


Category of NNN Charges
Estimate Per Yr./SF
Estimate Per Month/SF
Property Taxes
$.6600
$.055
Insurance (inclusive of earthquake coverage)
$.1800
$.015
Common Area Maintenance
$.1014
$.008
Property Management
$.0300
$.002
In the event the actual aggregate amount of NNN Charges for the first year of the initial Term of this Lease exceeds the estimated aggregate amount set forth above, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that in no event shall Tenant be obligated to pay an aggregate amount of NNN Charges that is in excess of five percent (5%) over the estimated aggregate amount of NNN Charges set forth above.
(b)    Notwithstanding the Basic Rent schedule under Subparagraph 1(h) above and subject to the terms of this Subparagraph 5(b), the Basic Rent and NNN Charges shall be abated as follows:

Applicable Space
Charges Abated
Abatement Period
 
Premises
Basic Rent
Months 2, 3, 4 and 5 of initial Term
 
Premises
NNN Charges
Months 2, 3 and 4 of initial Term
 
Premises
Sixty-two percent (62%) of Basic Rent (i.e., $177,320.57 based upon the Premises containing 794,447 square feet)
Month 7 of initial Term
 
Expansion Space
Basic Rent
Months 2 and 3 of Expansion Space Term
 
Expansion Space
Eleven and 12/100 percent (11.12%) of Basic Rent (i.e., $17,538.84 based upon the Expansion Space containing 404,419 square feet and an initial Basic Rent of $0.39 per square foot per month)

Month 4 of Expansion Space Term
 
Landlord agrees to abate Tenant's obligation to pay monthly Basic Rent and/or NNN Charges, as applicable, during the periods indicated above (such months being hereinafter referred to as the " Abatement Period ") and the total amount of abated Basic Rent, which may be variously described as free rent, deferred rent, or rent forgiveness, together with any other financial obligations of Tenant that would otherwise be due under this Lease during the Abatement Period shall hereinafter be referred to as the " Abated Amount "). During the Abatement Period, Tenant will still be responsible for the payment of any other monetary obligations under this Lease. The Abated Amount shall only be granted provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period. Tenant acknowledges that any default by Tenant under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated hereunder, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain, therefore, should Tenant at any time during the initial Term (as extended by virtue of Tenant exercising its Expansion Option) be in default after having been given notice and opportunity to cure and Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as a result of such default, then the total unamortized sum of such Abated Amount and the Applied Allowance (as that term is defined in the Work Letter), if any, amortized on a straight line basis over the initial Term of this Lease (as extended by virtue of Tenant exercising its Expansion Option) so conditionally excused shall become immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, in the event such default is subsequently cured by Tenant, any such remaining Abated Amount and/or Applied Allowance shall be reinstated and made available to Tenant pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease as if such default had not occurred. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that nothing in this subparagraph is intended to limit any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity under applicable law (including, without limitation, the remedies under Civil Code Section 1951.2 and/or 1951.4 and any successor statutes or similar laws), in the event Tenant defaults under this Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods.
(c)     Late Payment . Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance or note secured by the Premises. Therefore, if any rent or other sum due from Tenant is not received within ten (10) calendar days from when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue payment for each month such payment remains overdue. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any such late payment. Additionally, all such delinquent rents or other sums, shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) eight percent (8%) per annum or (ii) the maximum legal interest rate (as applicable, the " Interest Rate "). Any payments of any kind returned for insufficient funds will be subject to an additional handling charge of $25.00.



5




EXHIBIT 10.6


(d)     Triple Net Lease . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, it is their intent and agreement that this Lease be a "TRIPLE NET" lease and that as such, the provisions contained in this Lease are intended to pass on to Tenant or reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses reasonably associated with this Lease, the Building and the Project (as applicable), and Tenant's operation therefrom. To the extent such costs and expenses payable by Tenant cannot be charged directly to, and paid by, Tenant, such costs and expenses shall be paid by Landlord but reimbursed by Tenant as additional rent hereunder, subject to the exclusions set forth in Exhibit M attached hereto. The NNN Charges shall include a property management fee (the " Management Fee "), and such Management Fee shall not exceed $2,000 per month during the first year of the initial Term of this Lease, and shall not increase more than three percent (3%) per year thereafter.
(e)     Controllable Expenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, following the first full calendar year of the initial Term of this Lease (i.e., whereby the Estimated NNN Charges are currently anticipated to be incurred), Tenant's Percentage of "controllable expenses" shall not increase by an average of more than five percent (5%) of such Estimated NNN Charges per calendar year on a cumulative, compounded basis. As used herein, the term "controllable expenses" means all NNN Charges other than (i) the cost of utilities; (ii) Real Property Taxes; (iii) Insurance Costs; (iv) capital repairs and replacements; and (v) repair costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to the first sentence of Paragraph 13(b) below.
(f)     Audit Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Subparagraph 5(f) or elsewhere in this Lease, if Tenant disputes the amount of NNN Charges set forth in any annual reconciliation statement of a prior calendar year's NNN Charges delivered by Landlord to Tenant (the " Actual Statement "), Tenant or an accounting firm selected by Tenant and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (billing hourly and not on a contingency fee basis) will have the right not later than two hundred seventy (270) days following receipt of an Actual Statement and upon no less than ten (10) days notice to Landlord, to cause Landlord's general ledger of accounts, invoices and other items and records related thereto with respect to the calendar year(s) covered by such Actual Statement(s) to be audited, at no material cost or expense to Landlord except as otherwise set forth in this Lease; provided, however, Tenant shall not have the right to perform any such audit more than one (1) time for each Actual Statement provided by Landlord during the Term. Any audit conducted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be performed at Landlord's office and/or Landlord's property manager's office (at Tenant's sole election, it being the intent of the parties that Tenant shall have access to all records related to the Premises whether located at Landlord's office or Landlord's property manager's office) during Landlord's normal business hours and in a manner so as to minimize interference with Landlord's business operations. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant's audit, and shall allow Tenant or Tenant's auditing team to make photocopies of any of Landlord's ledgers, invoices or other items and records pertaining to such audit; provided, however, Landlord shall not be obligated to make such photocopies on Tenant's behalf. Pending completion of any such audit, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord any such disputed amount of NNN Charges. If such audit discloses an overpayment by Tenant, Tenant shall receive a credit against Tenant's future NNN Charges in the amount of such overpayment until exhausted, or in the event such overpayment is determined following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, such overpayment shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination is made. If such audit discloses an underpayment by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such underpayment within thirty (30) days after such determination is made. The amounts subsequently payable under this Subparagraph 5(f) by Landlord to Tenant or Tenant to Landlord, as the case may be, will be appropriately adjusted on the basis of such audit. Additionally, if such audit discloses a liability for further refund by Landlord to Tenant in excess of three percent (3%) of the NNN Charges previously made by Tenant for such calendar year, Tenant will receive a credit against Tenant's future NNN Charges for the reasonable cost of an audit performed by a third party; otherwise the cost of such audit including Landlord's costs incurred in complying with such audit will be borne by Tenant. To the extent Landlord must pay the cost of such third party audit, such cost shall not exceed a reasonable hourly charge for a reasonable amount of hours spent by such third-party in connection with the audit. Tenant agrees to keep, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its accountant and employees to keep, all information revealed by any audit of Landlord's books and records strictly confidential and not to disclose any such information or permit any such information to be disclosed to anyone other than Landlord, unless compelled to do so by a court of law in connection with the resolution of any dispute related to such audit. In the event of any dispute Landlord and Tenant over the amount of NNN Charges or the results of any audit pertaining thereto, such dispute shall be dispute resolved and determined by binding arbitration pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 36(l) below.
6.     PREPAID RENT .
On or before January 7, 2014, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Prepaid Rent set forth in Subparagraph 1(i), and if Tenant is not in default of any provisions of this Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods, such Prepaid Rent shall be applied during the first (1 st ) full calendar month Basic Rent is due during the Term with respect to Tenant's leasing of the Premises. Landlord's obligations with respect to the Prepaid Rent are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the Prepaid Rent with Landlord's general funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the Prepaid Rent. Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash Tenant's Prepaid Rent; however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord's acceptance of this Lease. In the event Landlord does not accept this Lease, Landlord shall return said Prepaid Rent. If Landlord sells the Premises and deposits with the purchaser the Prepaid Rent, Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Prepaid Rent.
7.     SECURITY DEPOSIT . Intentionally Omitted.
8.     USE OF PREMISES AND PROJECT FACILITIES .
(a)     Tenant's Use of the Premises . Tenant shall use the Premises for the use or uses set forth in Subparagraph 1(d) above, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior



6




EXHIBIT 10.6


written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Landlord makes no representations or warranties that said use of the Premises or any other use of the Premises is permitted by any duly constituted public authority having jurisdiction over the Premises or the conduct of Tenant's business.
(b)     Compliance . At Tenant's sole cost and expense, Tenant shall procure, maintain and hold available for Landlord's inspection, all governmental licenses and permits required for Tenant's use of the Premises and the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant's business from the Premises. Tenant shall at all times during the Term of this Lease, at its sole cost and expense, observe and comply with the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building and all laws, statutes, zoning restrictions, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements of any duly constituted public authority having jurisdiction over the Premises now or hereafter in force relating to or affecting the use, occupancy, alteration or improvement of the Premises including, without limitation, the provisions of Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (the " ADA "). Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of any of the foregoing. Tenant shall, upon written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental and/or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Premises to be a violation of law or of said certificate of occupancy. Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters or any other insurance authority having jurisdiction over the Premises or any present or future insurer relating to the Premises. Provided that Landlord has provided Tenant with written notice identifying Tenant's use or action that is causing such non-compliance, if Tenant has not thereafter cured such non-compliance within ten (10) business days, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for any existing insurance policy or endorsement required by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 8. Tenant shall not use or knowingly allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or knowingly permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all restrictive covenants and obligations created by recorded agreements which affect the use and operation of the Premises, including, without limitation, the Rules and Regulations referred to in Paragraph 32 and attached hereto as Exhibit F . Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises and shall keep the Premises in first-class repair and appearance, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Further, Tenant's business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building shall be so installed, maintained and used by Tenant as to eliminate or minimize such vibration or noise. Tenant shall be responsible for all structural engineering required to determine structural load, as well as the expense thereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees, as and when required by applicable law, to be responsible at its sole cost and expense for causing the Building, the Premises and the common areas of the Project to comply with the terms of the ADA existing as of the Commencement Date; provided, however, to the extent Landlord is required to incur any such costs as a result of Tenant's unique use of the Premises which is other than Tenant's Permitted Use of Premises, or as a result of any Alterations to the Premises made by or on behalf of Tenant after the Delivery Date, Tenant agrees to promptly reimburse Landlord for the same as additional rent hereunder within thirty (30) days following receipt of an invoice therefor.
(c)     Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, generated, released into the environment or disposed of in, on, under or about the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees, in violation of the terms of Exhibit H attached hereto.
(d)     Parking . Landlord grants to Tenant and Tenant's customers, suppliers, employees and invitees, a non-exclusive license to use all of the vehicle parking spaces within the designated parking areas at the Premises as shown on Exhibit K attached hereto. Landlord reserves the right at any time to promulgate commercially reasonable rules and regulations relating to the use of such parking areas.
(e)     California Accessibility Disclosure . Except as otherwise provided herein, for purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, that the Premises has not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).
(f)     Survival . The provisions of this Paragraph 8 shall survive any termination of this Lease.
9.     SURRENDER OF PREMISES; HOLDING OVER .
(a)    Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease including any extension periods, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord the Premises and all Improvements and/or Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 14 below) in reasonable condition, except for ordinary wear and tear, and Alterations Tenant has the right or is obligated to remove, if any, under the provisions of Paragraph 14 herein. Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (i) any of the initial Tenant Improvements constructed prior to the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant's cabling of the Premises or (iii) any Alterations which are typical office or warehouse improvements (provided the parties hereto agree that any office improvements constituting greater than 3.75% of the total square footage of the Premises shall not be deemed typical). Subject to Paragraph 14, before the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall remove all personal property, and shall perform all restoration made necessary by the removal of any Alterations or Tenant's personal property before the expiration of the Term, including, for example, restoring all damaged wall surfaces to their condition prior to the removal of such Alterations or personal property. Landlord may elect to retain or dispose of in any manner Tenant's personal property not removed from the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damage to Tenant resulting from Landlord's retention or disposition of Tenant's personal property that has not been removed by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for Landlord's actual and reasonable costs for storage, removal or disposal of Tenant's personal property.



7




EXHIBIT 10.6


(b)    Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 9, including, but not limited to, Paragraph 9(e) below, if Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Term of this Lease (as may extended by virtue of Tenant exercising its Expansion Option) with or without the express written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Basic Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate of one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Basic Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Term under this Lease. Such tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein.
(c)    Except as provided in Paragraph 9(e) below, nothing contained in this Paragraph 9 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to vacate and deliver possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Paragraph 9 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant holds over without Landlord's express written consent, and tenders payment of rent for any period beyond the expiration of the Term of this Lease by way of check (whether directly to Landlord, its agents, or to a lock box) or wire transfer, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the cashing of such check or acceptance of such wire shall be considered inadvertent and not be construed as creating a month-to-month tenancy, provided Landlord refunds such payment to Tenant promptly upon learning that such check has been cashed or wire transfer received.
(d)    Tenant acknowledges that any holding over without Landlord's express written consent may compromise or otherwise affect Landlord's ability to enter into new leases with prospective tenants regarding the Premises. Therefore, if Tenant fails to vacate and deliver the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to vacate and deliver, and any losses suffered by Landlord, including lost profits, resulting from such failure to vacate and deliver; provided, however, Tenant shall not be liable for damages resulting from a holdover until the later of (i) the date that is 90 days after the expiration of the Term of this Lease (as may extended by virtue of Tenant exercising its Expansion Option), or (ii) thirty (30) days after Landlord notifies Tenant that Landlord has entered into a new lease or sale agreement regarding the Premises. Tenant agrees that any proceedings necessary to recover possession of the Premises, whether before or after expiration of the Term of this Lease, shall be considered an action to enforce the terms of this Lease for purposes of the awarding of any attorney's fees in connection therewith.
(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Tenant provides written notice to Landlord no less than seven (7) months prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease (as may extended by virtue of Tenant exercising its Expansion Option) indicating Tenant's intention to holdover beyond such expiration of the Term, Tenant shall be permitted to retain occupancy of the Premises at the end of the Term for a period of up to ninety (90) days by paying to Landlord on a monthly basis the then current Basic Rent and additional rent (including NNN Charges, the cost of utilities and janitorial services). After such 90-day period (if applicable), the terms of this Paragraph 9 above shall apply to such holdover.
10.     SIGNAGE .
Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense (subject to application of the Allowance, as provided in the Work Letter), be entitled to install the following signage: (i) Tenant's name/logo on a Building top back-lit sign, (ii) Tenant's name/logo on at least one (1) monument sign, (iii) Tenant's name/logo at, near or above the main entrance to the Premises, and (iv) appropriate directional signage around the Building and Project (collectively " Tenant's Signage "), the approximate locations of which are all depicted on Exhibit G attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may elect, in Tenant's sole discretion, to install such signage using the names and/or logos of one or more of brands or marks controlled by Tenant, in addition to or in lieu of Tenant's name/logo. Tenant's Signage shall be subject to all applicable laws and Landlord's prior reasonable approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Except as set forth above, Tenant shall have no right to install or maintain Tenant identification signs in any other location in, on or about the Premises and shall not display or erect any other signs, displays or other advertising materials that are visible from the exterior of the Building. The size, design, color and other physical aspects of permitted sign(s) shall be subject to: (i) Landlord's written approval prior to installation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as the proposed signage is in compliance with all applicable laws, and (ii) any applicable municipal or governmental permits and approvals. The cost of the sign(s), including the installation, maintenance and removal thereof, shall be at Tenant's sole cost and expense (subject to application of the Allowance, as provided in the Work Letter). Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, (i) cause all of Tenant's Signage to be removed from the exterior and interior of the Building and the common areas of the Project, (ii) repair any damage caused by the removal of Tenant's Signage, and (iii) restore the underlying surfaces to the condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant's Signage, reasonable wear and tear excepted; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant be required to remove the monument sign (i.e., Tenant shall only be required to remove Tenant's sign panel(s) located thereon). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord, if any, within thirty (30) days following Tenant's receipt of Landlord's invoice, to effect such installation, maintenance or removal, which amount shall be deemed additional rent, and shall include, without limitation, all sums disbursed, incurred or deposited by Landlord, including Landlord's costs, expenses and actual reasonable attorneys' fees. Any sign rights granted to Tenant under this Lease are personal to Tenant and successors to Tenant pursuant to any Permitted Transfer, but otherwise may not be assigned, transferred or otherwise conveyed to any other assignee or subtenant of Tenant without Landlord's prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.
11.     TAXES .



8




EXHIBIT 10.6


(a)     Personal Property Taxes . Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed upon its business operations as well as upon all trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, merchandise and other personal property in or about the Premises.
(b)     Real Property Taxes . On and after the Rent Commencement Date and throughout the Term of this Lease (as the same may be extended), Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, all Real Property Taxes, including all taxes, assessments (general and special) and other impositions or charges which may be taxed, charged, levied, assessed or imposed with respect to any calendar year or part thereof included within the Term upon all or any portion of or in relation to the Premises or any portion thereof, any leasehold estate in the Premises or measured by rent from the Premises, including any increase caused by the transfer, sale or encumbrance of the Premises or any portion thereof, but excluding any taxes, assessments (general and special) and other impositions or charges that relate to any portion of the Project that is not included in the Premises. " Real Property Taxes " (sometimes referred to herein as " Taxes " and " Tax Expenses ") shall also include any form of assessment, levy, penalty, charge or tax (other than estate, inheritance, net income or franchise taxes or as otherwise in Exhibit M attached hereto) imposed by any authority having a direct or indirect power to tax or charge, including, without limitation, any city, county, state, federal or any improvement or other district, whether such tax is: (1) determined by the area of the Premises or the rent or other sums payable under this Lease; (2) upon or with respect to any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises or any part thereof; (3) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating a transfer in any interest in the Premises; (4) in lieu of or as a direct substitute in whole or in part of or in addition to any Real Property Taxes on the Premises; (5) based on any parking spaces or parking facilities provided at the Premises; or (6) in consideration for services, such as police protection, fire protection, street, sidewalk and roadway maintenance, refuse removal or other services that may be provided by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency from time to time which were formerly provided without charge or with less charge to property owners or occupants. Tenant shall pay Real Property Taxes on or before the date any taxes or installments of taxes would become delinquent as determined by the taxing authority, evidenced by the tax bill, and subject to Landlord providing thirty (30) days advanced notice as stated below. Landlord shall determine and notify Tenant of the amount of Real Property Taxes not less than thirty (30) days in advance of the date such tax or installment of taxes is due and payable. In the event Landlord fails to deliver such timely determination and notice to Tenant, then Tenant shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to remit payment of Real Property Taxes to Landlord. The foregoing notwithstanding, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, Real Property Taxes to Landlord in advance monthly installments equal to one twelfth (1/12) of Landlord's reasonable estimate of the Real Property Taxes payable under this Lease, together with monthly installments of Basic Rent, and Landlord shall hold such payments in a non-interest bearing account. Landlord shall determine and notify Tenant of any deficiency in the impound account Tenant shall pay any deficiency of funds in the impound account on or before the date such taxes or installments of taxes would become delinquent as determined by the taxing authority. In the event Landlord fails to deliver such timely deficiency determination and notice to Tenant, then Tenant shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice to remit payment of such deficiency to Landlord. If Landlord determines that Tenant's impound account has accrued an amount in excess of the Real Property Taxes due and payable, then such excess shall be credited to Tenant within thirty (30) days from receipt of said notice from Landlord.
(c)     Tenant's Payment of Certain Tax Expenses (Proposition 13 Protection) . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that, at any time during the first thirty-six (36) months following the Rent Commencement Date, any change in ownership or sale of the Building and/or the Land is consummated, and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Building is reassessed (the " Reassessment ") for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13, then the terms of this Paragraph 11(c) shall apply to such Reassessment.
i)     The Tax Increase . For purposes of this Paragraph 11(c), the term " Tax Increase " shall mean that portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately following the Reassessment, which is attributable solely to the Reassessment. Accordingly, the term Tax Increase shall not include any portion of the Tax Expenses, as calculated immediately following the Reassessment, which is attributable (i) to the initial assessment of the value of the Land, the Building, the Shell Improvements (as that term is defined in the Work Letter Agreement), the Tenant Improvements and/or any other improvements located in the Building, (ii) to assessments which were pending immediately prior to the Reassessment which assessments were conducted during, and included in, such Reassessment, or which assessments were otherwise rendered unnecessary following the Reassessment, (iii) to the current annual Proposition 13 permitted inflationary increase of Real Property Taxes, but not in excess of two percent (2.0%) per annum, or (iv) to Tax Expenses calculated prior to the Reassessment without including any Proposition 8 reduction.
ii)     Protection . During the first thirty-six (36) months following the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of the Tax Increase in connection with the Premises. In addition, if Tenant exercises its Expansion Option as provided in Rider 2, during the first thirty-six (36) months immediately following the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any portion of the Tax Increase in connection with the initial Premises and the Expansion Space.
iii)     Landlord's Right to Purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount Attributable to a Particular Reassessment . The amount of Tax Expenses which Tenant is not obligated to pay or will not be obligated to pay during the Term in connection with a particular Reassessment pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 11(c), shall be sometimes referred to hereinafter as a " Proposition 13 Protection Amount ". If the occurrence of a Reassessment is reasonably foreseeable by Landlord and the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to such Reassessment can be reasonably and accurately quantified or estimated for each calendar year commencing with the calendar year in which the Reassessment will occur (including commencing and prorating the calculation from the date following the occurrence of the actual Reassessment according to the appropriate governmental authority), the terms of this Paragraph 11(c) shall apply to each such Reassessment.



9




EXHIBIT 10.6


Upon notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to purchase the Proposition 13 Protection Amount relating to the applicable Reassessment (the " Applicable Reassessment "), at any time during the Term, by paying to Tenant an amount equal to the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, as that term is defined below, provided that the right of any successor of Landlord to exercise its right of repurchase hereunder shall not apply to any Reassessment which results from the event pursuant to which such successor of Landlord became the Landlord under this Lease. As used herein, " Proposition 13 Purchase Price " shall mean the present value of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount remaining during the Term, as of the date of payment of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price by Landlord. Such present value shall be calculated (i) by using the portion of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount attributable to each remaining calendar year (as though the portion of such Proposition 13 Protection Amount benefited Tenant at the end of each calendar year), as the amounts to be discounted, and (ii) by using discount rates for each amount to be discounted equal to (A) the average rates of yield for United States Treasury Obligations with maturity dates as close as reasonably possible to the end of each calendar year during which the portions of the Proposition 13 Protection Amount would have benefited Tenant, which rates shall be those in effect as of Landlord's exercise of its right to purchase, as set forth in this Paragraph 11(c), plus (B) two percent (2%) per annum. Upon such payment to Tenant of the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, the provisions of Paragraph 11(c) shall not apply to any Tax Increase attributable to the Applicable Reassessment. Since Landlord is estimating the Proposition 13 Purchase Price because a Reassessment has not yet occurred, then when such Reassessment occurs, if Landlord has underestimated the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant's rent next due shall be credited with the amount of such underestimation, and if Landlord overestimates the Proposition 13 Purchase Price, then upon notice by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant's Rent next due shall be increased by the amount of the overestimation.
(d)     Contests . Tenant shall have such rights, at any time during the Term hereof as may be extended, and Tenant's sole cost and expense, to contest the validity or amount of Real Property Taxes for the tax parcel(s) on which the Premises is located as are permitted by law, either in its own name or in the name of the Landlord, in either case with Landlord's reasonable cooperation, at no cost to Landlord. In conjunction with any such contest, Landlord shall make reasonably available to Tenant such information in Landlord's files as Tenant may reasonably request with respect to Real Property Taxes. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all cost, loss, damage and expense incurred in the prosecution of any such contest by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall continue to pay, prior to the date such taxes or installments of taxes would become delinquent as determined by the taxing authority, any and all Real Property Taxes during the period in which such Real Property Taxes is being contested.
12.     UTILITIES; INTERRUPTIONS .
(a)    On and after the Rent Commencement Date and throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay directly to the utility companies providing such services, the cost of all water, gas, heat, light, power, sewer, electricity, telephone or other service metered, chargeable or provided to the Premises. Tenant shall have the option of selecting the utility provider if alternate service providers are available and/or secured by Tenant at Tenant's cost and only so long as such selection does not delay Landlord's construction of the Improvements. Tenant shall have the ability to use and control all utilities servicing the Premises, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and 365 days a year. Except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 12(b) below, Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility or other service furnished to the Premises. No such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or, except as otherwise expressly provided below in this Paragraph 12, abate rent in any manner and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any applicable existing or future law, ordinance or regulation permitting the termination of this Lease due to an interruption, failure or inability to provide any services (including, without limitation, the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1)).
(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Tenant's use of or access to all or any material portion of the Premises is impaired due to Landlord's negligence or willful misconduct (including, but not limited to, (i) an interruption of utility or mechanical services or any other essential services provided to the Premises, (ii) existence of hazardous materials, or (iii) damage or destruction), and such interruption materially interferes with the conduct of Tenant's business in the Premises for three (3) consecutive business days (including Saturdays and Sundays if Tenant is then operating its business in the Premises 7 days per week) or ten (10) non-consecutive business days in any twelve (12) month period (such 3 consecutive business day period or 10 day period, as applicable, is referred to herein as the " Eligibility Period "), then Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of monthly Basic Rent and additional rent under this Lease based upon the portion of the Premises affected thereby (provided that if the operation of Tenant's business from the remainder of the Premises not affected thereby is not reasonably practicable under the circumstances and Tenant in fact does not operate for business from the remainder of the Premises, all monthly Basic Rent and additional rent under this Lease shall be subject to such abatement) from the commencement of the Eligibility Period until the applicable material impairment is cured; provided, however, that if Landlord is diligently pursuing the repair of such impairment and, if applicable to the nature of such impairment, Landlord provides substitute services reasonably suitable for Tenant's purposes and Tenant is thereafter able to conduct its business in the Premises, such as for example, bringing in portable air-conditioning equipment, then there shall not be any abatement of Rent. The provisions of this Paragraph 12 shall not, however, apply in the event of a damage or casualty or in the event of a taking (except where the same is caused by Landlord's negligence or willful misconduct) or condemnation.
(c)    Utility Companies servicing the Premises as of the Commencement Date are:
(i)
Electrical - Moreno Valley Utility
(ii)
Water - Eastern Municipal Water District
(iii)
Gas – Southern California Gas Company



10




EXHIBIT 10.6


(iv)
Phone - Verizon
(v)
Sewer - Eastern Municipal Water District
(d)    Tenant, at Tenant's sole option and cost, shall have the right to select its telecommunications vendor / provider. As part of the Landlord's Work, Landlord shall bring conduit to the Premises. Subject to application of the Allowance, as provided in the Work Letter, Tenant shall be solely responsible for any costs incurred in connection with bringing the fiber into the above described conduit.
13.     MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR .
(a)     Performed by Tenant .
i)    Except as provided below, Tenant shall maintain, repair and replace the Premises in good condition, including, without limitation, maintaining, repairing and replacing (as necessary) of all of the following: exterior and interior walls, including painting (provided under no circumstances shall Tenant be required to repaint the entire Building during the first 10-years of the Lease Term), window frames and exterior windows (but expressly excluding the structural components of the exterior walls which are Landlord's responsibility pursuant to Subparagraph 13(b) below); floors; ceilings; telephone equipment and wiring; doors; exterior and interior windows and fixtures (excluding skylights), as well as damage caused by Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees. Tenant shall comply with the provisions of California Health and Safety Code Sections 26142 and 26145. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existed at the commencement of the Term, except for reasonable wear and tear or damage caused by fire or other casualty. Tenant shall, at its own expense, provide, install and maintain in good condition all of its personal property required in the conduct of its business on the Premises. If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair, replace and maintain the Premises as required hereunder and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord may at any time following thirty (30) days from the date on which Landlord shall make a written demand on Tenant to effect such repair, replacement and maintenance for which Tenant is responsible for pursuant to this Lease (emergencies excepted, in which case no such demand shall be less than five (5) days or otherwise commensurate with the urgency of the pending emergency), enter upon the Premises and make such repairs, replacements and/or maintenance, without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage which might occur to Tenant's merchandise, fixtures or other property or to Tenant's business by reason thereof so long as Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate such access with Tenant to not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant's business and not cause any unreasonable loss or damage to Tenant. Upon completion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, Landlord's costs for making such repairs plus interest equal to five percent (5%) for overhead, within thirty (30) days from delivery to Tenant of a bill therefor.
ii)    Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord's obligations with respect to capital replacements pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 13(b) below), also maintain, repair and replace, and enter into a regularly scheduled and commercially reasonable preventive maintenance/service contract with a maintenance contractor to service, all hot water, heating and air conditioning systems and equipment (" HVAC ") within the Premises, or which serve the Premises exclusively, including, without limitation, any rooftop package HVAC units, distribution lines and internal venting systems; provided, however, during the first three (3) years of the initial Term, Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense and not part of the NNN Charges, shall be responsible for any and all capital repairs or replacements of the HVAC (except to the extent such capital repairs or replacements are required as a result of negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant's Parties, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the costs of such capital repairs or replacements). All cleaning and janitorial services, including regular removal of trash and debris, for the Premises shall be performed and obtained, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, exclusively by or through Tenant, Tenant's employees or Tenant's janitorial contractors. All applicable maintenance/service contracts shall include all services recommended by the equipment manufacturer within the operation/maintenance manual, shall become effective following the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises, and a copy thereof shall be delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days following Tenant's receipt of written request therefor. If Tenant fails to maintain any or all of such service contracts, Landlord may provide written notice to Tenant that, if such failure continues for thirty (30) days following such notice, Landlord shall procure and maintain any or all of such lacking service contracts. If Tenant fails to timely procure such missing service contracts, and if Landlord thereafter elects to procure same, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost with five percent (5%) for overhead, as additional rent, within thirty (30) days following demand and copies of the invoices for same.
(b)     Performed by Landlord . Subject to reimbursement by Tenant as hereinafter provided, Landlord shall be responsible to repair and maintain, in good condition, and replace, if necessary; the roof membrane; the unexposed electrical, plumbing and sewerage systems, including without limitation, those portions of the systems lying outside the Premises; the paved and hardscaped parking and driveway areas (including resurfacing and restriping); gutters and downspouts on the Building; the outside areas of the Premises and every part thereof, including, without limitation, the soil, landscaping (including replacement thereof), sprinkler system, walkways, parking areas (including periodic sweeping), Project or Building signs (but excluding Tenant's signs), site lighting and pest control and any common areas of the Project; provided, however, any costs incurred by Landlord for items which are covered under any contractor, manufacturer or supplier warranty or any maintenance or service contract, shall not be reimbursable by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that none of the foregoing repair costs incurred by Landlord shall be deemed part of "controllable expenses" for purposes of Paragraph 5(e) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in addition to the obligations of Landlord set forth above, Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and not subject to reimbursement by Tenant, nor part of as



11




EXHIBIT 10.6


NNN Charges or Maintenance Expenses, shall be responsible for (A) structural repairs or replacements in connection with (i) the roof structure, (ii) the foundation, exterior and structural walls, and the structural integrity of the Building, (iii) the skylights, and (iv) structural plumbing (i.e., within or below the slab of the Building), (B) latent defects during the first two (2) years of the Lease Term, and (C) capital replacements (unless required in connection with a new code or law enacted after the Commencement Date, in which case Tenant shall be responsible for such annual amortization costs so long as the same are amortized over the useful life of the applicable capital replacement (but in no event less than ten (10) years at 2% over the then published Prime Rate) and except with respect to the HVAC following the third (3 rd ) year of the initial Term) to the extent made and chargeable during the first ten (10) years of the Lease Term (i.e., after the first ten (10) years of the Lease Term Tenant shall be responsible for such annual amortization costs so long as the same are amortized over the useful life of the applicable capital replacement (but in no event less than ten (10) years at 2% over the then published Prime Rate)); provided, however, to the extent such repairs or replacements are required as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant's Parties, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the costs of such repairs and/or replacements within thirty (30) days following Tenant's receipt of Landlord's invoice for same. For purposes of this Lease, the term " Prime Rate " shall be deemed to mean the prime rate quoted by Wells Fargo Bank on the date such Prime Rate is to be determined pursuant to the terms hereof.
(c)     Reimbursement by Tenant . Prior to the commencement of each calendar year, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of the expenses Landlord anticipates will be incurred for the ensuing calendar year with respect to the maintenance, repair and replacement to be performed by Landlord as herein described (the " Maintenance Expenses "). Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, such estimated expenses as part of the NNN Charges concurrent with its payment of Basic Rent. Within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the Actual Statement for the prior calendar year's NNN Charges pursuant to Subparagraph 5(f) above, showing in reasonable detail, among other items, the actual expenses incurred for the previous calendar year (or portion thereof, as applicable), and the parties shall within forty-five (45) days thereafter make payment or allowance as necessary to adjust Tenant's estimated payments to the actual expenses as shown by the Actual Statement submitted by Landlord. If Landlord shall determine at any time that the estimate of expenses for the current calendar year is or will become inadequate to meet all such expenses for any reason, Landlord shall immediately determine the appropriate amount of such inadequacy and issue a supplemental estimate as to such expenses, and Tenant shall pay a prorata increase in the estimated expenses as reflected by such supplemental estimate within thirty (30) days following receipt of written request from Landlord; provided, however, Landlord shall be limited to making any such increase to the estimated expenses one (1) time per calendar year, other than the routine annual adjustment when the Actual Statement is delivered to Tenant. Tenant's failure to timely pay any of the charges in connection with the performance of its maintenance and repair obligations to be paid under this Paragraph 13 shall, subject to all applicable notice and cure periods, constitute a material default under this Lease.
Landlord shall keep or cause to be kept separate and complete books of account covering costs and expenses incurred in connection with its maintenance and repair of the Building and outside areas and Project common areas (and such records and books shall be made reasonably available to Tenant if requested by Tenant for Tenant's review in the event of an audit pursuant to Subparagraph 5(f)), which costs and expenses shall include, without limitation but subject to the exclusions set forth in Exhibit M attached hereto, the actual costs and expenses incurred in connection with labor and material utilized in performance of the maintenance and repair obligations hereinafter described, public liability, property damage and other forms of insurance which Landlord may, or is required to, maintain, employment of such personnel as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary, payment or provision for unemployment insurance, worker's compensation insurance and other employee costs, depreciation of machinery and equipment used in connection with the maintenance of the outside areas, the cost of bookkeeping and accounting services, assessments which may be levied against the Premises under any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions, and any other items reasonable necessary from time to time to properly repair, replace and maintain the outside areas and any interest paid in connection therewith. Landlord may elect to delegate its duties hereunder to a professional property manager subject to the costs set forth herein for said property management services.
Except as provided in Paragraphs 12(b) and 17 hereof, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant's business arising from the making of any repairs, Alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Except as expressly provided in Subparagraph 13(d), Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect and under the provisions of California Health and Safety Code Section 26143 with respect to those maintenance obligations which are Landlord's responsibility under the terms of this Lease.
(d)     Tenant's Right to Make Certain Repairs . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 13(b), above, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of an event or circumstance which requires the action of Landlord (i.e., which is Landlord's responsibility under this Lease), and Landlord fails to take such action within a reasonable period of time given the circumstances (i.e., no more than five (5) business days if Landlord's failure to act has a material adverse effect on Tenant's access to or use of the Premises; otherwise 30 days), after the receipt of such written notice, then Tenant may proceed to take the required action upon delivery of an additional two (2) business days' prior written notice to Landlord specifying that Tenant is taking such required action, and if such action was required under the terms of this Lease to be taken by Landlord and was not commenced within such two (2) business day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion, then Tenant shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant's actual and reasonable costs and expenses in taking such action, plus interest equal to eight percent (8%) per annum. In the event Tenant takes such action, Tenant shall use only qualified contractors which normally and regularly perform similar work in comparable buildings. Promptly following completion of any work taken by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 13(d), Tenant shall deliver a detailed invoice of the work completed, the materials used and the costs relating thereto. If Landlord does not deliver a detailed written objection to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Tenant, then Tenant shall have the right to deduct the amount set forth in such invoice from Basic



12




EXHIBIT 10.6


Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (not to exceed one-half of the Basic Rent due Landlord in any applicable month, but to be deducted each month until the amount in the invoice from Tenant is fully reimbursed to Tenant), which right shall be Tenant's sole remedy in such instance. If, however, Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant's invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord's reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or that the charges are excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), then Tenant shall not then be entitled to such deduction from Basic Rent, but rather, as Tenant's sole remedy, Tenant may proceed to claim a default by Landlord under this Lease; provided, however, under no circumstances shall Tenant be allowed to terminate this Lease based upon such default by Landlord. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence only, Landlord shall not be entitled to claim that Tenant's incurred charges are excessive if Tenant (i) competitively bid such applicable work to two (2) qualified licensed contractors, and (ii) selects the lowest qualified bidder to perform such applicable work.
14.     ALTERATIONS .
(a)     Alterations . Except as set forth below, Tenant shall not make any alterations to the Premises ("Alterations"), including any changes to the existing landscaping, without Landlord's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the defined term Alterations shall expressly exclude any of the initial Improvements to the Premises performed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter. For requested Alterations which do not adversely affect the structure of the Building, the exterior appearance, or the Building's base systems and equipment, Landlord shall grant or deny its consent thereto within ten (10) business days following Tenant's notice, and Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent thereto. For other requested Alterations by Tenant or on behalf of Tenant after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall grant or deny its consent to the proposed Alterations in its sole and absolute discretion. Any Alterations made shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises upon expiration of the Term, except that Landlord may, at the time it provides its consent to any Alterations which are not Pre-Approved Alterations (defined below) and which are not typical office or warehouse improvements (provided the parties hereto agree that any office improvements constituting greater than 3.75% of the total square footage of the Premises shall not be deemed typical), elect to require Tenant to remove any Alterations which Tenant may have made to the Premises. If Landlord so elects in a written notice to Tenant to require such removal, Tenant shall, at its own cost, restore the Premises to the condition designated by Landlord in its election prior to Tenant vacating the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord's prior approval shall not be required for any alteration to the interior of the Premises that is of a cosmetic nature that satisfies all of the following conditions (hereinafter a " Pre-Approved Alteration "): (i) to the extent reasonably required by Landlord or by law due to the nature of the work being performed, Tenant delivers to Landlord final plans, specifications, working drawings, permits and approvals for such Alterations at least ten (10) days prior to commencement of the work thereof; (ii) Tenant and such Alterations otherwise satisfy all other conditions set forth in this Paragraph 14; (iii) the making of such Alterations will not otherwise cause a default by Tenant under any provision of this Lease; and (iv) the making of such Alterations will not affect the Building structure or systems. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written demand, the costs of any increased insurance premiums incurred by Landlord to include such Alterations in the causes of loss – special form property insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, if Landlord elects in writing to insure such Alterations; provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to include the Alterations under such insurance. If the Alterations are not included in Landlord's insurance, Tenant shall insure the Alterations under its causes of loss-special form property insurance pursuant to this Lease.
If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant in writing of its decision regarding the proposed Alteration(s) within the ten (10) business day period described above, Landlord shall be deemed to have refused consent to such applicable Alteration(s); provided, however, if Landlord shall be deemed to have refused to consent to such Alteration(s) as stated in this sentence above, Tenant may deliver to Landlord an additional request for Landlord's consent (" Tenant's Additional Alteration Notice "). In the event Landlord fails to either approve or disapprove such applicable Alteration(s) in accordance with the terms of this Lease within five (5) business days following Landlord's receipt of Tenant's Additional Alteration Notice, Landlord shall be deemed to have granted its consent to such applicable Alteration(s). Tenant acknowledges that the Tenant's Additional Alteration Notice will not be deemed given to Landlord unless the same contains the following language (in at least 12 point, bold face and all capital letters): " LANDLORD'S FAILURE TO EITHER APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE SUCH ALTERATION(S) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LEASE WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE MAY RESULT IN LANDLORD BEING DEEMED TO HAVE CONSENTED TO SUCH ALTERATION(S) PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH 14(a) OF THE LEASE ".
(b)     Standard of Work . Prior to Tenant's alteration of the Premises, Tenant shall contract with a contractor approved by Landlord (with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) for the construction of such Alterations, shall secure all appropriate governmental approvals and permits, if any, and shall complete such Alterations with due diligence, in a first-class manner, in compliance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord (with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes and regulations; provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to approve of any contractor selected by Tenant to perform a Pre-Approved Alteration so long as such contractor is licensed. Landlord shall not impose any construction standards which are in excess of applicable building codes or laws or charge any fees or construction management or supervision fee in connection with Tenant's Alterations. Tenant shall pay all costs for such construction (including any actual out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord with a third party in connection with Landlord's supervision of such construction and/or review of plans and specifications, etc.) and shall keep the Premises free and clear of all mechanics' liens which may result from construction by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect periodically the work on the Premises and Landlord may require changes in the method or quality of the work if such work is substandard in nature or not being performed in a commercially reasonable manner as reasonably determined by a third party qualified contractor mutually selected by Landlord and Tenant in good faith.



13




EXHIBIT 10.6


Landlord may also require, as a condition to its consent to any Alterations by Tenant or on behalf of Tenant after the Commencement Date, that any architect retained by Tenant in connection with such Alterations be certified as a Certified Access Specialist (" CASp "), or that Tenant otherwise consult with a CASp if Tenant's architect is not so certified, and that following the completion of such Alterations Tenant shall cause a CASp to certify the Premises as meeting all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code Section 55.53.
(c)     Liens . Tenant shall pay all costs for such construction and shall keep the Premises free and clear of all mechanics' and materialmens' liens which may result from construction by Tenant. Tenant shall provide at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord before any labor is performed, supplies furnished or services rendered on or at the Premises and Landlord shall have the right to post on the Premises notices of non-responsibility provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to provide such ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord in connection with any Alteration that Tenant previously requested Landlord's consent and previously notified Landlord of the construction start date applicable thereto.
15.     RELEASE AND INDEMNITY .
As material consideration to Landlord, Tenant agrees that, except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Indemnified Parties (as hereinafter defined) and not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant or otherwise required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord, its agents, successors-in-interest with respect to the Premises and their respective directors, officers, partners, members, employees, shareholders, agents and representatives and the directors, officers, partners, members, employees, shareholders, agents and representatives of the partners or members of Landlord (collectively, the " Landlord Indemnified Parties ") shall not be liable to Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees and other persons claiming under Tenant for: (i) any damage to any property entrusted to employees of the Premises, Landlord or the Landlord Indemnified Parties, (ii) loss or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, (iii) consequential damages arising out of any loss of the use of the Premises or any equipment or facilities therein, or (iv) any injury or damage to person or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Premises or from pipes, appliances or plumbing work therein or from the roof, street, sub-surface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other causes whatsoever. Landlord and/or the Landlord Indemnified Parties shall not be liable for interference with light or other incorporeal hereditaments, nor shall Landlord or the Landlord Indemnified Parties be liable for any latent defects in the Premises (except during the first two (2) years of the Lease Term as expressly provided in this Lease). Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises and of defects therein or in the fixtures or equipment located therein.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) and hold harmless Landlord and the Landlord Indemnified Parties from (i) all claims, actions, liabilities, and proceedings arising from Tenant's use of the Premises or the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant, its agents, contractors, sublessees, employees or invitees, in or about the Premises and any breach or default in the performance of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant, or of its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, and (ii) any and all reasonable costs, attorneys' fees, expenses and liabilities incurred with respect to any such claims, actions, liabilities, or proceedings, and in the event any actions or proceedings shall be brought against Landlord by reason of such claims, Tenant, upon written notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant's expense by counsel reasonably approved in writing by Landlord. Except as to damage or injury resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Indemnified Parties and not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant or otherwise required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to person in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever, and Tenant hereby waives all its claims in respect thereof against Landlord except where caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Indemnified Parties and not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant or otherwise required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant) and hold harmless Tenant and the Tenant Parties from (i) all claims, actions, liabilities, and proceedings arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation to be performed by Landlord under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Indemnified Parties, and (ii) any and all reasonable costs, attorneys' fees, expenses and liabilities incurred with respect to any such claims, actions, liabilities, or proceedings, and in the event any actions or proceedings shall be brought against Tenant by reason of such claims, Landlord, upon written notice from Tenant, shall defend the same at Landlord's expense by counsel reasonably approved in writing by Tenant.
As used herein, the term "liabilities" shall include all suits, actions, claims and demands and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of defense) incurred in or about any such liability and any action or proceeding brought thereon. If any claim shall be made or any action or proceeding brought against the indemnified party on the basis of any liability described in this Paragraph 15, the indemnifying party shall, upon notice from the indemnified party, defend the same at the indemnifying party's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. It is understood that payment shall not be a condition precedent to recovery upon the foregoing indemnity.
16.     INSURANCE .



14




EXHIBIT 10.6


Tenant, at its cost, shall pay for and keep in full force and effect throughout the Term of this Lease:
(a)    COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY insurance with respect to the Premises and the operations by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, including, but not limited to, personal injury, product liability (if applicable), blanket contractual, owner's protective, broad form property damage liability, liquor liability (if applicable) and owned and non-owned automobile liability in an amount not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence. The insurance policy or policies shall contain the following provisions: (1) severability of interest, (2) cross-liability, (3) an endorsement naming Landlord, Landlord's Mortgagees and Ground Lessors (as defined in Subparagraph 34(m) below) if any, and any other parties-in-interest designated by Landlord as additional insureds, (4) an endorsement stating "such insurance as is afforded by this policy for the benefit of Landlord and any other additional insured shall be primary as respects any liability or claims arising out of the occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant, or Tenant's operations and any insurance carried by Landlord, or any other additional insured shall be non-contributory," (5) with respect to improvements or Alterations permitted under this Lease, contingent liability and builder's risk insurance, (6) an endorsement allocating to the Premises the full amount of liability limits required by this Lease, and (7) coverage must be on an "occurrence basis." "Claims-Made" forms are not acceptable.
(b)    WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE as required by law, and Employers Liability coverage with a limit of not less than $2,000,000.
(c)    TENANT'S PROPERTY INSURANCE: Tenant shall at all times during the Term hereof and at its cost and expense, maintain in effect policies of insurance covering (1) all tenant improvements and/or other Alterations on the Premises installed by or on behalf of Tenant, (2) all personal property of Tenant located in or at the Premises, including, but not limited to, fixtures, furnishings, equipment and furniture, in an amount not less than their full replacement value, and (3) loss of income or business interruption insurance. These policies shall provide protection against any peril included normally covered under ISO Special Forms coverage (comparable to former "All Risk" coverage), including, but not limited to, insurance against sprinkler leakage, vandalism and malicious mischief. The proceeds of such insurance shall be used to repair or replace the tenant improvements, Alterations and personal property so insured. Tenant shall, at its cost, maintain rental abatement insurance assuring that insurance proceeds will be available to Tenant so that the rent payable hereunder will be paid to Landlord for a period of not less than twelve (12) months if rent is to abate under any provision of this Lease or applicable law. Property coverage shall include Tenant's leasehold interest. Such coverage shall include a sixty (60) day extended period of indemnity endorsement.
All policies of insurance required hereunder (other than commercial general liability) shall include a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured before the occurrence of injury or loss, if same are obtainable without unreasonable cost. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any rights of recovery against the other for injury or loss to such waiving party or to its property or the property of others under its control, arising from any cause insured against under any policy of insurance required to be carried by such waiving party under this Lease (other than commercial general liability). The foregoing waiver shall be effective whether or not the waiving party shall actually obtain and maintain the insurance which such waiving party is obligated to obtain and maintain under this Lease.
All insurance required to be provided by Tenant under this Lease: (a) shall be issued by insurance companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and holding a General Policyholders Rating of "A" and a Financial Rating of "X" or better, as set forth in the most recent edition of Best's Insurance Reports; and (b) Tenant shall provide at least thirty (30) days prior notice to Landlord and Landlord's lender, before cancellation or change in coverage, scope or amount of any policy. Tenant shall deliver a certificate or copy of such policy together with evidence of payment of all current premiums to Landlord within thirty (30) days of execution of this Lease and within fifteen (15) days of expiration of each policy. Tenant's failure to provide evidence of such coverage to Landlord may, in Landlord's sole discretion, constitute a default under this Lease.
Subject to being reimbursed by Tenant, Landlord shall insure the Building and the Premises Land (excluding all property which Tenant is obligated to insure) by obtaining and maintaining property insurance for any and all reasonable risks (including earthquake and flood insurance) and public liability insurance, all in such amounts and with such deductibles as Landlord considers appropriate. Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, the cost of any insurance maintained by Landlord hereunder and any other insurance Landlord may elect to obtain for the Building and/or the Premises Land from time to time during the Term (including, without limitation, earthquake and/or flood insurance) (" Insurance Costs "). Tenant shall pay the Insurance Costs to Landlord at least five (5) days prior to the date any premiums or installments of premiums are due and payable. Landlord shall determine and notify Tenant of the amount of insurance premiums not less than fifteen (15) days in advance of the date such premium or installment of premiums is due and payable. In the event Landlord fails to deliver such timely determination and notice to Tenant, then Tenant shall have five (5) days from receipt of such notice to remit payment of the Insurance Costs to Landlord. The foregoing notwithstanding, upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, the Insurance Costs to Landlord in advance monthly installments equal to one twelfth (1/12) of Landlord's reasonable estimate of the Insurance Costs, together with monthly installments of Basic Rent, and Landlord shall hold such payments in a non-interest bearing account. Upon determination of the actual Insurance Costs due and payable, Landlord shall determine and notify Tenant of any deficiency in the impound account Tenant shall pay any deficiency of funds in the impound account not less than fifteen (15) days in advance of the date such Insurance Costs or installment of Insurance Costs is due and payable. In the event Landlord fails to deliver such timely deficiency determination and notice to Tenant, then Tenant shall have five (5) days from receipt of such notice to remit payment of such deficiency to Landlord. If Landlord determines that Tenant's impound account has accrued an amount in excess of the Insurance Costs due and payable, then such excess shall be credited to Tenant within 30-days following the date of said notice from Landlord.



15




EXHIBIT 10.6


Notwithstanding any contribution by Tenant to the Insurance Costs as provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that it has no right to receive any proceeds from any insurance policies carried by Landlord.
17.     DESTRUCTION .
(a)     Casualty . If during the Term of this Lease, as may be extended by an Option Term or otherwise, any portion of the Premises, access to the Premises or any part of the Building is damaged or destroyed and such damage or destruction can, in Landlord's reasonable estimation, be repaired within 270 days following such damage or destruction, and Landlord receives insurance proceeds sufficient to restore such damage, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall promptly commence to repair and restore the damage or destruction to substantially the same condition as existed prior to such damage, and shall complete such repair and restoration with due diligence in compliance with all then existing laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) such damage or destruction cannot, in Landlord's reasonable estimate, be repaired within 270 days following such damage or destruction; or (2) more than seventy percent (70%) of the Building is damaged or destroyed; or (3) any Mortgagee of the Building will not allow the application of insurance proceeds for repair and restoration; or (4) the damage or destruction is not covered in full by Landlord's Insurance required by Paragraph 16, subject to the deductible, or (5) the damage or destruction occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the Term of this Lease or any extension hereof, then Landlord may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Lease by delivery of notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date Landlord learns of the damage; provided, however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or a portion thereof or Common Areas necessary to Tenant's occupancy and as a result of such damage the Premises are unfit for occupancy, and provided that Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord's termination right as provided above, and either (i) the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord's contractor, be completed within nine (9) months after the date of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the repairs are not completed and the Premises delivered to Tenant ready for occupancy within nine (9) months after the date of such damage or destruction, Tenant may elect, in Tenant's sole discretion, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than ninety (90) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant; provided, however, if Tenant elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to clause (ii) above and Landlord completes such repairs and delivers the Premises to Tenant ready for occupancy within thirty (30) days following receipt of Tenant's written election to terminate, then this Lease shall, at Landlord's sole option, remain in full force and effect and Tenant's previous election to terminate shall be deemed void and of no further force or effect.
(b)     Rent Abatement . In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration by Landlord as herein provided, the rent payable under this Lease shall be abated proportionately to the extent to which there is material interference with Tenant's access to or use of the Premises during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration; provided that there shall be no abatement of rent if such damage is the result of Tenant's negligence or intentional wrongdoing. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss in the use of the whole or any part of the Premises, damage to Tenant's personal property and/or any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration, except in the event such damage is the result of Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct and not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant or otherwise required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.
(c)     Repair or Restoration . If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall be obligated to make repair or restoration only to those portions of the Building and the Premises which were originally provided at Landlord's expense, and the repair and restoration of items not provided at Landlord's expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. Tenant agrees to coordinate the restoration and repair of those items it is required to restore or repair with Landlord's repair and restoration work and in accordance with a work schedule prepared by Landlord, or Landlord's contractor, and reasonably agreed upon in good faith by Landlord and Tenant. Further, Tenant's work shall be performed in accordance with the terms, standards and conditions contained in Paragraph 14 above.
(d)     Waiver . The provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932, Subsection 2, and Section 1933, Subsection 4, and any other similarly enacted statute or court decision relating to the abatement or termination of a lease upon destruction of the leased premises, are hereby waived by Tenant; and the provisions of this Paragraph 17 shall govern in case of such destruction.
18.     CONDEMNATION .
(a)     Definitions . The following definitions shall apply: (1) " Condemnation " and/or " Taking " means (a) the exercise of any governmental power of eminent domain, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise by condemnor, or (b) the voluntary sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are proceeding; (2) " Date of Taking " means the date the condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned; (3) " Award " means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded, paid or received on a total or partial condemnation; and (4) " Condemnor " means any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or individual, having a power of condemnation.
(b)     Obligations to be Governed by Lease . If there is any Taking of all or any part of the Premises, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined pursuant to this Lease.
(c)     Total or Partial Taking . If between ninety percent (90%) and one hundred percent (100%) of the Premises is taken in its entirety by condemnation, this Lease shall terminate on the date of Taking. If a portion of the Premises comprised of less than ninety percent (90%) is taken by condemnation, this Lease shall remain in effect, except that Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease if the remaining portion of the Premises is rendered by Tenant, in Tenant's reasonable discretion, unsuitable for Tenant's continued use of the Premises. If Tenant elects to terminate this



16




EXHIBIT 10.6


Lease, Tenant must exercise its right to terminate by giving notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the Taking from Landlord. If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall also notify Landlord of the date of termination, which date shall not be earlier than thirty (30) days after Tenant has notified Landlord of its election to terminate no later than the date of Taking; except that this Lease shall terminate on the date of Taking if the date of Taking falls on a date before the date of termination as designated by Tenant. If any portion of the Premises is taken by condemnation and this Lease remains in full force and effect, on the date of taking the rent shall be reduced by an amount in the same ratio as the total number of square feet in the portion of the Premises taken bears to the total number of square feet in the Premises immediately before the Date of Taking. In the case where a portion of the Premises is taken and the Lease remains in full force and effect, Landlord shall, at its own cost and expense, to the extent of condemnation proceeds, make all alterations or repairs to the Building so as to make the portion of the Building not taken a complete architectural unit. Such work shall not, however, exceed the scope of work done by Landlord in originally constructing the Building. If severance damages from the condemnor are not available to Landlord in sufficient amounts to permit such restoration, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. Rent due and payable hereunder shall be temporarily abated during such restoration period in proportion to the extent to which there is material interference with Tenant's use of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord or Landlord's architect. Each party hereby waives the provisions of Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any present or future law allowing either party to petition the Superior Court to terminate this Lease in the event of a partial taking of the Building or Premises.
If the Premises are totally or partially taken by condemnation, Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the condemnor for any compensation because of such Taking, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of the award without any deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to remove all of its personal property located in or at the Premises, including, but not limited to, fixtures, furnishings, equipment and furniture, or file a separate claim with the Condemnor to receive compensation for any such items not available for removal due to the Taking (but only so long as Landlord's award is not materially reduced as a result thereof).
19.     ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE .
(a)    Except for a Permitted Transfer (as defined in Subparagraph 19(f) below), Tenant shall not assign or encumber its interest in this Lease or any portion of the Premises or sublease all or any part of the Premises or allow any other person or entity (except Tenant's authorized representatives, employees, invitees, or guests) to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises without first obtaining Landlord's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. In addition to any other commercially reasonable grounds upon which Landlord may withhold its consent, Landlord shall be deemed reasonable in withholding its consent if it determines in its sole discretion that: (i) the intended use of the Premises by the proposed assignee or sublessee will be inconsistent with the typical office or warehouse improvements existing within the Premises or permitted to be constructed within the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease; or (ii) the intended uses of the Premises by the proposed assignee or sublessee will constitute a violation of this Lease or any governmental law, rule, ordinance or regulation governing the Premises in violation of the terms of this Lease. Any assignment, encumbrance or sublease without Landlord's written consent shall be voidable and at Landlord's election, shall constitute a default hereunder. Landlord's waiver or consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignee or sublessee from any obligation under this Lease whether or not accrued.
(b)    Except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 19(f) below, if Tenant is a partnership, a withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law of any partner, or the dissolution of the partnership, shall be deemed a voluntary assignment. If Tenant is a corporation, any dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or sale or other transfer of a controlling percentage of the capital stock of Tenant, or the sale of at least 50% of the value of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed a voluntary assignment. The phrase "controlling percentage" means ownership of and right to vote stock possessing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Tenant's capital stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote for election of directors. The preceding two sentences of this paragraphs shall not apply to corporations the stock of which is traded through a public exchange. If Landlord shall consent to any assignment or sublease of this Lease, 50% of all sums and other consideration payable to or for the benefit of the Tenant from its assignees or subtenants in excess of the rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, and after deducting Tenant's commercially reasonable cost to sublet or assign, including, but not limited to, brokerage fees, marketing fees, tenant improvements costs and legal fees (collectively, the " Tenant Transfer Costs ") shall be paid to Landlord (the " Excess "), within thirty (30) days following Tenant's receipt of such sums; provided, however, this provision shall not apply to any Permitted Transfer.
(c)    If Tenant requests Landlord's consent to an assignment or sublease that is not a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, in writing, the name of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the term, use, rental rate and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the proposed assignee or subtenant satisfies the financial criteria set forth in the first paragraph of this Paragraph 19, thirty (30) days prior to the proposed effective date of such assignment or sublease. Tenant shall also submit to Landlord a processing fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) as a condition to Landlord reviewing Tenant's proposed assignment or subletting materials. Landlord shall within twenty-one (21) days after Landlord's receipt of such written request and information either consent to or refuse to consent to such assignment or sublease in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and no such consent to an assignment or sublease shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant's obligations under this Lease of any liability hereunder). If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant in writing of its decision within such twenty-one (21)-day period after the later of the date Landlord is notified in writing of the proposed assignment or sublease or the date Landlord has received all required information concerning the proposed assignee or subtenant and the proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord shall be deemed to



17




EXHIBIT 10.6


have refused to consent to such assignment or sublease. If Tenant requests Landlord's consent to any such assignment or sublease, the assignment shall be on a form reasonably approved by Landlord, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, whether or not consent is ultimately given, any attorneys' fees and other costs actually incurred by Landlord with third parties in connection with the preparation, review and/or approval of such documentation, not to exceed $2,000.00 per event.
(d)    No interest of Tenant in this Lease shall be assignable by involuntary assignment through operation of law (including, without limitation, the transfer of this Lease by testacy or intestacy). Each of the following acts shall be considered an involuntary assignment: (a) If Tenant is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or institutes proceedings under the Bankruptcy Act in which Tenant is the bankrupt; or if Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one person or entity, if any partner of the partnership or other person or entity is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (b) If a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease; or (c) If in any proceeding or action to which Tenant is a party, a receiver is appointed with authority to take possession of the Premises. An involuntary assignment shall constitute a default by Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to elect to terminate this Lease, in which case this Lease shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant.
(e)    No assignment or subletting, occupancy or collection of rent from any proposed assignee or sublessee shall be deemed a waiver on the part of Landlord, or the acceptance of the applicable assignee or sublessee, as applicable, as Tenant, and no such assignment or subletting shall release Tenant of Tenant's obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord may require that any assignee or sublessee remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies due Tenant by said assignee or sublessee, and each sublease shall provide that if Landlord gives said sublessee written notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, said sublessee will thereafter make all payments due under the sublease directly to or as directed by Landlord, which payments will be credited against any payments due under this Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to Landlord all rents and other sums payable under any sublease of the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord hereby grants Tenant a license to collect all such rents and other sums so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Consent by Landlord to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. In the event of default by any assignee or sublessee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such assignee or sublessee or successor. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments of the Lease or sublettings or amendments or modifications to the Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives (for itself and all persons claiming under Tenant) the provisions of Civil Code Section 1995.310.
(f)    Notwithstanding any provisions of Paragraph 19 above to the contrary, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof (herein, a "Permitted Transfer"), without Landlord's consent and without payment of any Excess to any entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant, to any person or entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant's business as a going concern, or to any person or entity which acquires all or substantially all of the equity ownership interests of Tenant (each, a "Permitted Transferee"), provided that: (i) at least seven (7) days prior to such assignment or sublease, Tenant delivers to Landlord notice of such contemplated Permitted Transfer and the identity of the Permitted Transferee; (ii) if an assignment, the Permitted Transferee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or if a sublease, the Permitted Transferee executes a sublease agreement acknowledging that such subletting is subject to this Lease); (iii) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; (iv) the use of the Premises under Subparagraph 1(d) above remains substantially similar following the Permitted Transfer; and (v) the Permitted Transfer is not entered into as a subterfuge to avoid the restrictions and provisions of this Paragraph 19.
20.     DEFAULT .
The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease: (a) the failure to pay rent or any other charge within five (5) calendar days after Tenant's receipt of written notice from Landlord; (b) the failure to occupy and operate the Premises for in excess of sixty (60) consecutive days while also failing to pay rent during such same 60-day period); (c) the making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days; the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, or of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within (30) days; or if this Lease shall, by operation of law or otherwise, pass to any person or persons other than Tenant except as provided in Paragraph 19 herein; (d) The failure of Tenant to timely comply with the provisions of Paragraph 24 or Paragraph 31 of this Lease regarding, respectively, Subordination and Estoppel Certificates; or (e) The failure of Tenant to perform any other provision of this Lease within thirty (30) days following receipt of written request from Landlord, except in the case of an emergency, when the cure period shall be commensurate with the urgency of the emergency.
21.     LANDLORD'S REMEDIES .
Landlord shall have the remedies described in this Paragraph 21 if Tenant is in default hereunder. These remedies are not exclusive; they are cumulative and in addition to any remedies now or later allowed by law (including, without limitation, to the extent the Premises are located in California, the remedies of Civil Code Section 1951.4 and



18




EXHIBIT 10.6


any successor statute or similar law, which provides that Landlord may continue this Lease in effect following Tenant's breach and abandonment and collect rent as it falls due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject to reasonable limitations).
Upon any default by Tenant, Landlord may:
(a)    Maintain this Lease in full force and effect and recover the rent and other monetary charges as they become due, without terminating Tenant's right to possession irrespective of whether Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises. If Landlord elects not to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to attempt to relet the Premises at such rent and upon conditions, and for such a term, and to do all acts necessary to maintain or preserve the Premises, as Landlord deems reasonable and necessary, without being deemed to have elected to terminate this Lease, including re-entering the Premises to make repairs or to maintain or modify the Premises, and removing all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease, and for more or less rent, but Landlord shall have no obligation to relet at less than prevailing market rental rates. If reletting occurs, this Lease shall terminate automatically when the new tenant takes possession of the Premises. Notwithstanding that Landlord fails to elect to terminate the Lease initially, Landlord at any time thereafter may elect to terminate the Lease by virtue of any previous uncured default by Tenant. In the event of any such termination, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's default, as well as all costs of reletting, including, without limitation, brokerage commissions and/or finder's fees, attorneys' fees, and restoration or remodeling costs.
(b)    Terminate Tenant's right to possession by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant's default including, without limitation thereto, the following: (i) the worth, at the time of award, of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (ii) the worth, at the time of award, of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth, at the time of award, of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount, and court costs, necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's default or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result there from (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the amount of any brokerage commissions and/or finder's fees for a replacement tenant, maintaining the Premises after such default, and preparing the Premises for reletting); plus (v) at Landlord's election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law. As used in (i) and (ii) above, the "worth at the time of the award" is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in (iii) above, the "worth at the time of the award" is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one percent (1%). Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and all those claiming under Tenant all rights now or hereafter existing, including, without limitation, any rights under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179 and Civil Code Section 1950.7 to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant's right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.
(c)    Collect sublease rents (or appoint a receiver to collect such rents) and otherwise perform Tenant's obligations at the Premises, it being agreed, however, that neither the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver for Tenant nor the appointment itself shall constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease.
(d)    Proceed to cure the default at Tenant's sole cost and expense. If at any time Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense as a result of or in connection with curing any default of Tenant, the amount thereof shall be deemed additional rent hereunder and shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.
(e)    Intentionally Omitted.
(f)    Pursue any and all other legal or equitable remedies as may be available to Landlord by reason of such default by Tenant.
The remedies of Landlord, as hereinabove provided, are cumulative and in addition to and not exclusive of any other remedy of Landlord herein given or which may be permitted by law. The remedies of Landlord, as hereinabove provided, are subject to the other provisions herein. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 21 shall constitute a waiver of Landlord's right to recover damages by reason of Landlord's efforts to mitigate the damage to it caused by Tenant's default; nor shall anything herein adversely affect Landlord's right, as in this Lease elsewhere provided, to indemnification against liability for injury or damage to persons or property occurring prior to the termination of this Lease.
22.     DEFAULT BY LANDLORD .
Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform the obligations required of Landlord within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and to any Mortgagee or Ground Lessor (as defined in Subparagraph 34(m) below) in writing specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation, except in the case of an emergency, when the cure period shall be commensurate with the urgency of the emergency; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days is required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease



19




EXHIBIT 10.6


as a result of Landlord's default. Tenant's remedies shall be limited to any other remedy available at law or in equity; provided, however, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable hereunder to Tenant for any consequential damages or for loss of business, revenue, income or profits and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims for any such damages. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying rent due hereunder as a result of any default by Landlord except as may be permitted under Subparagraph 13(d).
23.     ENTRY OF PREMISES AND PERFORMANCE BY TENANT .
Landlord and its authorized representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises following no less than 48 hours advanced notice to Tenant (written or telephonic) during business hours or at such other reasonable times mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (emergencies excepted, in which case such advanced notice shall be commensurate with the urgency of the emergency), for any of the following purposes without abatement of rent or liability to Tenant: (a) To determine whether the Premises is in good condition and whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Lease; (b) To do any necessary maintenance and to make any restoration to the Premises or the Building that Landlord has the right or obligation to perform, in which case Landlord shall provide no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant (emergencies excepted, in which case no such prior notice shall be required); (c) To post "for sale" signs at any time during the Term, to post "for rent" or "for lease" signs during the last nine (9) months of the Term, or during any period while Tenant is in default beyond all applicable notice and cure periods; (d) To show the Premises to prospective tenants at any time during the last nine (9) months of the Term and to prospective brokers, lenders, agents, buyers or persons interested in an exchange, at any time during the Term; (e) To repair, maintain or improve the Premises and to erect scaffolding and protective barricades around and about the Premises but not so as to prevent the use of all access and entry points to the Premises and to do any other act or thing necessary for the safety or preservation of the Premises, in which case Landlord shall provide no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant (emergencies excepted, in which case no such prior notice shall be required), and provided that such acts or things do not materially interfere with Tenant's use of or access to the Premises; or (f) To discharge Tenant's obligations hereunder when Tenant has failed to do so in accordance with the terms of this Lease beyond all applicable notice and cure periods. Landlord shall not be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, disturbance, loss of business, nuisance or other damage arising of out Landlord's entry onto the Premises as provided in this Paragraph 23. Tenant shall not be entitled to an abatement or reduction of rent if Landlord exercises any rights reserved in this Paragraph 23, except as expressly set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall reasonably attempt to conduct its activities on the Premises as provided herein in a manner that will reasonably minimize the inconvenience, annoyance or disturbance to Tenant.
All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense without any abatement of rent except as expressly set forth in this Lease. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money to any third party which Tenant is obligated to pay under this Lease or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by Landlord (or such other period as specifically provided herein), Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant's part to be made or performed in this Lease, without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage which might occur to Tenant's merchandise, fixtures or other property or to Tenant's business by reason thereof, and upon completion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs for making such repairs plus five percent (5%) for overhead, upon presentation of a bill therefor. Tenant covenants to pay any such sums to Landlord within thirty (30) days following demand from Landlord, and Landlord shall have (in addition to all other rights or remedies of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of rent.
24.     SUBORDINATION .
Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, and unless otherwise elected by Landlord or any Mortgagee (defined below) with a lien on the Premises or any Ground Lessor (defined below) with respect to the Premises (or any part thereof), this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to (a) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the Premises, or the land upon which the Premises is situated, or both, and (b) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now exist or hereafter be executed in any amount for which the Premises, ground leases or underlying leases, or Landlord's interest or estate in any of said items is specified as security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have the right to subordinate or cause to be subordinated this Lease to any such ground leases or underlying leases or any such liens, and (ii) Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant's obligation to subordinate as described herein is expressly subject to Tenant obtaining a commercially reasonable nondisturbance agreement on Landlord's lender's form, as may be reasonably negotiated between such lender and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to negotiate and cause the parties thereto to mutually approve and execute any such subordination, attornment and nondisturbance agreement within thirty (30) days following the request for same by either party. In the event that any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, notwithstanding any subordination, attorn to and become the tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord, at the option to such successor in interest. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord and reasonable acceptable to Tenant any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground lease or underlying leases or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant shall pay within thirty (30) days following demand Landlord's actual reasonable attorneys' fees and costs incurred in connection with any negotiation or modification of Landlord's lender's standard subordination agreement form, if any.



20




EXHIBIT 10.6


25.     NOTICE .
Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval or communication desired by either party or required to be given, shall be in writing and served personally or sent prepaid by commercial overnight courier or prepaid certified first class mail (return receipt requested), addressed as set forth in Subparagraphs 1(b) and 1(c). Either party may change its address by notification to the other party. Notice shall be deemed to be communicated seventy-two (72) hours from the time of mailing (if sent via first class mail), or at the time of service if sent by other than first class mail as provided in this Paragraph 25.
26.     WAIVER .
No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy by Landlord shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. No act or conduct of Landlord, including, without limitation, acceptance of the keys to the Premises, shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the Term. Only written notice from Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises and accomplish termination of this Lease. Landlord's consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord's consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant. Any waiver by Landlord of any default must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Lease.
27.     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .
In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns of Tenant covenant and agree that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord or otherwise pertaining to any obligation of Landlord with respect to the Building:
(a)    The liability of Landlord and/or any Landlord Indemnified Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building, provided that in no event shall such liability extend to any sales or insurance proceeds received by Landlord and/or any Landlord Indemnified Parties in connection with the Building or the Premises Land;
(b)    No member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the entity in question);
(c)    No service of process shall be made against any member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the entity in question);
(d)    No member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process;
(e)    No judgment may be taken against any member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord;
(f)    Any judgment taken against any member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord may be vacated and set aside at any time after the fact;
(g)    No writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord;
(h)    The obligations under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of any individual member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against any such persons or entities of Landlord or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability in respect to this Lease; and
(i)    These covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and also by any member, partner, officer, director, owner, shareholder or advisor of Landlord.
Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing provisions shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by statute or at common law.
28.     FORCE MAJEURE .
Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have liability whatsoever to the other on account of the inability or delay of a party in fulfilling any of such party's non-monetary obligations under this Lease by reason of strike, other labor trouble, terrorism, weather, acts of god, governmental controls in connection with a national or other public emergency, or shortages of fuel, supplies or labor resulting there from or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the above, beyond such party's reasonable control. If this Lease specifies a time period for performance of a non-monetary obligation by a party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party's performance caused by any of the events of force majeure described above.
29.     PROFESSIONAL FEES .



21




EXHIBIT 10.6


If Landlord or Tenant should engage any professional including, without limitation, attorneys, appraisers, accountants or environmental or other consultants for the purpose of bringing suit related to this Lease or possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provisions of this Lease, or for any other relief against a party hereunder, or in the event of any other litigation between the parties with respect to this Lease, then all reasonable costs and expenses including, without limitation, actual professional fees such as appraisers', accountants', attorneys' and other consultants' fee, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.
30.     EXAMINATION OF LEASE .
Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant shall not create a binding agreement between Landlord and Tenant nor shall it constitute a reservation or option to lease on the part of Tenant and this instrument shall not be effective as a lease and shall not create any obligations on the part of Landlord or Tenant until this Lease has been validly executed first by Tenant and second by Landlord, and delivered Tenant.
31.     ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE .
(a)    Within ten (10) business days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a statement ("Estoppel Certificate"), in a form substantially similar to the form of Exhibit E attached hereto or in such other form as Landlord's lender or purchaser may reasonably require, certifying: (i) the date of commencement of this Lease; (ii) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, stating the nature and date of such modifications), (iii) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (iv) that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant's statement; and (v) such other matters reasonably requested by Landlord which in no way alter or modify the terms of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 31 may be relied upon by any Mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of the Premises or any interest therein.
(b)    Tenant's failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may have been previously evidenced in writing and executed by Landlord and Tenant, and (ii) that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord's performance (unless Tenant has previously provided notice to Landlord of any such default pursuant to this Lease, and (iii) that not more than one (1) month's rent has been paid in advance. Tenant's failure to deliver said statement to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt shall constitute a default under this Lease and Landlord shall have the remedies provided in Paragraph 21.
32.     RULES AND REGULATIONS .
Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the "Rules and Regulations", a copy of which is attached hereto and marked Exhibit F , and all commercially reasonable and nondiscriminatory modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violations or nonperformance by any other tenant or occupant of the project of any of said Rules and Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to enforce said Rules and Regulations in a non-discriminatory manner.
33.     LIENS .
Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice of the filing of any mechanic's lien for material or work claimed to have been furnished to the Premises on Tenant's behalf or at Tenant's request, discharge the lien or post a bond equal to the amount of the disputed claim with a bonding company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant posts a bond, it shall contest the validity of the lien with all due diligence. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all losses and costs incurred by Landlord as a result of any such liens attributable to Tenant. If Tenant does not discharge any lien or post a bond for such lien within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord may discharge such lien at Tenant's expense and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in discharging such lien including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs and interest on all sums expended at the Interest Rate. Subject to the terms of Paragraph 14(c) above, Tenant shall provide Landlord with not less than ten (10) days written notice of its intention to have work performed at or materials furnished to the Premises so that Landlord may post appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall pay upon demand Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees and other actual costs incurred by Landlord with third parties in connection with any request by Tenant for any subordination or clarification of any Landlord lien right arising under this Lease or at law.
34.     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .
(a)     Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.
(b)     Successors . This Lease shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors, except as provided in Paragraph 19 herein.
(c)     Consent . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease (and except for matters which (1) could have an adverse effect on the structural integrity of the Building, (2) could have an adverse effect on the Building systems, or (3) could have an effect on the exterior appearance of the Building, whereupon in each such case Landlord's duty is



22




EXHIBIT 10.6


to act in good faith and in compliance with this Lease), any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make allocations or other determinations (other than decisions to exercise expansion, contraction, cancellation, termination or renewal options), Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith and take no action which might result in the frustration of the reasonable expectations of a sophisticated tenant or landlord concerning the benefits to be enjoyed under this Lease.
(d)     Commissions . Each party represents that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to this Lease in any manner, except for the broker(s) identified in Subparagraph 1(k) above. If Tenant has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with respect to leasing or renting the Premises, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fees due said person or firm and Tenant shall hold Landlord free and harmless and indemnify and defend Landlord from any liabilities, damages or claims with respect thereto, including attorney's fees and costs. If Landlord has dealt with any other person or real estate broker with respect to leasing or renting the Premises, Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fees due said person or firm and Landlord shall hold Tenant free and harmless and indemnify and defend Tenant from any liabilities, damages or claims with respect thereto, including attorney's fees and costs. Landlord shall be responsible for paying all fees and commissions in connection with this Lease to the broker(s) identified in Subparagraph 1(k) above pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and said brokers.
(e)     Landlord's Successors . In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Premises, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any liability under this Lease first accruing on or following the effective date of such sale or conveyance, and in such event Landlord's successor-in-interest shall be solely responsible for all obligations of Landlord under this Lease.
(f)     Prior Agreement or Amendments . This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provisions of this Lease may be amended except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors-in-interest.
(g)     Recording . Within fifteen (15) days after the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and cause to be recorded against the Land and the land upon which the Expansion Space is contemplated to be located, at Tenant's sole cost, a Memorandum of Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L . Following the date this Lease expires or is earlier terminated, Tenant agrees, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written request from Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any instruments reasonably required by Landlord or any title company to remove the cloud of the Memorandum of Lease from title to the Premises and/or Project. Tenant's obligations under this clause (g) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
(h)     Severability . Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.
(i)     No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to constitute Landlord and Tenant as partners or joint venturers. It is the express intent of the parties hereto that their relationship with regard to this Lease and the Premises be and remain that of lessor and lessee.
(j)     Interpretation . When required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine shall include the feminine and/or neuter. "Party" shall mean Landlord or Tenant.
(k)     No Light, Air or View Easement . Any diminution or blocking of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to the Building shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord.
(l)     Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California.
(m)     Mortgagee Protection . In the event of any default on the part of Landlord, so long as Landlord has provided Tenant with the contact information for such parties, Tenant will give simultaneous notice consistent with Paragraph 25 to any beneficiary of a deed of trust, mortgagee, or ground lessor of the Premises ("Mortgagee" or Ground Lessor"), and shall offer such Mortgagee or Ground Lessor, a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure, or in the event of a Ground Lessor, by appropriate judicial action, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the date hereof, there is no Mortgagee or Ground Lessor.
(n)     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; JUDICIAL REFERENCE .
i)     Jury Trial Waiver . EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR IT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL



23




EXHIBIT 10.6


RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS PARAGRAPH 34(n)(i) IS SUBJECT IN ITS ENTIRETY TO PARAGRAPH 34(n)(ii) HEREOF.
ii)     Reference Provision . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, UNTIL SUCH TIME (IF AT ALL) AS THE CALIFORNIA LEGISLATURE ENACTS A LAW THAT WOULD RENDER THE JURY TRIAL WAIVER SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 34(n)(i) HEREOF VALID AND ENFORCEABLE OR FOR ANY OTHER REASON A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION DETERMINES THAT THE JURY TRIAL WAIVER SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 34(n)(i) HEREOF IS VALID AND ENFORCEABLE, THE REFERENCE PROVISION CONTAINED IN EXHIBIT J HERETO SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED PRIOR TO SUCH TIME IN LIEU OF THE JURY TRIAL WAIVER SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 34(n)(i) HEREOF.
(o)     Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement.
(p)     Financial Statements . Upon ten (10) business days prior written request from Landlord (which Landlord may make at any time during the Term including in connection with Tenant's exercise of any option to extend or other option granted to Tenant in this Lease, but no more often than one (1) time in any calendar year, other than in the event of a default by Tenant beyond all applicable notice and cure periods set forth in this Lease during such calendar year, the exercise of any option in such calendar year or in connection with Landlord's prospective sale or refinancing of the Building, when such limitation shall be not more often than two (2) times in such calendar year), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a current financial statement of Tenant, and (ii) financial statements of Tenant for the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles and certified as true in all material respects by Tenant (if Tenant is an individual) or by an authorized officer, member/manager or general partner of Tenant (if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, respectively). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing obligation to provide financial statements to Landlord is hereby waived so long as Tenant (or its Permitted Transferee) is a publically traded company or subsidiary thereof, where such financial information is readily available in Tenant's public securities filings.
(q)     Laws . For purposes of this Lease, the term "law(s)" shall mean any and all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, requirements, covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Premises.
35.     LEASE EXECUTION .
(a)     Tenant's Authority . If Tenant executes this Lease as a partnership or corporation, then Tenant and the persons and/or entities executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represent and warrant that: (a) Tenant is a duly authorized and existing partnership or corporation, as the case may be, and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located; (b) such persons and/or entities executing this Lease are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on Tenant's behalf in accordance with the Tenant's partnership agreement (if Tenant is a partnership), or a duly adopted resolution of Tenant's board of directors and the Tenant's by-laws (if Tenant is a corporation); and (c) this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms.
(b)     Joint and Several Liability . If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant: (a) each of them is and shall be jointly and severally liable for the covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant; and (b) the act or signature of, or notice from or to, any one or more of them with respect to this Lease shall be binding upon each and all of the persons and entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or signed, or given or received such notice.
36.     ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS .
(a)     Title . Upon recordation of the Memorandum of Lease, Landlord shall provide for the benefit of Tenant, at Landlord's cost, a leasehold policy of title insurance with a title company selected by Tenant with insurance in the amount of $34,320,110.00, and an ALTA survey of the Premises.
(b)     Rooftop Equipment . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant's sole cost and expense (subject to application of the Allowance, with respect to the installation costs only), to install satellite and communication equipment and supplemental heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems upon the roof of the Building (collectively, the "Rooftop Equipment") under the following conditions: (i) all plans and specifications for the Rooftop Equipment, including but not limited to, weight, configuration, location, means of installation, cabling and screening of the Rooftop Equipment are subject to the prior reasonable approval of Landlord; (ii) Tenant shall provide evidence to Landlord that Tenant has obtained all governmental approvals and permits required for the installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment; (iii) Tenant shall provide evidence to Landlord of commercially reasonable insurance coverage for the installation, location, repair, removal, and operation of the Rooftop Equipment, with Landlord as an additional insured, all in form and substance reasonably approved by Landlord and such insurance shall be maintained during the Term of this Lease; (iv) Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, cost and expense incurred by Landlord as a result of the installation, location, repair, removal, or operation of the Rooftop Equipment on the Building; (v) Tenant shall be responsible for the installation, engineering, maintenance, repair and removal of the Rooftop Equipment and appurtenant equipment in accordance with all federal, state and local laws, and ordinances; (vi) no roof penetrations shall be made without obtaining Landlord's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (vii) Tenant shall be responsible for any



24




EXHIBIT 10.6


impairment of Landlord's roof warranty as a result of installation of the Rooftop Equipment except in the event that Tenant engages Landlord's preferred general contractor or roofing contractor for such installation, in which case such contractor shall take full responsibility for any such impairment; (viii) Tenant shall, at its own expense, promptly repair any damage or wear to the roof resulting from the installation and use of the Rooftop Equipment and appurtenant equipment; and (ix) the operation of the Rooftop Equipment shall be for Tenant's internal use only. Landlord shall grant Tenant access to the roof for such installation, maintenance, repair, and removal of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any rental or other recurring charges with respect to the use of the roof as contemplated under this clause (b). Upon the expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove the Rooftop Equipment (excluding any supplemental heating, ventilation and air-conditioning systems) and repair any damage caused by such removal.
(c)     Truck Courts/Outside Storage . Tenant may use truck court area or other areas upon the Land for outside storage (the " Outside Storage ") subject to Tenant's compliance with all applicable laws and prior written approval by the City of Moreno Valley or the County of Riverside, as applicable. Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost, shall have the right, subject to Landlord's prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to install additional fencing and/or gates or screening around any Outside Storage. Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any such additional fencing and/or gates (and other related improvements) from the Premises on or before the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.
(d)     Additional Equipment . Landlord, at Tenant's sole option and as part of Landlord's Work, shall provide Tenant with an exterior area(s) located near the Building for the installation of Tenant's other non-hazardous equipment, e.g., air compressor equipment, etc. (collectively, the "Additional Equipment"); provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible for the costs associated with any screening, and wall enclosures and gates in connection with the Additional Equipment. The installation of any Additional Equipment shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval and in accordance with all applicable laws. The installation, repair, maintenance and removal of Tenant's Additional Equipment, and any such screening and/or wall enclosure and gates, during the Term shall be at Tenant's sole cost (subject to application of the Allowance with respect to installation only).
(e)     Building Security . Subject to Landlord's prior written approval of the plans and specifications therefor and subject to Paragraph 13, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's sole cost and expense to install and maintain a security system within the Premises. Tenant shall not be required to remove the security system upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall further be permitted to administer its own security services throughout the Premises. Tenant's security system and security services shall be subject to Landlord's prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys' fees and court costs arising out of any such security system and/or services installed, maintained and/or implemented by Tenant.
(f)     Use of Premises' Exterior Areas . Tenant shall have the right to use the exterior portions of the Premises, including the parking area and open space, for temporary events, meetings and functions in connection with Tenant's business. Such use by Tenant shall be subject to: (a) Tenant's obtaining any approval required by a governmental agency and compliance with any requirements imposed by such approval; (b) Landlord's prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (c) compliance with the terms of the Lease. Tenant shall comply with any and all conditions required by Landlord in connection with such use, including obtaining additional required insurance.
(g)     Emergency Power Generator .
i)    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Paragraph 36(g) and Paragraph 14, and to Tenant obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals, and so long as Tenant shall not adversely impact any Building systems, Tenant shall have the right to install, operate and maintain, at Tenant's sole cost and expense (subject to application of the Allowance, with respect to installation only), a maximum 1,000 kilowatt back-up generator ("Tenant's Generator") on the Land near the Building within the area specified on Exhibit J hereto which shall not exceed one hundred forty (140) square feet (i.e., a 10' x 14' pad). Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any rental or other recurring charges with respect to the area designated for Tenant's Generator. Landlord shall have the right to review and approve, such review and approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant's plans and specifications for the proposed equipment, including, without limitation, the size, method of installation and visibility of such equipment. The location of Tenant's Generator shall be limited to the area specified on Exhibit J .
ii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the installation of Tenant's Generator involve the installation of an underground storage tank. The above-ground storage tank associated with Tenant's Generator (the "AST") shall not exceed five hundred (500) gallons in capacity, shall be double walled in thickness, shall contain diesel fuel or liquid propane only (to power Tenant's Generator only), and shall employ at a minimum for a diesel powered generator, a double containment system whereby if the first containment system fails, a second containment system shall be present to prevent releases of Hazardous Materials, all in accordance with applicable laws and environmental regulations. For these purposes, a sealed, uncracked concrete slab containment area without drains shall be sufficient (but shall not be the exclusive method) to constitute the second containment system, provided it is large enough to completely contain a release of the maximum volume of Hazardous Materials which could be present in the first containment system. All handling, use, storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials relating to the AST or Tenant's Generator shall be accomplished by Tenant at its sole cost and expense in accordance with this Paragraph 36(g) and the terms and conditions of Exhibit   H of this Lease.



25




EXHIBIT 10.6


iii)    In conjunction with the installation of Tenant's Generator, subject to Landlord's prior approval of Tenant's plans and specifications, Tenant shall have the right to install an emergency generator connection on the outside of the Building for the purpose of connecting Tenant's Generator to the Premises and an appurtenant electrical grounding system. Furthermore, Tenant shall have the right to install conduits from Tenant's Generator to the Premises, provided, however, that such conduits are installed below grade to Landlord's reasonable satisfaction in accordance with the design and architectural standards for the Building.
iv)    So long as Tenant complies with the terms of this Paragraph 36(g) with respect to the installation and operation of the AST, Tenant shall not be required to remove the AST upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant fails to so comply with the terms of this Paragraph 36(g) after receipt of written notice from Landlord and thirty (30) days to cure such failure, prior to or within sixty (60) days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant agrees upon Landlord's request to (i) promptly remove from the Project, at its sole cost and expense, the AST (including, at Landlord's request, the slab), if any, and all Hazardous Materials which are brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Project or any portion thereof by Tenant or any Tenant Parties in connection with Tenant's Generator or AST, and (ii) return the Premises and the balance of the Building and Project to substantially the condition existing prior to Tenant's installation of Tenant's Generator and AST. Tenant shall be solely responsible for complying with any and all laws relating to the AST, Tenant's Generator and all Hazardous Materials associated with either of the same, including, without limitation, all permitting and tank installations, monitoring and removal/closure obligations. For purposes of all laws, Tenant shall be the owner and operator of the AST. Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring compliance by all Tenant Parties with all laws relating to the AST and Tenant's Generator. Any acknowledgment, consent or approval by Landlord of Tenant's use or handling of Hazardous Materials shall not constitute an assumption of risk respecting the same nor a warranty or certification by Landlord that Tenant's proposed use and handling of Hazardous Materials is safe or reasonable or in compliance with all applicable laws.
v)    From time to time during the Term and for up to one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, if required by any government agency, or in the event Landlord has actual knowledge of a Hazardous Materials release at the Premises which resulted from a fuel leak relating to the AST, Landlord may, and upon Landlord's request, Tenant shall, retain a registered environmental consultant (" Consultant ") reasonably acceptable to Landlord to conduct an environmental investigation of the Project ("Environmental Assessment") (i) for Hazardous Materials contamination in, about or beneath the Project relative to the AST or Tenant's Generator, and (ii) to assess the activities of Tenant and all Tenant Parties with respect to Tenant's Generator and the AST for compliance with all applicable laws and to recommend the use of procedures intended to reasonably reduce the risk of a release of Hazardous Materials. If the Environmental Assessment discloses any material breach of any applicable laws by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, then the cost thereof shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, payable as additional rent under this Lease. Otherwise, the costs of the Environmental Assessment shall be the responsibility of Landlord. If Landlord so requires, Tenant shall comply, at its sole cost and expense, with all reasonable recommendations contained in the Environmental Assessment, including any reasonable recommendations with respect to precautions which should be taken with respect to Tenant's or Tenant Parties' activities at the Project relative to the AST or Tenant's Generator or any recommendations for additional testing and studies to detect the presence of Hazardous Materials relative to the AST or Tenant's Generator. Tenant covenants to reasonably cooperate with the Consultant and to allow entry and reasonable access to the AST and Tenant's Generator for the purpose of the Consultant's investigations.
vi)    If any cleanup or monitoring procedure is required by any applicable governmental authorities in or about the Project as a consequence of any Hazardous Materials contamination by Tenant or any of Tenant's Parties arising out of Tenant's Generator or AST use, and the procedure for cleanup is not completed (to the satisfaction of all applicable governmental authorities) prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease (referred to herein as "Tenant's Failure to Clean-Up"), then, without limiting any of Landlord's other rights and remedies contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, any indemnity and restoration obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease), Tenant will additionally be liable for any revenue of Landlord lost to the extent Landlord is precluded from re-leasing the Premises or any other portion of the Project as a result of such contamination.
vii)    Subject to Tenant obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to test Tenant's Generator pursuant to the manufacturer's recommendations, but in no event more than once a week during the Term at a time after normal business hours mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant's intended use of Tenant's Generator shall be to provide back-up power should there be for any reason, any interruption in electrical service to the Project, the Building and/or the Premises.
viii)    Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold Landlord harmless from any and all liability, losses, damages, actions or causes of action, judgments, costs and expenses arising in any way from Tenant's installation, operation, maintenance and removal of Tenant's Generator and the AST, or any breach of Tenant's obligations under this Lease with respect to Tenant's Generator and the AST. The representations, warranties and agreements of the Tenant set forth in this Paragraph 36(g) shall survive the expiration of the Term or the earlier termination of the Lease for any reason.
ix)    Tenant's Generator shall be installed in a weatherproof, walk-around type, reasonable sound attenuating enclosure. Tenant shall be responsible for all insulation for magnetic or electrical interference from operation of Tenant's Generator as necessary to prevent interference of any kind with equipment or systems operated by other occupants of the Project.



26




EXHIBIT 10.6


x)    If Tenant's Generator is visible from outside of the Building (including from any areas adjacent to the Building (or from other buildings now or hereafter constructed within the Project), Tenant shall cause Tenant's Generator to be screened from view in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord and comparable and compatible with the improvements and/or landscaping contiguous to such improvements (such as by way of example only with appropriate metal and/or fabric screening, concrete masonry unit block wall fencing or landscaping screening to match adjacent landscaping). All such screening and visible improvements shall be of first class quality and shall be consistent in quality and design with similar improvements and screening in comparable quality office/warehouse projects in the vicinity of the Project. Tenant may elect to have such improvements included in the scope of the Tenant Improvements. If the use of any parking spaces is lost as a result of the placement of Tenant's Generator in the Common Areas, Tenant's allocation of parking spaces shall be deemed reduced by the number of parking spaces lost as a result of the location of Tenant's Generator and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant whatsoever for such reduction.
xi)    To the extent that the installation of Tenant's Generator requires modifications to the shell, foundation, or other structural portions of the Building (including, without limitation, the installation of Tenant's Generator upon the roof of the Building), such modifications shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in conjunction with such structural modifications.
(h)     Tenant Competitor . So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, then, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Subparagraph 36(h), Landlord shall not, after the date of this Lease, lease space within the Project to any of the following shoe companies and/or their respective shoe subsidiaries or shoe brands: (i) Sketchers; (ii) Nike; (iii) Wolverine Worldwide (i.e., Crocs); (iv) VF Corp. (i.e., Vans); and (v) Adidas (each, a " Tenant Competitor "); provided, however, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to any of the above described Tenant Competitors operating in a non-footwear capacity (e.g., Nike Golf and/or Nike Apparel). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord's covenant not to lease is personal to the specific Tenant identified in Subparagraph 1(b) of this Lease and a Permitted Transferee (hereafter defined), and shall no longer apply once this Lease has been assigned or the Premises have been sublet except to a Permitted Transferee.
(i)     Confidentiality . Landlord and Tenant (and their agents, brokers, vendors, consultants, etc.) agree to keep all information with respect to the transaction contemplated herein strictly confidential between Landlord and Tenant; provided, however, (A) Landlord shall be allowed to disclose the terms of the Lease to its existing and/or prospective lenders, potential buyers, partners, attorneys, consultants, accountants, agents, employees, real estate and loan brokers and as it might be required by law to disclose, and (B) Tenant shall be allowed to disclose the terms of the Lease to Tenant's attorneys, accountants, consultants, agents and as it might be required by law or the SEC to disclose. Landlord and tenant further expressly agree that there shall be no press releases or other publicity originated by the parties hereto, or any representatives thereof, concerning the subject Lease transaction, without the prior written consent of both parties, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(j)     Name and Image . Tenant shall have the right to use the name and image of the Building in Tenant's advertising, website and other Tenant's business related publications.
(k)     Limited Binding Obligations . Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the Limited Binding Obligations (as defined in that certain letter of intent dated September 27, 2013 and pertaining to the transaction contemplated by this Lease) are hereby deemed cancelled and no longer valid as of the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease.
(l)     Arbitration . NOTWITHSTANDING THE RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES PROVIDED BY THE JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEDURE OF EXHIBIT J ATTACHED HERETO, ANY DISPUTE THAT RELATES TO THE AMOUNT OF NNN CHARGES ASSESSED AND/OR DUE UNDER PARAGRAPH 5(f) OF THIS LEASE, IF ANY, SHALL BE SETTLED BY FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION BEFORE JAMS, LOCATED AT SUCH OFFICE IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA AS IS DETERMINED BY JAMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE USUAL AND THEN-EXISTING EXPEDITED PROCEDURES OF THE JAMS STREAMLINED RULES AND PROCEDURES (OR OTHER COMPARABLE RULES AND PROCEDURES, MUTUALLY ACCEPTABLE TO BOTH PARTIES), SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS:
i)
THE PARTY SEEKING ARBITRATION SHALL DELIVER A WRITTEN NOTICE OF DEMAND TO RESOLVE DISPUTE (THE " DEMAND ") TO THE OTHER PARTY AND TO JAMS. THE DEMAND SHALL INCLUDE A BRIEF STATEMENT OF SUCH PARTY'S CLAIM, THE AMOUNT THEREOF, AND THE NAME OF THE PROPOSED RETIRED JUDGE FROM JAMS TO DECIDE THE DISPUTE (" ARBITRATOR "). WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE DEMAND, THE OTHER PARTY AGAINST WHOM A DEMAND IS MADE SHALL DELIVER A WRITTEN RESPONSE TO THE DEMANDING PARTY AND JAMS. SUCH RESPONSE SHALL INCLUDE A SHORT AND PLAIN STATEMENT OF THE NON-DEMANDING PARTY'S DEFENSES TO THE CLAIM AND SHALL ALSO STATE WHETHER SUCH PARTY AGREES TO THE ARBITRATOR CHOSEN BY THE DEMANDING PARTY. IN THE EVENT THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON AN ARBITRATOR, THEN JAMS SHALL SELECT AND NAME A SINGLE ARBITRATOR, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS EXPEDITED ARBITRATION PROCEDURES, TO CONDUCT THE HEARINGS.
ii)
UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED BY THE PARTIES, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE A RETIRED OR FORMER JUDGE WITH SUBSTANTIAL EXPERIENCE IN CALCULATING, ADJUDICATING OR LITIGATING RENT AND OTHER CHARGES DUE UNDER A COMMERCIAL LEASE.



27




EXHIBIT 10.6


iii)
IF JAMS IS NO LONGER IN BUSINESS AND THERE IS NO COMPARABLE SUCCESSOR, THEN THE PARTIES SHALL AGREE UPON ANOTHER ARBITRATOR. IF THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON ANOTHER ARBITRATOR, THEN A SINGLE NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR SHALL BE APPOINTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 1281.6 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE.
iv)
THE ARBITRATOR'S POWERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS FOLLOWS: THE ARBITRATOR SHALL FOLLOW THE SUBSTANTIVE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, INCLUDING RULES OF EVIDENCE. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT CONSIDER ANYTHING OUTSIDE THE MATERIALS MADE AVAILABLE TO TENANT DURING THE AUDIT UNLESS NOTICE IS GIVEN TO ALL PARTIES WITH THE OPPORTUNITY TO RESPOND TO SUCH MATTERS THAT WERE NOT MADE AVAILABLE TO TENANT DURING THE AUDIT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE NO POWER TO MODIFY ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE AND THE ARBITRATOR'S JURISDICTION IS LIMITED ACCORDINGLY. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL PREPARE AND SERVE A WRITTEN AND REASONED DECISION WHICH DETERMINES THE DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY, OR CLAIM AND WHICH DESIGNATES THE PARTY AGAINST WHOSE POSITION THE DECISION IS RENDERED. JUDGMENT UPON THE AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.
v)
THE COSTS OF THE RESOLUTION SHALL BE DIVIDED EQUALLY AMONG THE PARTIES INVOLVED IN SUCH DISPUTE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH COSTS, ALONG WITH ALL OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES OR ARBITRATION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEYS' FEES, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO AWARD, IN FULL OR IN PART, BY THE ARBITRATOR, IN THE ARBITRATOR'S DISCRETION, TO THE PREVAILING PARTY. UNLESS THE ARBITRATOR SO AWARDS ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS, EACH PARTY SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUCH PARTY'S OWN ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS.
vi)
TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE, THE ARBITRATION HEARINGS SHALL BE CONDUCTED ON CONSECUTIVE DAYS, EXCLUDING SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS, UNTIL THE COMPLETION OF THE CASE.
NOTICE: BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE AGREEING TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THIS "ARBITRATION" PROVISION DECIDED BY NEUTRAL ARBITRATION AS PROVIDED BY CALIFORNIA LAW AND YOU ARE GIVING UP ANY RIGHTS YOU MIGHT POSSESS TO HAVE THE DISPUTE LITIGATED IN A COURT OR JURY TRIAL. BY INITIALING IN THE SPACE BELOW YOU ARE GIVING UP YOUR JUDICIAL RIGHTS TO DISCOVERY AND APPEAL, UNLESS THOSE RIGHTS ARE SPECIFICALLY INCLUDED IN THIS "ARBITRATION" PROVISION. IF YOU REFUSE TO SUBMIT TO ARBITRATION AFTER AGREEING TO THIS PROVISION, YOU MAY BE COMPELLED TO ARBITRATE UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE. YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION IS VOLUNTARY.
THE UNDERSIGNED HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING AND AGREE TO SUBMIT DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE MATTERS INCLUDED IN THIS "ARBITRATION" PROVISION TO NEUTRAL ARBITRATION.

______________________  
Landlord's Initials

______________________  
Tenant's Initials
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.
TENANT:
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By:       
 
Name:
   
 
Its:
   
LANDLORD:
MORENO KNOX, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:       
 
Name:
   
 
Its:
   





28




EXHIBIT 10.10


Deckers Outdoor Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
Effective February 1, 2010
As Amended and Restated Effective August 1, 2013



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
Page
ARTICLE 1
 
DEFINITIONS
 
1
ARTICLE 2
 
SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY
 
6
ARTICLE 3
 
DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
 
7
ARTICLE 4
 
IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCIES
 
11
ARTICLE 5
 
BENEFITS
 
14
ARTICLE 6
 
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
 
16
ARTICLE 7
 
LEAVE OF ABSENCE
 
17
ARTICLE 8
 
TERMINATION, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION
 
17
ARTICLE 9
 
ADMINISTRATION
 
19
ARTICLE 10
 
OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS
 
19
ARTICLE 11
 
CLAIMS PROCEDURES
 
20
ARTICLE 12
 
TRUST
 
20
ARTICLE 13
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
20
    




i


Deckers Outdoor Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan
Effective February 1, 2010
As Amended and Restated Effective August 1, 2013
Purpose
The purpose of this Deckers Outdoor Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees. The Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.
The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and final Treasury Regulations thereunder (collectively referred to herein as “Code Section 409A”).
The Plan was adopted effective as of February 1, 2010, and amended and restated as of January 1, 2011. This amendment and restatement is effective as of August 1, 2013. This amendment and restatement shall not modify any Participant deferral or payment election in effect prior to August 1, 2013; provided, however, that Participants shall have the ability to change such elections to the extent specifically permitted under the terms of the Plan and Code Section 409A.
ARTICLE 1
Definitions
For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:
1.1
    “Account Balance” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Company equal to the sum across all Class Years of (i) the Retirement Account balances and (ii) the In-Service Account balances for such Class Years. Base Salary deferrals and Bonus deferrals, plus investment returns as outlined in Section 3.5, shall be directed to distinct Retirement Accounts and In-Service Accounts as indicated on each Class Year’s Election Form. Any Company Contribution Amount for a Plan Year will be credited to the Base Salary Retirement Account for that Class Year, even if the Participant does not direct any Deferral Amounts into the Base Salary Retirement Account for that Class Year . The Account Balance shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her Beneficiary, pursuant to the Plan.
1.2
    “Affiliated Group” shall mean (i) the Company and (ii) all entities with which the Company would be considered a single employer under Code Sections 414(b) and 414(c), provided that in applying Code Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3) for purposes of determining whether a controlled group of corporations exists under Code Section 414(b), the language “at least fifty percent (50%)” shall be used instead of “at least eighty percent (80%)” each place it appears in Code Sections 1563(a)(1), (2) and (3), and in applying Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2 for purposes of determining whether trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) are under common control for purposes of Code Section 414(c), the language “at least fifty percent (50%)” shall be used instead of “at least eighty percent (80%)” each place it appears in Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2. The term



1


“Affiliated Group” shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “service recipient” contained in Code Section 409A.
1.3
    “Annual Installment Method” shall mean an annual installment payment over the number of years selected by the Participant in accordance with the Plan, calculated as follows: (i) for the first annual installment, the vested Account Balance of the Participant shall be calculated as of the date of payment in accordance with Articles 4 and 5, and (ii) for remaining annual installments, the vested Account Balance of the Participant shall be calculated on every applicable anniversary of the first annual installment. Each annual installment shall be calculated by multiplying this balance by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due the Participant. By way of example, if the Participant elects a ten (10) year Annual Installment Method, the first payment shall be one tenth ( 1 / 10 ) of the vested Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition. The following year, the payment shall be one ninth ( 1 / 9 ) of the vested Account Balance, calculated as described in this definition.
For purposes of Code Section 409A each annual installment payment shall be considered as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii).
1.4
    “Base Salary” shall mean the annual base rate of cash compensation plus any bonus which does not qualify as “performance based compensation” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(e)(1) payable by an Employer during a calendar year, excluding commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, fees, automobile and other allowances, and prior to reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to any qualified or non-qualified plan of the Employer under Code Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b). Base Salary payable after the last day of a calendar year solely for services performed during the final payroll period described in Code Section 3401(b) containing December 31 of such year shall be treated as earned during the subsequent calendar year.
1.5
    “Beneficiary” shall mean the person or persons or entity or entities, designated in accordance with Article 6, who is (are) entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon the death of a Participant.
1.6
    “Beneficiary Designation Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
1.7
    “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company, or a delegate of the Board acting under the authority of the Board in respect the Plan.
1.8
    “Bonus” shall mean either a Discretionary Bonus or a Performance Bonus, as applicable.
1.9
    “Change in Control” shall mean, with respect to that portion of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to the 2010 and 2011 Class Years, the occurrence of a "change in the



2


ownership," a "change in the effective control," or a "change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets" of the Company within the meaning of, and determined in accordance with, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5). With respect to that portion of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to the 2012 and later Class Years, a Change in Control shall mean the occurrence of a "change in the ownership," a "change in the effective control," or a "change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets" of the Participant’s Employer within the meaning of, and determined in accordance with, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
1.10
    “Class Year” shall mean the designation of the Account Balance by the year in which the Deferral Amounts are credited under the Plan.
1.11
    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.
1.12
    “Company” shall mean Deckers Outdoor Corporation and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.
1.13
    “Company Contribution Amount” shall mean, for any one Plan Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3. Company Contribution Amounts shall be credited with investment returns, as outlined in Section 3.5(c). All Company Contribution Amounts with respect to a Class Year shall be credited to the Base Salary Retirement Account for that Class Year, even if the Participant does not direct any Deferral Amounts into the Base Salary Retirement Account for that Class Year.
1.14
    “Deferral Account” shall consist of a Participant’s In-Service Accounts and Retirement Account.
1.15
    “Deferral Amount” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Base Salary and Bonus that a Participant elects to have deferred in accordance with Article 3, for any one Plan Year. In the event of a Participant’s Disability, death or a Termination of Employment prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s Deferral Amount shall be the actual amount withheld pursuant to the Participant’s Deferral Election from the Participant’s Base Salary and Bonus prior to such event.
1.16
    “Deferral Election” shall mean a Participant's election on an Election Form to defer a portion of his or her Base Salary or Bonus, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3.
1.17
    “Disability” shall have the same meaning as outlined in the Deckers Outdoor Corporation 401(k) Plan (or successor to such plan), which is the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. The permanence and degree of such impairment must be supported by medical evidence. The term "Disability"



3


shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of "disability" contained in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4).
1.18
    “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Section 5.5.
1.19
    “Discretionary Bonus” shall mean any bonus or cash incentive compensation payable by an Employer to a Participant as an Employee and relating to services performed during the Plan Year, other than a Performance Bonus.
1.20
    “Election Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to make a Deferral Election under the Plan.
1.21
    “Employee” shall mean a person who is classified as an employee on the payroll records of the Company or, effective as of February 1, 2010, any of its U.S. subsidiaries.
1.22
    “Employer” shall mean any member of the Affiliated Group that has one or more Employees or former Employees that are Participants in the Plan.
1.23
    “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.
1.24
    “In-Service Account” shall mean the sum of (i) that portion of a Participant’s Deferral Amount that a Participant elects to have distributed while in the service of the Company in accordance with Article 4, plus (ii) all other amounts credited to the In-Service Account in accordance with the applicable crediting provisions of the Plan, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan that relate to his or her In-Service Account.
1.25
    “In-Service Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Section 4.1.
1.26
    “Participant” shall mean any Employee (i) who is selected to participate in the Plan, (ii) who elects to participate in the Plan, (iii) who completes, signs and returns an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, (iv) whose signed Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form are accepted by the Plan Administrator, (v) who commences participation in the Plan, and (vi) whose participation in the Plan has not terminated. A spouse or former spouse of a Participant shall not be treated as a Participant in the Plan or have an Account Balance under the Plan, even if he or she has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan as a result of applicable law or property settlements resulting from legal separation or divorce.
1.27
    “Performance Bonus” shall mean (i) any compensation relating to services performed during the Plan Year payable to a Participant as an Employee under an Employer’s written bonus or cash compensation incentive plans, excluding stock options and restricted stock, and (ii) which qualifies as “performance-based compensation” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(e)(1).



4


1.28
    “Plan” shall mean this Deckers Outdoor Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.
1.29
    “Plan Administrator” shall mean the person(s) or entity(ies) appointed by the Board to administer the Plan. In the absence of formal action by the Board to appoint a Plan Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall be the Company.
1.30
    “Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.
1.31
    “Retirement”, “Retire(s)” or “Retired” shall mean a Termination of Employment on or after the attainment of age sixty-five (65) for any reason other than a leave of absence, death or Disability.
1.32
    “Retirement Account” shall mean the sum of (i) that portion of a Participant’s Deferral Amount that a Participant elects to have distributed upon Termination of Employment in accordance with Article 5, plus (ii) all other amounts credited to the Retirement Account in accordance with the applicable crediting provisions of the Plan, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to the Plan that relate to his or her Retirement Account.
1.33
    “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Section 5.1.
1.34
    “Termination Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Section 5.2.
1.35
    “Termination of Employment” shall mean a termination of employment with all members of the Affiliated Group in such a manner as to constitute a "separation from service" as defined under, and determined in accordance with, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Disability, or death. For this purpose, the employment relationship is treated as continuing while a Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, so long as the individual retains a right to reemployment with any member of the Affiliated Group under an applicable statute or by contract. A leave of absence constitutes a bona fide leave of absence only if there is a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for a member of the Affiliated Group. If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months and the Participant does not retain a right to reemployment under an applicable statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first day immediately following such six (6)-month period. A Termination of Employment will occur if there is a reasonable expectation that the level of services by the Participant for all members of the Affiliated Group will permanently decrease to twenty percent (20%) or less of the average level of services during the previous thirty-six (36) months (or, if shorter, the actual period of services).
1.36
    “Trust” shall mean one or more rabbi trusts established by the Company in accordance with Article 12 of the Plan, as amended from time to time.



5


1.37
    “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant or Beneficiary or his or her spouse or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a) without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), 152(b)(2), and 152(d)(1)(B)), (ii) loss of the Participant's property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to the home not otherwise covered by insurance), or (iii) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The term “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “unforeseeable emergency” contained in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(3).
ARTICLE 2
Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility
2.1
     Eligibility; Selection by Board . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to those Employees who are determined by the Company to be members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees and who are selected by the Company to participate in the Plan.
2.2
     Initial Enrollment Requirements . As a condition to participation, each selected Employee shall complete, execute and return to the Plan Administrator an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, all within thirty (30) days (or such shorter time as the Plan Administrator may determine) after he or she is initially selected to participate in the Plan. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines in are necessary.
2.3
     Commencement of Participation . Provided an Employee selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, including returning all required documents to the Plan Administrator within thirty (30) days (or such shorter time as the Plan Administrator may determine) after he or she is initially selected to participate in the Plan, that Employee shall commence participation in the Plan on the first day of the pay period following the date on which the Employee completes all enrollment requirements. However, for the initial enrollment coinciding with the establishment of the Plan, an Employee shall commence participation in the Plan on the first day of the pay period coinciding with or next following the date on which the Employee completes all enrollment requirements. If an Employee fails to meet all such requirements within the period required, that Employee shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan until the first day of the Plan Year following the delivery to and acceptance by the Plan Administrator of the required enrollment documents.
2.4
     Termination of Deferrals . If the Company determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), the Participant's entitlement to defer Base Salary and Bonus shall cease with respect to calendar years following the calendar year in which such determination is made, although the Participant shall remain subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan for as long as he remains a Participant.



6


ARTICLE 3
Deferral Elections
3.1
     Elections to Defer Base Salary or Bonus .
(a)
Deferral Election .
(i)
New Participant . In connection with a Participant’s commencement of participation in the Plan, a Participant may elect to defer Base Salary or Bonus, by filing with the Plan Administrator an Election Form that conforms to the requirements of Article 2 within the time period specified in Section 2.3, and the Deferral Election shall become irrevocable at the end of such time period. The Deferral Election for the first Plan Year of participation shall apply only to that portion of the Base Salary and Bonus earned after the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable. If a Participant does not make a deferral election with respect to the first Plan Year with respect to which the Participant is first selected to participate in the Plan, the Participant may elect to defer Base Salary or Bonus for any subsequent Plan Year by filing with the Plan Administrator an Election Form that conforms with the requirements of Article 2 before the start of that Plan Year.
(ii)
Annual Deferral Election . Unless Section 3.1(a)(i) applies, each Participant may elect to defer Base Salary or Bonus for a Plan Year by filing a Deferral Election with the Plan Administrator within the timeframes specified by the Plan Administrator for the Plan Year for which such Base Salary or Bonus is earned. However, the Deferral Election shall become irrevocable (A) with respect to Base Salary or a Discretionary Bonus, as of December 31 st of the calendar year immediately preceding the Plan Year during which the Base Salary covered by the Deferral Election is earned and (B) with respect to a Performance Bonus, as of the date six (6) months prior to the end of the performance period of the Performance Bonus, or such earlier dates as specified by the Plan Administrator.
(b)
Amount of Deferral . A Participant shall designate on the Deferral Election form the amount of Base Salary, Discretionary Bonus and/or Performance Bonus that is to be deferred in accordance with this Article 3. The Deferral Amount, in whole percentages or a specific dollar amount, shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Base Salary and ninety-five percent (95%) of each of the Participant’s Discretionary Bonus and Performance Bonus; provided that the total amount deferred by a Participant shall be limited in any calendar year, if necessary, to satisfy FICA, income tax, and employee benefit plan withholding requirements as determined by the Plan Administrator.
(c)
Allocation of Deferral Amount . A Participant shall further designate on the Deferral Election form for each Plan Year the percentage of such Plan Year’s Base Salary,



7


Discretionary Bonus and Performance Bonus deferrals that will be allocated to the Retirement Account and one or more In-Service Accounts for the Class Year corresponding to such Plan Year. For Deferral Amounts to be allocated to an In-Service Account, the Participant shall be permitted to designate on the Deferral Election form percentages of such Plan Year’s Base Salary and/or Bonus deferrals to be allocated to different In-Service Accounts with different in-service distribution dates, subject to any limitations on such designations as may be prescribed by the Plan Administrator. The allocation of each Plan Year’s Deferral Amounts into the Class Year Retirement Account or In-Service Accounts shall be in whole percentages or only. A Participant is not obligated to apply the same percentage allocation to the Base Salary and Bonus deferrals. As an example, a Participant can allocate fifty percent (50%) of the Base Salary deferral into the Retirement Account and fifty percent (50%) into an In-Service Account for a Class Year while allocating one hundred percent (100%) of the Bonus deferrals into the Retirement Account for the same Class Year.
(d)
Duration of Deferral Election . A Participant’s Deferral Election shall apply only to Base Salary and Bonuses earned during the Plan Year to which the Deferral Election relates. A Participant must indicate a new Deferral Election for any subsequent Plan Year by filing a new Election Form with the Plan Administrator prior to the beginning of such Plan Year or at such time as the Plan Administrator may require, which Deferral Election shall be effective on the first day of the next following Plan Year. If a Participant fails to complete a new Election Form for any subsequent Plan Year the Deferral Amount for that subsequent Plan Year will be deemed to be zero (0).
(e)
Class Year Elections . Each Plan Year’s Deferral Amount will be maintained in separate and distinct Retirement and In-Service Accounts for each Class Year in which the Deferral Amounts are credited and, if a Participant so elects in accordance with Section 3.1(c), multiple In-Service Accounts may be established for the Participant for the same Class Year. Separate distribution elections shall apply with respect to each Class Year and, if a Participant has designated multiple In-Service Accounts for the Class Year, separate distribution elections shall apply to each such In-Service Account. Any Company Contribution Amount with respect to a Class Year shall be allocated and credited to that Class Year’s Base Salary Retirement Account.
3.2
     Withholding of Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year, the Base Salary portion of the Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Salary payroll in substantially equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Salary. Any Bonus portion of the Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Bonus is or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year.
3.3
     Annual Company Contribution Amount . For each Plan Year, the Board may, but is not required to, credit any amount it desires to the Retirement Account of any Participant under the Plan, which amount shall equal the annual Company Contribution Amount for that Participant for that Plan Year. The amount so credited to a Participant may be smaller



8


or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a Plan Year may be zero (0), even though one or more other Participants receive an annual Company Contribution Amount for that Plan Year.
3.4
Vesting . A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account, including any Company Contribution Amount credited to the Participant’s Base Salary Retirement Account.
3.5
In-Service Accounts and Retirement Accounts . The Company shall establish accounts for Base Salary Deferral Amounts, Discretionary Bonus Deferral Amounts and Performance Bonus Deferral Amounts, shall further sub-divide such accounts into In-Service Accounts and Retirement Accounts for each Participant under the Plan. Each of those subaccounts will be maintained by Class Year and, if a Participant so elects in accordance with Section 3.1(c), multiple In-Service Accounts shall be established for the Participant for the same Class Year. Each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be further divided into separate subaccounts (“notional investment subaccounts”), each of which corresponds to an investment fund elected by the Participant. A Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited as follows:
(a)
After amounts are withheld and deferred from a Participant’s Base Salary or Bonus, the Company shall credit the notional investment subaccounts with an amount equal to the amount of Base Salary or Bonus, or both, deferred by the Participant as of the date that the Base Salary or Bonus would have been paid to the Participant absent the Deferral Election, and the portion of the Participant’s deferred Base Salary or Bonus that the Participant has deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment fund shall be credited to the notional investment subaccount corresponding to that investment fund.
(b)
The Company shall credit the Participant with an amount equal to the annual Company Contribution Amount, if any, for that Participant, on the date or dates to be determined by the Board and the portion of the Participant’s annual Company Contribution Amount that the Participant has deemed to be invested in a certain type of investment fund shall be credited to the notional investment subaccount corresponding to that investment fund.
(c)
As of the end of each business day, each of the Participant’s notional investment subaccounts shall be credited with earnings (gains or losses) in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the balance credited to such notional investment subaccount as of the prior day plus amounts allocated to the notional investment subaccount that day by the rate of net gain or loss for the corresponding investment fund for that day.
(d)
Each of the Participant’s notional investment subaccounts shall be reduced pro rata by the amount of any distributions made to the Participant, as of the date of the distribution.



9


3.6
Investment Elections .
(a)
The Company shall select, from time to time, commercially available investment funds to be used to determine the amount of earnings (gains or losses) to be credited to the Participant’s notional investment subaccounts under Section 3.5.
(b)
At the time of making a Deferral Election, a Participant shall designate, on the Deferral Election form, the investment fund or funds in which the Participant’s Deferral Account attributable to deferrals of Base Salary, Discretionary Bonus or Performance Bonus will be deemed to be invested for purposes of determining the amount of earnings (gains or losses) to be allocated to the notional investment subaccounts. The Participant may specify the deemed investment, in whole percentage increments in one or more of the investment funds as communicated from time to time by the Plan Administrator. Participants may change their investment designations on a daily basis, both with respect to reallocations of their current Account Balance and allocations of future Deferral Amounts, by electing such investment changes through such procedures as may be specified by the Plan Administrator. If the Company establishes a Trust pursuant to Section 12.1 or otherwise sets aside assets to assist in meeting its obligations under the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated to mirror the Participant’s notional investment subaccount elections.
(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the investment funds selected by the Company or designation of investment funds by a Participant shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of the Participant’s Account Balance in any such investment fund. In the event that the Company or the trustee of the Trust shall invest funds in any or all of the selected investment funds, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping (notional) entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company, the Participant’s Employer or the Trust; the Participant shall remain at all times an unsecured creditor of the Company.
3.7
     FICA and Other Taxes .
(a)
Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year in which a Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Employer shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Salary or Bonus that is not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such Deferral Amount. If necessary, the Plan Administrator may reduce the Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.7(a).
(b)
Company Contribution Amounts . Upon contribution of a Company Contribution Amount, the Employer shall withhold from the Participant’s Base Salary and/or Bonus that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes. If necessary, the Plan Administrator may reduce



10


either or both of the Participant’s Company Contribution Amount or Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.7(b).
(c)
Distributions . The Company, or the trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under the Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Company, or the trustee of the Trust, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined by the Company and the trustee of the Trust.
ARTICLE 4
In-Service Distributions and Unforeseeable Emergencies
4.1
In-Service Distributions . A Participant, in connection with his or her initial commencement of participation in the Plan and each subsequent annual enrollment, may elect on an Election Form the month and year of distribution of the Deferral Amount allocated to each of that Class Year’s In-Service Accounts. The Participant shall not be required to make the same distribution election for the Base Salary, Discretionary Bonus and Performance Bonus Deferral Elections made on the Deferral Election form for that Class Year, and shall not be required to make the same distribution election for each In-Service Account established for that Class Year. The Participant may elect to receive payment in the form of a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method not to exceed ten (10) years or, effective as of January 1, 2014, fifteen (15) years. If a Participant elects to direct a percentage of the particular Class Year’s Deferral Amount to an In-Service Account but does not indicate the year in which the payment is to be made, then it will be assumed that no In-Service Account election was made for that Class Year and all such Deferral Amounts for that Class Year will be allocated to the Participant’s Retirement Account. In addition, if a Participant makes an election to allocate Deferral Amounts to an In-Service Account and specifies a distribution date but fails to elect a form of payment, the distribution election will be assumed to be a lump sum payment. The lump sum payment shall be made or the installments shall commence as soon as possible after the date elected on the Deferral Election form, but in no event later than the later of (i) the end of the calendar year that includes the elected payment date and (ii) the fifteen (15 th ) day of the third month following the elected payment date, provided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.
If Termination of Employment for any reason, other than death, occurs prior to the year selected for the In-Service Distribution or prior to the complete payment of an In-Service Account in the process of being distributed in the form of an Annual Installment Method, then any remaining amount in the In-Service Account shall be paid to the Participant in accordance with the election made for the Retirement Account for that Class Year. If no Retirement Account election is in effect for that Class Year, i.e., the Participant elected to have one hundred percent (100%) of that Class Year’s Deferral Amount directed to one or more In-Service Accounts, then payment will be made in the form of a lump sum as soon as practicable following Termination of Employment but in no event later than the later of (i) the end of the calendar year that includes the date of the Termination of Employment



11


and (ii) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third month following the date of the Termination of Employment, provided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment. If Termination of Employment occurs as a result of death, payment will be made in accordance with either Section 5.3 or 5.4, as applicable.
In no event will any Company Contribution Amount be available for an In-Service distribution.
4.2
Change in Time or Form of Payment for In-Service Distribution . Notwithstanding the methods of payment elected for each In-Service Account, the Participant may elect to change the time of such payment under a subsequent election that meets the following requirements:
(a)
The subsequent election may not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent election is made.
(b)
The subsequent election is made not less than twelve (12) months prior to the date of the scheduled payment.
(c)
The payment with respect to which the subsequent election is made must be deferred for an additional period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.
(d)
The subsequent election may not accelerate the time of any payment.
4.3
Payout/Suspensions for Unforeseeable Emergencies . If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant may petition the Plan Administrator to receive a partial or full payout of the portion of the Participant’s Account Balance attributable to Deferral Amounts. Company Contribution Amounts are not available for distribution on account of Unforeseeable Emergencies. Any distribution on account of Unforeseeable Emergencies will be made starting with Deferral Amounts attributable to the most recently completed Class Year’s In-Service Accounts, if any (on a prorata basis from all such accounts, if more than one In-Service Account was established for the Class Year), and progressing to each preceding Class Year as necessary. The Retirement Accounts will be used only upon exhausting all completed prior Class Year In-Service Accounts.
By way of example, if a request for an Unforeseeable Emergency is made in 2015 and 2013 was the initial Class Year for the Participant, payment will come from the 2014 Class Year’s In-Service Accounts. To the extent the 2014 Class Year’s In-Service Accounts are insufficient, additional amounts will come from the 2013 Class Year’s In-Service Account. If the previously completed Class Years’ In-Service Accounts are insufficient or if none exist, then the distribution of any remaining amount needed shall come from the 2014 Class Year’s Retirement Account and then from the 2013 Class Year’s Retirement Account. Only when all prior Class Years have been exhausted will the distribution be made from the 2015 Class Year Deferral Amounts, beginning with that Class Year’s In-Service Accounts.



12


Any distribution on account of Unforeseeable Emergencies shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a Termination Benefit, and the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency, plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship).
If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Participant may request a suspension of the Participant’s Deferral Election. In that case, the suspension will apply for the entire Plan Year in which the request is made and deferrals to be made for the remainder of the Plan Year will be canceled. Participants who suspend their Deferral Elections pursuant to this paragraph shall not be permitted to resume deferrals under the Plan during the twelve (12)-month period beginning on the date of suspension, and shall not be permitted to submit another Deferral Election until the first annual enrollment period that ends after completion of such 12-month suspension period.
If the Plan Administrator approves the petition for a suspension and/or distribution, then the suspension shall take effect upon the date of approval and any distribution shall be made within sixty (60) days of the date of approval provided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.
4.4
     Change in Control. Upon a Change in Control, a Participant’s Account Balance will be paid in a lump sum as soon as possible following the effective date of the Change in Control, but in no event later than the later of (i) the end of the calendar year that includes the effective date of the Change in Control and (ii) the fifteen (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the effective date of the Change in Control, provided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.











13


ARTICLE 5
Benefits
5.1
     Retirement Benefit . A Participant who Retires shall receive, as a Retirement Benefit, his or her Account Balance. A Participant, in connection with his or her commencement of participation in the Plan and each subsequent Plan Year shall elect on the Deferral Election form the form of payment with respect to that Class Year’s Deferral Amount. The Participant may elect to receive payment in the form of a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method not to exceed ten (10) years or, effective as of January 1, 2014, fifteen (15) years. Thus, separate Retirement Benefit distribution elections may apply to each Class Year, but the Participant must make the same Distribution Election for the Base Salary and Bonus Deferral Elections made on the Deferral Election form. Any Company Contribution Amount credited to the Participant’s Retirement Account for that Class Year shall be paid in the same manner as elected by the Participant for that Class Year’s Retirement Account. If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of the Retirement Benefit or if the Participant does not elect to allocate a Deferral Amount into the Retirement Account for that Class Year but is credited with a Company Contribution Amount for that Class Year, then such Retirement Benefit shall be payable in a lump sum. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, within sixty (60) days after Retirement, provided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.
5.2
     Termination Benefit . A Participant who experiences a Termination of Employment prior to Retirement shall receive as a Termination Benefit his or her Account Balance in accordance with the same election made under Section 5.1. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, within sixty (60) days of Termination of Employment, provided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.
5.3
     Death Prior to Retirement or Termination of Employment . If a Participant dies prior to Retirement or Termination of Employment, the Participant’s Beneficiaries shall receive a lump sum payment equal to the Participant’s then-remaining Account Balance, including any installment payment that have yet to be distributed. The payment shall be made as soon as practicable after certification of death but in no event later than the later of (i) the end of the calendar year that includes the date of death and (ii) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third month following the date of death, provided that the Beneficiary may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.
5.4
     Death after Retirement or Termination of Employment. If a Participant dies after Retirement or Termination of Employment but before the Account Balance is paid in full, the Participant’s unpaid Account Balance shall be paid to the Beneficiary in a lump sum payment as soon as practicable after certification of death but in no event later than the later of (i) the end of the calendar year that includes the date of death and (ii) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third month following the date of death, provided that the Beneficiary may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.



14


5.5
Disability Benefit . A Participant who incurs a Disability shall, for benefit purposes under the Plan, be deemed to have experienced a Termination of Employment as of the date the Disability is incurred. The Disability Benefit shall be paid in the same form as elected in accordance with Section 5.1. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence within sixty (60) days after the date the Participant incurs the Disability, provided that the Participant may not directly or indirectly designate the taxable year of payment.
5.6
     Change in Time or Form of Payment for Termination Benefit . Notwithstanding the method of payment elected by a Participant with respect to the Base Salary or Bonus Deferral Amounts for a Class Year, the Participant may elect to change the method of such payment under a subsequent election that meets the following requirements:
(d)
The subsequent election may not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the subsequent election is made.
(e)
The subsequent election is made not less than twelve (12) months prior to the date of the scheduled payment.
(f)
The first payment with respect to which the subsequent election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made. This five (5)-year deferral shall not apply to any change in the benefits payable upon death pursuant to Section 5.3 or 5.4, as applicable, or upon the occurrence of a Disability.
(g)
The subsequent election may not accelerate the time of any payment.
The form of payment elected in a subsequent election must be a lump sum or an Annual Installment Method of between two (2) and ten (10) years or, effective as of January 1, 2014, fifteen (15) years. In accordance with Section 1.3, each installment payment may be individually changed provided that the above requirements are met with respect to each such payment that is changed.
5.7
     Limitation on Key Employees . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the payment of a Retirement Benefit or Termination Benefit with respect to a “specified employee,” as defined in, and determined in accordance with, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i), of the Affiliated Group shall not be made (or, in the case of payments to be made under an Annual Installment Method, shall not commence) until the six month anniversary of the Participant’s Retirement or Termination of Employment, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, if at that time any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. Any installment payments that are delayed pursuant to this provision shall be accumulated and paid on the delayed payment date.
5.8
Involuntary Cash Out Limit. If a Participant’s total Account Balance under this Plan and all other such arrangements required to be aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 409A is less than or equal to the deferral limit in effect under Code Section 402(g) f



15


or the calendar year in which the Participant experiences a Retirement or Termination of Employment, then, despite the election made by the Participant, the Company may pay the Account Balance in a lump sum as soon as practicable following such Retirement or Termination of Employment. In addition, if the present value of any remaining installments due a Participant who has experienced a Termination of Employment and elected an Annual Installment Method falls below the deferral limit in effect under Code Section 402(g) for the calendar year in which the Participant experienced a Termination of Employment, then the Company may pay the remaining Account Balance in a lump sum as soon as practicable thereafter.
ARTICLE 6
Beneficiary Designation
6.1
     Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated under the Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other Company or Employer plan in which the Participant participates.
6.2
     Beneficiary Designation Change . A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Plan Administrator. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to his or her death. If a Participant is married, the designation of a Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse shall only be permitted upon written consent of the Participant’s spouse.
6.3
     Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator.
6.4
     No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 above or, if all Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the Participant’s estate.
6.5
     Doubt as to Beneficiary . If the Plan Administrator has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the right to cause the Company to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Plan Administrator’s satisfaction.



16


6.6
     Discharge of Obligations . The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Employer, the Company, the Plan Administrator and the Board from all further obligations under the Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant’s participation in the Plan shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits.
ARTICLE 7
Leave of Absence
7.1
     Paid Leave of Absence . If a Participant is authorized by the Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Deferral Amount shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.1.
7.2
     Unpaid Leave of Absence . If a Participant is authorized by the Employer for any reason to take an unpaid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Participant shall be excused from making deferrals until the Participant returns to a paid employment status. Upon such return, deferrals shall resume for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the return occurs, based on the Deferral Election, if any, made for that Plan Year. If no Deferral Election was made for that Plan Year, no deferral shall be withheld.
ARTICLE 8
Termination, Amendment or Modification
8.1
     Termination . Although the Company anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any or all Participants, by action of the Board or its authorized delegate. Upon the termination of the Plan, further deferrals under the Plan shall terminate but all Account Balances shall remain subject to the terms of the Plan and the distribution elections made in the applicable Deferral Election forms.
Notwithstanding the previous paragraph, upon termination of the Plan, the Company may distribute Account Balances in a consistent manner to all Participants in compliance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(C), specifically:

(a)
The termination and liquidation does not occur as a result of downturn in the financial health of the Company;

(b)
The Company terminates and liquidates all similar arrangements sponsored by a member of the Affiliated Group that would be aggregated with any other arrangements under Treasury Regulation Section1.409A-1(c) if the Participants had deferrals of compensation under all of the arrangements that are terminated;




17


(c)
No payments under the Plan are made within twelve (12) months of the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Plan other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the Plan if the action to terminate and liquidate the plan had not occurred;

(d)
All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Plan; and

(e)
No member of the Affiliated Group adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated and liquidated plan under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(c) if the same Participant participated in both plans, at any time within three years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Plan.
8.2
     Amendment . The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part by the action of the Board or its authorized delegate; provided, however, that: (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Participant’s Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had experienced a Termination of Employment as of the effective date of the amendment or modification, and (ii) no amendment or modification of this Section 8.2 of the Plan shall be effective. The amendment or modification of the Plan shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company specifically reserves the right to amend the Plan to conform the provisions of the Plan to the guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury with respect to Code Section 409A, in accordance with such guidance.
8.3
     Effect of Payment . The full payment of the applicable benefit under Article 4 or 5 of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her Beneficiaries under the Plan and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall thereupon terminate.



18


ARTICLE 9
Administration
9.1
     Administrative Duties . To the extent that ERISA applies to the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall be the “named fiduciary” of the Plan and the “administrator” of the Plan, within the meaning of ERISA. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the general administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator will, subject to the terms of the Plan, have the authority to: (i) adopt, alter, and repeal administrative rules and practices governing the Plan, (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan, and (iii) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All decisions by the Plan Administrator will be made with the approval of not less than a majority of its members. The Plan Administrator may delegate any of its authority to any other person or persons that it deems appropriate.
9.2
     Agents . In the administration of the Plan, the Plan Administrator may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.
9.3
     Binding Effect of Decisions . All decisions by the Plan Administrator, and by any other person or persons to whom the Plan Administrator has delegated authority, shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
9.4
     Indemnity of Board and Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Board, the Plan Administrator and any Employee to whom the duties of the Board or Plan Administrator may be delegated, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to the Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Board, any of its members, the Plan Administrator or any such Employee.
9.5
     Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, Retirement or Termination of Employment of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
ARTICLE 10
Other Benefits and Agreements
10.1
     Coordination with Other Benefits . The benefits provided to a Participant and such Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant and Beneficiary under any other plan or program for Employees of the Affiliated Group. The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program, except as may otherwise be expressly provided.




19


ARTICLE 11
Claims Procedures
11.1
     Procedures for Handling Claims . In accordance with the provisions of ERISA Section 503, the Company shall provide a procedure for handling claims for benefits under the Plan. The procedure shall be in accordance with the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor and provide adequate written notice within a reasonable period of time with respect to a claim denial. The procedure shall also provide for a reasonable opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of any claim denial.
ARTICLE 12
Trust
12.1
     Establishment of the Trust . The Company may establish one or more Trusts to which the Company may transfer such assets as the Company determines to assist in meeting its obligations under the Plan.
12.2
     Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of the Plan and a Participant's Deferral Election forms shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Company, Participants and the creditors of the Company to the assets transferred to the Trust.
12.3
     Distributions from the Trust . The Company’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Company’s obligations under the Plan.
ARTICLE 13
Miscellaneous
13.1
     Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.
13.2
     Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of the Company or any other member of the Affiliated Group. For purposes of the payment of benefits under the Plan, any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.



20


13.3
     Company’s Liability . The Company’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the Participants’ Deferral Election forms. The Company shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Deferral Election forms.
13.4
     Nonassignability . Neither a Participant, nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amount payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.
13.5
     Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between an Employer and the Participant, either expressed or implied. Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or for no reason at all, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer, or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge a Participant at any time for any reason.
13.6
     Furnishing Information . A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Plan Administrator by furnishing any and all information requested by the Plan Administrator and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary.
13.7
     Terms . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.
13.8
     Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of the Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
13.9
     Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.



21


13.10
     Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Board, the Company or the Plan Administrator under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

Deckers Outdoor Corporation
Attention: General Counsel
495-A South Fairview Avenue
Goleta, CA 93117

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.
13.11
     Successors . The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiaries.
13.12
     Spouse’s Interest . The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.
13.13
     Validity . In case any provision of the Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
13.14
     Incompetent . If the Plan Administrator determines that a benefit under the Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.
13.15
     Court Order . The Company is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Plan, Company, Employer, Plan Administrator or the Board has been named as a party. In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Company shall have the right, notwithstanding



22


any election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse.
13.16
     Insurance . The Company, on its own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Company or trustee of the Trust may choose. The Company or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Company shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Company has applied for insurance.
13.17
     No Acceleration of Benefits . The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan is not permitted, except as provided in regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury.
13.18
     Compliance with Code Section 409A . The Plan is intended to provide for the deferral of compensation in accordance with the applicable requirements of Code Section 409A for compensation earned, vested, or deferred after December 31, 2004, and shall be interpreted and administered accordingly. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan or any Deferral Election form to the contrary, no otherwise permissible election under the Plan shall be given effect that would result in the immediate inclusion in income of any amount under Code Section 409A.
13.19
     Discretion of the Board, Plan Administrator, Trustee and Company and Interpretation . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Board, Plan Administrator, Company and Trustee shall each, in its sole and absolute discretion, construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and to do all things necessary or appropriate to effect the intent and purpose thereof whether or not such powers are specifically set forth in the Plan and Trust Agreement, including any issue arising out of, relating to, or resulting from the administration and operation of the Plan. Such construction and/or interpretation shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, entities and parties, including, without limitation, the Participants and Beneficiaries, or successors or assigns thereto, and shall be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law.



23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has signed this Plan as of this 13th day of August, 2013.

DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION


By:    /s/Zohar Ziv
Name: Zohar Ziv
Title:    COO




24



EXHIBIT 10.23










STATEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT













The purpose of this statement is to comply with legislation which requires that you are given a written statement of the main terms and conditions of your employment.





1





Deckers Europe Limited
Terms and Conditions of Employment

Date: 28 th of February 2011
The ‘Company’: Deckers Europe Limited who’s office based at 83-84 George Street, Richmond, Surrey, TW9 1HE
The ‘Employee’: Steve Murray of XXXXXX

“Group Company”: any holding company or subsidiary of the Company from time to time and any other subsidiary of any holding company of the Company from time to time, where “holding company” and “subsidiary” have the meanings given in section 1159 and 1173 of the Companies Act 2006.
1.
JOB TITLE AND COMMENCEMENT
1.1
You are employed by the Company as the President of EMEA (Europe, Middle East, Africa) and will report to the CEO of Deckers Outdoor Corporation
1.2
Your employment under this Agreement will commence (XX) June 2011 and shall continue unless and until terminated pursuant to these terms and conditions.
1.3
During your employment you shall faithfully and diligently carry out your duties by the lawful instructions of the Company and at all times use you best endeavours to promote the best interests of the Company.
1.4
The Company reserves the right at its discretion to make reasonable changes to your job title and duties from time to time.
1.5
You must devote the whole of your time, attention and ability during your hours of work to carrying out your duties for the Company.
1.6
You must ensure that you maintain the highest standards of conduct at all times and conduct your personal and working life in a way that does not damage or risk damaging the Company’s reputation;





2



2.
PLACE OF WORK
2.1
Your place of work will be the Company’s European Office: 83-84 George Street, Richmond, Surrey, TW9 1HE
2.2
The Company may on reasonable notice to you require you to accept a new normal place of work within a reasonable commuting distance.
2.3
The Company may require you to undertake work on a temporary basis, away from your normal place of work for period(s) of time, subject to the Company meeting any reasonable expenses necessarily incurred and providing reasonable prior notice where practicable.
2.4
You may be required to undertake business trips and/or assignments both within the United Kingdom and internationally from time to time. If such trips and/or assignments require you to remain away from your home for more than a twenty-four (24) hour period the Company will endeavour to give you reasonable prior notice. During such business trips and/or assignments you will be required to undertake your duties at such locations as the Company may reasonably require.
2.5
Due to the nature of your role, you may be expected to undertake a significant amount of travel in order to properly undertake your duties including international travel as and when required.
3.
PAYMENTS
3.1
Your salary will be £400,000 per annum, paid monthly in arrears into your bank/building society account on the last working day of the month, less applicable deductions. Your salary will be reviewed annually in March. The decision with regard to any salary adjustment will be entirely at the Company’s discretion.
3.2
It will be your responsibility to ensure the Company has the correct Bank or Building Society Account Name, Number and Sort Code Number.
3.3
In addition you will be eligible to receive incentive bonuses under the Company Bonus Scheme subject to terms of the scheme. Bonus payments are conditional upon you continuing to be employed by the Company at the date any such payment is due and not paid under notice of termination as a result of your resignation. The first bonus payment you will be eligible for will be for the year ended 31 December 2011. Any incentive payment for this period will be prorated based on the proportion of the year you have been employed and will be paid in March 2012. Decisions as to whether a payment is due and the amount of any such payment shall be made at the Company’s discretion. The Company reserves the right to amend, replace or discontinue the scheme from year to year.






3



4.
DEDUCTIONS
4.1
You hereby authorise the Company to deduct from your pay or from any other amounts due to you from the Company (or any Group Company) any sums which you owe to the Company (or Group Company). This includes but not limited to overpayments of salary or other benefits, loans or advances made to you by the Company (or Group Company), outstanding amounts on employee accounts, the reclaiming of professional education fees, relocation or accommodation fees, any losses suffered by the Company (or Group Company) as a result of your negligence, breach of authority or breach of the Company’s rules, or any sums in respect of holidays taken in excess of your accrued entitlement at the termination of employment.
4.2
If you commit any material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Company’s rules, policies and procedures from time to time, the Company reserves the right to withhold any bonus payment due to you in addition to any disciplinary action which may be deemed appropriate.
5.
HOURS OF WORK     
5.1
Your contracted hours or work are 37.5 per week. Normal office hours are 09.00am – 5.30pm with a one hour lunch break, however, you will (subject to the working time regulations) be required to work such additional hours as may be required for the satisfactory performance of your duties. No remuneration will be paid for additional hours worked. Time off in lieu is discretionary and subject to the needs of the business and will normally only be granted in exceptional circumstances.
5.2
The Company expects all employees to co-operate in the day to day operation of its business and this includes being available to work flexibly in accordance with the needs of the business.
5.3
As part of the Working Time Regulations, your working hours will be monitored to ensure that our responsibilities as an employer are met. You will be required to declare any details of authorized secondary employment, as these additional working hours accumulate within the statutory limit of the Working Times Regulations.
5.4
You agree that you may work for more than an average of 48 hours a week unless you notify us in writing at the time of signing this Agreement that you do not wish to do so. If you change your mind about the agreement to work for more than an average of 48 hours a week, you must give us three months notice in writing.
6.
ELIGIBILITY TO WORK IN THE UK
6.1
You warrant that you are lawfully entitled to work in the United Kingdom without any additional approvals or permit and will notify the Company immediately if you cease to be so entitled at any time during your employment with the Company.




4



6.2
The Company may terminate your employment with immediate effect if you cease at any time to be eligible to work in the United Kingdom.
6.3
The following provisions apply if your stay in the UK is subject to a time limit.
6.4
If asked you must show the Company (and allow us to copy) such documents and other evidence as the UK Border Agency accepts as showing that you have the right to work in the UK. Information on what documents and evidence are acceptable may be obtained from the HR Manager.
6.5
If you are sponsored by the Company under the UK Border Agency’s Points Based System, you much give us contact details (including your address and any phone numbers you use) and let us know if these change. You must also comply with any policy or procedure we may have relating to sponsorship and your and our obligations.
6.6
The Company may provide the UK Border Agency with information about you from time to time.
7.
HOLIDAYS
7.1
The Company’s holiday year runs from 1 January to 31 December.
7.2
In a full calendar year of employment you will be entitled to 25 working days holidays, plus the 8 bank and public holidays normally observed in England. Part years and part time employment will be calculated on a pro rata basis. If on leaving the Company you have exceeded your entitlement to holidays the overpayments will be deducted from your final salary.
7.3
All holidays should be taken during the calendar year unless otherwise agreed by your Head of Department or other appointed authorised person, in advance in writing. Any untaken holidays will be lost and you will not be entitled to payment for any unused holiday entitlement.
7.4
Holiday entitlement is only to be taken at a time convenient to the Company. The Company reserves the right to require you to take your holiday entitlement at a time or times specified by the Company.
7.5
When leaving the Company’s employment, you will normally be paid in lieu for the number of day’s holiday accrued but not taken at the termination date. If upon leaving the company you have exceeded your entitlement to holidays the overpayment will be deducted from your final salary. No payment will be made for any outstanding lieu days.








5



8.     PENSION
8.1
You will be eligible to join the Company pension scheme after the initial qualifying period of three (3) months. Details of the scheme are available upon request from the Human Resources Department.
8.2
A contracting-out certificate under the Pensions Scheme Act 1993 is not in force for this employment.
9.     LIFE INSURANCE & LONG TERM DISABILITY INSURANCE
9.1
Subject to the rules of the scheme (which may be changed for time to time) the Company will provide you with life insurance cover in the event of death in service.
9.2
Subject to the rules of the scheme (which may be changed from time to time) will provide you with long term disability insurance.
10.
PRIVATE HEALTH     
10.1
You will have the opportunity for you, your partner and your family to be covered by the private health scheme operated by the Company, currently with BUPA, subject to the insurer accepting cover for you under the relevant policy and at normal rates and subject to their terms and conditions from time to time in force. Your premium will be paid by Deckers UK Ltd as a benefit, however to take the benefit you must complete the application forms and return to HR Department. The Company reserves the right to vary the provider of this benefit time to time.
11.
CAR ALLOWANCE
11.1
We will pay you a car allowance of £15,000 per annum which will be paid in monthly installations at the same time as your basic salary payment.
12.
BENEFITS SCHEME AND CHANGES
12.1
The Company may amend, discontinue or replace ant of the above benefits or insurance schemes at any time.
12.2
The benefits available under any insurance scheme will depend upon the terms, conditions and requirements of the insurer from time to time whether or not the relevant insurer considers them to be satisfied. The Company will pay insured benefits to you only to the extent that and for so long as it receives those benefits for the relevant insurer in respect of you.
12.3
If the relevant insurer refuses or otherwise fails to provide cover or benefits under the private medical scheme or Long Term Disability scheme, the Company will pass to the insurer such representations as you may wish to make in respect of such refusal or failure. However, the Company will have no duty to take any further steps or to incur expense in relation to such refusal or failure (and, in particular, will have no obligation to obtain medical reports or to take proceedings against any such insurer).



6



12.4
if the relevant insurer accepts a claim relating to you for benefits under the Long Term Disability Scheme you will cease to be entitled to any further salary, sick pay, car allowance or contractual holiday entitlement for the Company during any period in which benefits are paid; and the Company may appoint another individual to fulfill your duties on a temporary or permanent basis.
13.
EXPENSES
13.1
You will upon submission of appropriate vouchers or receipts be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable travelling and incidental expenses properly incurred by you in the course of your employment.
13.2
You will have the use of a Company credit card for the payment of reasonable travelling and incidental expenses. Any other expense properly incurred by you in the course of employment will be reimbursed upon submission of appropriate vouchers or receipts.
14.
SICK PAY & MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
14.1
The Company has a pick pay scheme in operation, in addition to the Governments statutory scheme. Company sick pay may be awarded at the absolute discretion of the Company as per the sickness and absence policy.
14.2
We may, at our expense and at any time (whether you are absent from work or not), require you to obtain and give us a medical report from your GP or another person responsible for you clinical care; and/or to be examined or tested by a medical practitioner appointed by us so that we can receive medical advice about you.
15.
ACCIDENTS AT WORK
15.1
Any accidents at work, however minor, must be reported immediately and recorded in the accident book for Health and Safety reporting purposes.
16.
NO SMOKING POLICY
16.1
Deckers UK operates a No Smoking Policy on all of the Company’s premises’. This policy applies to all the employees, visitors, customers and contractors.
16.2
Any breach of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action and may result in summary dismissal.







7



17.
DATA PROTECTION
17.1
You consent to the Company or any associated company holding and processing both electronically and in hard copy form any personal and sensitive data relating to yourself for the purposes of employee-related administration, processing your file and management of its business, for compliance with applicable procedures, laws and regulations and for providing data to external suppliers who administer his benefits solely for the purpose of providing you with those benefits. It may also be necessary for the Company to forward such personal and sensitive information to other offices in may have or to another associated company outside of the European Economic area (including to our parent company Deckers Outdoor in the US) for storage and processing for administrative purposes and you consent to the Company doing so as may be necessary from time to time.
18.
COLLECTIVE AGREEMENT
18.1
There are no collective agreements in place with any trade union relation to your employment.
19.
NOTICE
19.1
Except where you are summarily dismissed for any of the reasons set out in clause 19.3 below, should the Company decide to terminate you employment for any reason, you will be entitled to written notice as follows:-
- Where notice is given by the company: 12 months
19.2
If you decide to leave the Company you are required to give the following periods of written notice:-
- Where notice is given by you: 6 months
19.3
The Company may terminate your employment immediately without notice or payment in lieu of notice or provision of benefits it:
-
you commit any serious or repeated breach or non-observance of this Agreement or refuse or neglect to comply with any reasonable and lawful directions of the Company or the Board;
-      we reasonably consider that you are guilty of gross misconduct;
-
we reasonably consider that you have materially damaged or risk materially damaging your own or our reputation’
-
you resign from office as a director of the Employer or of a Group Company or refuse to hold office as a director of the Employer or of a Group Company;
-
You are absent on sick leave for more than 6 months in total in any 12 month period;



8



-
you become bankrupt or make any arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of you creditors generally; or
-
you are convicted of any criminal offence (other than minor road traffic offences for which no custodial penalty is imposed).
19.4
On termination of employment you must immediately resign from any directorships or other offices which you hold in connection with you employment by the Company.
20.
PAYMENT IN LIEU OF NOTICE
20.1
The Company reserves the right to pay you salary only in lieu of notice at its discretion whether notice has been given by you or the company, less any appropriate tax and other statutory deductions.
21.
GARDEN LEAVE
21.1
The Company reserves the right to require you, whether you have resigned with notice or you have been given notice to terminate you contract by the Company, to undertake no, reduced, alternative duties, and exclude you from your place of work and its other premises for all or part of the notice period.
21.2
During such notice period the Company will not be obliged to provide you with work and/or may ask you:
- to carry out special tasks or to do work at home
- not to attend any of the company premises
- not to contact the Company’s employees, agents, clients, customers
However, during any such period your pay and other benefits would be unaffected (save in respect of bonus for which you will cease to be eligible). Further you must not during any such period work for any third party or set up in business on your own account. For the avoidance of doubt, at all times during any such notice period, you shall continue to be bound by the same obligations as were owed to the Company prior to the commencement of the notice period.
22.     DISCIPLINARY & GRIEVANCE
22.1
In case of gross misconduct the company reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice, or payment in lieu of notice, payment in lieu of holiday, or lieu time (except in accordance with the minimum requirements of the Working Times Regulations 1998). You should note that any list of offences referred to in the Disciplinary Policy as gross misconduct in non-exhaustive.
22.2
The Disciplinary and Dismissal Procedure and the Grievance Policy which apply to you, are contained within the Deckers Disciplinary and Grievance Policy are available upon request from



9



your Line Manager or the Human Resources Department. These documents are statements of policy and do not form part of your contract of employment.
22.3
The Company reserves the right to suspend you without pay from your duties, in appropriate circumstances, for however long it considers necessary to investigate any aspect of your performance or conduct or to follow disciplinary proceedings.
23.
COMPANY PROPERTY
23.1
On request and in the event of the termination of your employment you must immediately return all items of our property which you have in your possession in connection with your employment (including any car, keys, security pass, mobile phone, computer, disks, tapes, memory sticks, blackberry, business cards, credit cards, data listings, codes, tapes, memory sticks, documents or copies of documents); and if you have any document or information belonging to us on a personal computer (which is not to be returned under the above provisions), forward a copy to us and then irretrievably delete the document or information. You will permit us to inspect any such computer upon request to ensure such steps have been taken.
23.2
If asked to do so, you must inform us of any computer passwords used by you in the course of your employment or any passwords of which you are otherwise aware.
23.3
We may withhold payment of your final salary or any other payment due or outstanding upon termination of your employment until you have fully complied with your obligations to return property and reveal passwords.
24.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
24.1
You agree that all right to material created in the course of you employment with the company (including ownership of any physical material) shall vest in the Company. In consideration of the Company entering into this agreement, you hereby assign the Intellectual Property Rights with full title guarantee to the Company absolutely for so long as such rights subsist (including all renewals, reversions, extensions and revivals of such rights). You undertake to do anything reasonably required (both during and after the termination of your employment) to ensure that all such Intellectual Property Rights belong to or are assigned to the Company and to assist us in protecting or maintaining them (although we will not be obliged to do so).
24.2
For the purposes of this clause 24, Intellectual Property Rights shall mean all rights of and in the nature of copyright, or database rights, patent rights (registered and/or unregistered), rights to trademarks (registered and/or unregistered) and all analogous rights whether now existing or created in the future to which you may now or at any time after the date of this agreement be entitled to in respect of material created in the course of your employment under this agreement.
You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive all moral rights to which you may now or at any time in the future be entitled under the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 (and under any similar laws in force from time to time throughout the world) in respect of the material created by you in the course of your employment.



10



25.
COMPANY INDEMNITY
25.1
For the purpose of Part 11 of the Employment Rights act 1996 you agree that the Company may insist that you repay any loses which you cause to the property of monies of the Company, client, customer, visitor or other employee during the course of your employment which is a result of carelessness, negligence, recklessness, breach of the Company rules or dishonesty on your part and that repayment will be made either by deduction from salary or any other method acceptable to the Company.
26.
OTHER EMPLOYMENT / INTERESTS
26.1
During your employment with the Company you must not be employed, engaged or interested in any way in any other business without the Company’s prior written consent, save for holding small shareholdings (being less than 3% of the issued share capital) of any company listed on a relevant stock/investment exchange.
27.
CONFIDENTIALITY
27.1
Failure to comply with any of the following provisions during your employment may, if the circumstances warrant, be regarded as Gross Misconduct for which you may be liable to summary dismissal.
27.2
You shall not except as required by law or in the proper performance of your duties during your employment, or at any time thereafter, disclose to any person, company, or other third party, through any failure to exercise due care and diligence cause any unauthorized disclosure of, or make use of (for your own benefit or that of others) any trade secrets or confidential information relating to the Company, any associated company (including Deckers Outdoor) or any of its or their brands or activities. Such information includes but is not limited to business methods / plans, finances, pricing strategies/tariffs and discount levels, marketing plans, brand development plans/new products, brand and product designs, manpower plans, sales targets, sales statistics, customer/client lists and addresses, trading terms and conditions and distribution policy. You will be held personally liable for any breaches of confidence.
27.3
Further to the purposes of this clause confidential information shall include any information which you are told or ought reasonably to have known is such.
27.4
Confidential information does not include information which is generally known or easily accessible by the public, unless it is generally known or easily accessible by the public because of a breach of your obligations.
28.
RESTRICTIONS
28.1
In order to protect the Company’s and nay Group Company’s confidential information, trade secrets, goodwill, customer base, supplier base, other business connections and stable workforce, you agree to the restrictions in this clause.



11



28.2
In this clause 28:
“Client” means any Person who at any time during the period of 12 months immediately before the Termination Date was a client of the Company or any Relevant Group Company with whom you had material dealings or for whom you had responsibility on behalf of the Company or any Relevant Group Company at any time during that period; or in respect of whom you obtained or otherwise received confidential information;

“Company Products” means any products manufactured, sold or distributed by the Company or any Relevant Group Company in the ordinary course of our or their business during the period of 12 months immediately before the Termination Date; and in respect of which you were directly concerned, were materially involved or had responsibility during your employment by the Company or about which you obtained or otherwise received confidential information. Company Products shall not include Company or Relevant Group Company brands for which annual global sales are below $50 million (USD).
“Directly” or “indirectly” means directly or indirectly on either your own account or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other Person;
“Key Person” means any individual
(a)
who at any time during the period of 6 months immediately before the Termination Date was engaged or employed as an employee, director or consultant by the Company or any Relevant Group Company;
(b)
with whom you worked to a material extent or for whom you had managerial responsibility at any time during that period; and
(c)
who was employed or engaged during that period earning more than £20,000 per year;
“Materially Involved” means Directly or Indirectly employed or engaged by or interest in, other than as a shareholder of up to 3% of the issued shares of any company listed on any recognised investment exchange for the purposed of investment only, where recognised investment exchange has the meaning given in section 285 of the Financial Services Market Act 2000;
“Person” means individual, firm, company, association, corporation or other organization;
“Prospective Client” means any Person who at any time during the period of 6 months immediately before the Termination Date had Relevant Discussions in which you were material involved, for which you had responsibilities or about which you obtained or otherwise received confidential information;
“Relevant Discussions” mean any discussion, pitch, tender, presentation, negotiation or invitation to enter into or participate in any discussion, pitch, tender, presentation or negotiation, with the Company or any Relevant Group Company, with a view to receiving products from the Company or an Relevant Group Company;
“Relevant Group Company” means any holding company or subsidiary of the Company of any other subsidiary of any holding company (as defined in s.1159 and 1173 of the Companies Act



12



2006), for which you carried out work or had responsibility both in the period of 12 months immediately prior to the Termination Date;
“Restricted Products” means any branded products sold that compete directly with any Company Products; without limited the foregoing, the competitive brands listed at Exhibit A shall be included within the definition of Restricted Products.
“Termination Date” means the date of termination of your employment with the Company.
28.3
For the periods set out below immediately following the Termination Date you will not either Directly or Indirectly without written consent from the Company:
28.3.1
for the 12 months in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company be Materially Involved with any Person providing Restricted Products in the UK or any other territory in the EU in which Restricted Products are sold or distributed;
28.3.2
for 12 months in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company either
-
solicit or try to solicit the custom of any Client or any Prospective Client with a view to supplying that Client or Prospective Client with Restricted Products; and/or    
-
supply Restricted Products to any Client or any Prospective Client;
28.3.3     for 12 months:
-
entice away or try to entice away from the Company or any Relevant Group Company any Key Person and/or
-
employ or enter into partnership or association with or retain the services of any Key Person of offer to do so;
If during the notice period we require you both to remain away from our premises and not to carry out your normal duties (“garden leave”) for more than 3 months then the restricted period set out above will be reduced by one day for each additional day beyond 3 months that you are required to remain on garden leave.
28.4
You agree that the Company is entering into the above restrictions and all relevant definitions for its own benefit and as trustee for each Relevant Group Company.
28.5
For the avoidance of doubt, none of the restrictions contained in this clause 28 shall prohibit any activities by you which are not in direct or indirect competition with any business being carried on by the Company or Relevant Group Company on the termination of your employment.
28.6
At no time after the termination of your employment shall you directly or indirectly represent yourself as being interested in or employed by or in any way connected with the Company, other than as a former employee of the Company.



13



28.7
If you apply for or are offered a new employment, appointment or engagement, before entering into any related contract you will bring the terms of this clause 28 to the attention of the third party proposing to directly or indirectly employ, appoint or engage you.
28.8
You agree that, having regard to all the circumstances, the restrictions contained in this clause are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company and that they do not bear harshly upon you and the parties agree that:
(a)
each restriction shall be read and construed independently of the other restrictions so that if one or more are found to be void or unenforceable as an unreasonable restraint of trade or for any other reason the remaining restrictions shall not be affected; and
(b)
if any restriction is found to be void but would be valid and enforceable if some part of it were deleted, that restrictions shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable.
29.     ASSISTANCE IN LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
29.1
Both during and after the termination of your employment, you will provide both us and any Group Company with whatever assistance may reasonably be required in connections with actual or prospective legal or regulatory proceedings or related investigations. We will pay your reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in doing so.
30.
CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP
30.1
If within six months following a Change of Control there is any material diminution in your title, duties, responsibilities, status or reporting relationship from the title, duties, responsibilities, status or reporting relationship existing immediately prior to such Change of Control, or you are removed from any of the positions you held immediately prior to such Change of Control, then:
(a) you shall be entitled to require the Company to immediately terminate this Agreement and pay you 12 months’ salary in lieu of notice and a bonus payment for that financial year pro rated for the period up to the termination date (calculated on the target level);
(b) the provisions of clause (a) above shall only apply if, at the time of the Change of Control you have not voluntarily left the Company or served notice on the Company in accordance with clause 19.2 of this Agreement or notice of termination has not already been given by the Company under clause 19.1 of this Agreement.
For the purposes of this clause 30.1, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to occur if, following the purchase (including purchases over time) of capital stock, or an acquisition of substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, the Company is Controlled by a single person or entity or by a group of Affiliated persons or entities, or by a group of persons or entities acting in concert with one another pursuant to a binding agreement or common plan for directing the management or affairs of the Company. “Control” means the ownership by any person or entity of voting stock (or other ownership interests) enabling such person or entity to elect a majority of the board



14



of directors (or any other governing body) of any other entity or the possession of power, whether by proxy, contract or otherwise, to direct the affairs of such other person. As used herein, a person or entity shall be “Affiliated” with any other person or entity Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such person or entity.
31.
GENERAL
31.1
This agreement is in substitution for any previous contracts, whether by way of letters of appointment, agreements or arrangements, whether written, oral or implied, relating to your employment, which shall be deemed to have been superseded/terminated by mutual consent as from the date of this Agreement and you acknowledge that you have no outstanding claims of any kind again the Company in respect of any such contract. In the event of any discrepancy between the terms set out in this Agreement or any offer letter or previous agreement or document, the terms set out in this Agreement shall prevail.
31.2
You confirm that you are not bound by or subject to any court order, agreement; arrangement or undertaking which in any way restricts or prohibits you from entering into this contract of employment or from performing your obligations and duties under it.
31.3
The Company may at its sole discretion transfer this Agreement to any company in the group at any time.
31.4
You undertake responsibility for familiarizing yourself with the company policies and procedures.
31.5
The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the English Courts will have non-exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any disputes arising under it.
31.6
The Company reserves the right to make reasonable changes to any of the terms and conditions of employment contained in this document with due notice. You will be notified of minor changes of detail by way of a general notice to employees and any such changes will take effect from the date of that notice. You will be given not less than one month’s written notice of any significant changes which may be given by way of an individual notice or a general notice. Such changes will be deemed to be accepted unless you notify the Company of any objection in writing before the expiry date of the notice period.
31.7
The Company reserves the right to terminate your contract of employment should the information which has been provided by you in your Curriculum Vitae be found to be untruthful.
31.8
In signing this contract you are agreeing that you have declared the Company any unspent convictions.
Further information relating to your terms and conditions of employment can be found upon request to the HR Department.





15




.....................................................................                ....................................................
Signed for and on behalf of the Company                Date



.....................................................................                ....................................................
Signed by Employee                            Date




16



EXHIBIT 10.27



AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2013 (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into by and among Deckers Outdoor Corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and the Lenders party hereto with reference to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2012 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing prior to the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein are used with the meanings set forth for those terms in the Credit Agreement.
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to certain amendments to the Credit Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Consent . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment, the Lenders party hereto hereby consent to the Borrower changing the fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, such change being effective if, when and upon the terms and conditions approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors, such that the fiscal year end would be March 31 of each calendar year, and confirm that such change in fiscal year is permitted pursuant to Section 6.09 of the Credit Agreement.
2.      Amendments . Effective as of the date hereof and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
(a)      Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following defined terms in the appropriate alphabetical order:
DBT ” means Deckers (Beijing) Trading Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of China.
Deckers Shanghai ” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of Shanghai.
(b)      Clause (l) of Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference therein to “$67,500,000” with a reference to “$72,000,000”.
(c)      Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by removing the word “and” at the end of clause (l) thereof, by replacing the period at the end of clause (m) thereof with a semicolon and by adding new clauses (n) and (o) thereto as follows:



1




EXHIBIT 10.27



“(n)    unsecured Indebtedness of DBT and/or Deckers Shanghai in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $12,500,000 at any time; and
(o)    loans and advances pursuant to Section 6.04(d)(iii) .”
(d)      Clause (x) of the proviso to Section 6.04(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: “(x) the Total Adjusted Leverage Ratio would not exceed on a pro forma basis as of the last day of the most recently-ended fiscal quarter (A) 2.75 to 1.00, in the case of the fiscal quarters ending June 30, March 31 and December 31 of any fiscal year, and (B) 3.25 to 1.00, in the case of the fiscal quarter ending September 30 of any fiscal year”.
(e)      Clause (d) of Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows
“(d)    (i) loans and advances by any Foreign Subsidiary to any other Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) purchases or other acquisitions by any Foreign Subsidiary of the capital stock of any other Foreign Subsidiary and (iii) loans and advances by any Foreign Subsidiary located in China to any banking institution located in China, so long as (x) such banking institution makes a loan in such amount to any other Foreign Subsidiary located in China and (y) such banking institution is required to repay such loan or advance to the Foreign Subsidiary making such loan or advance using the proceeds of any payment received by such banking institution from such other recipient Foreign Subsidiary located in China;”
(f)      Clause (k) of Section 6.04 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
“(k) capital contributions to DBT and Deckers Shanghai in an aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000 after the Effective Date;”
(g)      Section 6.06 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating subclauses (x) and (y) of clause (d)(ii) thereto in their entirety as follows: “(x) $150,000,000, in the case of any such Restricted Payment to be made in the calendar quarter ending March 31, June 30 or December 31 of any calendar year of the Borrower, and (y) $75,000,000, in the case of any such Restricted Payment to be made in the calendar quarter ending September 30 of any calendar year of the Borrower”.
(h)      Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
“SECTION 6.12 Capital Expenditures . Make or become legally obligated to make any Capital Expenditure, except for (i) by the Borrower in connection with its headquarters building not to exceed $80,000,000 in the aggregate after August 30, 2011 and (ii) other Capital Expenditures in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $65,000,000 in the aggregate for the Borrower and its



2




EXHIBIT 10.27



Subsidiaries during any four-fiscal-quarter period of the Borrower; provided , however , that so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such expenditure, any portion of any amount set forth above, if not expended in the four-fiscal-quarter period for which it is permitted above, may be carried over for expenditure in the two four-fiscal-quarter periods beginning on the last day of such four-fiscal-quarter period; and provided , further , if any such amount is so carried over, it will be deemed used in the applicable subsequent four-fiscal-quarter periods before the amount permitted to be used in such four-fiscal-quarter period.”
(i)      Exhibit C to the Credit Agreement (Form of Compliance Certificate) is hereby deemed to be amended to reflect the amendments described in clauses (b) through (h) of this Section 2 .
3.      Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment Effective Date ” that the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following:
(a)      counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by the Borrower, Lenders constituting Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent;
(b)      a written consent hereto (the “ Consent ”) executed by the Guarantors in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto; and
(c)      all fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent or any Lender and all expenses for which reasonably detailed invoices have been presented on or before the Amendment Effective Date shall have been paid.
4.      Representations and Warranties . The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that (a) the representations and warranties contained in Article III of the Credit Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of such certification, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (i) and (ii) of Section 3.04 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 5.01 of the Credit Agreement, and (b) no Default now exists.
5.      Confirmation . On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment. In all other respects, the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are hereby confirmed.
6.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.



3




EXHIBIT 10.27



7.      Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. In addition to and without limitation of any of the foregoing, this Amendment shall be deemed to be a Loan Document and shall otherwise be subject to all of the terms and conditions contained in Sections 9.09 and 9.10 of the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment, mutatis mutandi .
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]




4




EXHIBIT 10.27



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above by their duly authorized representatives.
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION
By: /s/ Thomas A. George
Name: Thomas A. George
Title: Chief Financial Officer




5




EXHIBIT 10.27



JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By: /s/ Jeff Bailard
Name: Jeff Bailard
Title: Executive Director




6




EXHIBIT 10.27




________________, as a Lender
By:     
Name:
Title:



7




EXHIBIT 10.27




ACKNOWLEDGED BY:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent


By: _/s/ Catherine Park______________________________
Name: Catherine Park
Title: Vice President





8




EXHIBIT 10.27



Exhibit A to Amendment No. 1
CONSENT
Dated as of _____________, 2013
Each of the undersigned hereby (a) acknowledges that (i) it has reviewed Amendment No. 1, dated as of June __, 2013 (the “ Amendment ”; capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Amendment) to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2012, among Deckers Outdoor Corporation, as the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which it is a party remains in full force and effect, and (iii) under the terms of the Guaranty, it guarantees the Guarantied Obligations (as defined in the Guaranty), and (b) agrees that the Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which it is a party is hereby reaffirmed, ratified, approved and confirmed in each and every respect, except that, upon the effectiveness of, and on and after the date of, this Amendment, each reference in the Guaranty or such other Loan Document to the Credit Agreement, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by the Amendment.
DECKERS CONSUMER DIRECT CORPORATION
By:     
Name:
Title:
DECKERS RETAIL, LLC
By:     
Name:
Title:
TSUBO, LLC
By:     
Name:
Title:



A-1





EXHIBIT 10.27




DECKERS CABRILLO, LLC
By: Deckers Outdoor Corporation, its sole Member

By:     
Name:
Title:
DECKERS ACQUISITION, INC.
By:     
Name:
Title:





A-2





EXHIBIT 10.28

DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the defined meaning set forth in the Deckers Outdoor Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.
1. NOTICE OF STOCK UNIT GRANT
You have been granted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), as follows:
Name of Awardee:
 
 
 
Total Number of Stock Units Granted:
 
 
 
Grant Date:
 
 
 
Vesting Schedule:
 
XXXX
33.33%
 
 
XXXX
33.33%
 
 
XXXX
33.33%
2.      AGREEMENT
2.1      Grant of Stock Units . Pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (including Section 1 above) and the Plan, the Administrator hereby grants to the Awardee named in Section 1, on the Grant Date set forth in Section 1, the number of Stock Units set forth in Section 1.
2.2      Purchase of Stock Units . No payment of cash is required for the Stock Units.
2.3      Vesting/Delivery of Shares . The Awardee shall vest on the date or dates specified in the Vesting Schedule (“ Vesting Date ” or “ Vesting Dates ”) with respect to the number of Stock Units specified for such Vesting Date if the Awardee has remained in Continuous Service from the Grant Date to the applicable Vesting Date. Within ten (10) business days following the date on


1





which the Awardee vests in a Stock Unit as set forth herein, the Company shall deliver to the Awardee one Share for each Stock Unit in which the Awardee becomes vested and such Stock Unit shall terminate.
For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Continuous Service ” means (i) Awardee’s employment by either the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company, or by a corporation or a parent or subsidiary of a corporation assuming this Agreement or issuing New Incentives, as defined in Section 2.5 below, which is uninterrupted except for vacations, illness (except for permanent disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)), or leaves of absence which are approved in writing by the Company or any of such other employer corporations, if applicable, or (ii) so long as Awardee is engaged as a Consultant or other Service Provider.
2.4      Effect of Termination of Continuous Service before XXXX. If Awardee’s termination of Continuous Service occurs before XXXX, all Stock Units that have not vested as of such date of termination shall automatically expire; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if Awardee’s Continuous Service ceased due to his or her Termination of Service without Cause or pursuant to a Constructive Termination (as such terms are defined in Section 2.5(c) below), then a pro rata portion of the Nonvested Stock Units shall vest effective upon such Termination of Service. As used herein, a “ pro rata portion ” shall be determined based upon a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months of Awardee’s Continuous Service commencing XXXX, and ending on the effective date of Awardee’s Termination of Service without Cause or Constructive Termination, and the denominator of which is XXXX months. Within ten (10) business days following the effective date of such Termination of Service without Cause or Constructive Termination, the Company shall deliver to the Awardee one share for each Stock Unit in which Awardee becomes vested as described herein and such Stock Unit shall terminate.
2.5      Vesting Upon Change in Control.
(a)      Notwithstanding Sections 2.3 and 2.4 above, if the Awardee holds Nonvested Stock Units at the time a Change in Control occurs, and either (i) the Change in Control is not approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as defined below) or (ii) the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof) does not agree to provide for the continuance or assumption of this Agreement or the substitution for this Agreement of a new agreement of comparable value covering shares of a successor corporation (“ New Incentives ”), then all of the Nonvested Stock Units shall become immediately and unconditionally vested, and the restrictions with respect to all of the Nonvested Stock Units shall lapse, effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control.
(b)      Notwithstanding subsection 2.5(a) above, if pursuant to a Change in Control approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof) provides for the continuance or assumption of this Agreement or the substitution for this Agreement of a new agreement of comparable value covering New Incentives, then vesting of the Nonvested Stock Units shall not accelerate in connection with such Change in Control to the extent this Agreement is continued, assumed or substituted for New Incentives; provided , however , if there is a Termination of Service of Awardee without Cause or pursuant to a


2





Constructive Termination (as defined below) within 12 months following such Change in Control, all Nonvested Stock Units or New Incentives shall vest effective upon such termination.
(c)      For purposes of this Agreement (including Section 2.4 above), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
(i)      Cause ” means the termination by the Company of Awardee as a Service Provider for any of the following reasons: (a) the continued, unreasonable refusal or omission by the Awardee to perform any material duties required of him or her by the Company if such duties are consistent with duties customary for the position held with the Company; (b) any material act or omission by the Awardee involving malfeasance or gross negligence in the performance of the Awardee’s duties to, or material deviation from, any of the policies or directives of, the Company; (c) conduct on the part of the Awardee which constitutes the breach of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company; including the unauthorized disclosure of material confidential information or trade secrets of the Company; or (d) any illegal act by the Awardee which materially and adversely affects the business of the Company or any felony committed by the Awardee, as evidenced by conviction thereof, provided that the Company may suspend the Awardee with pay while any allegation of such illegal or felonious act is investigated. In the event that the Awardee is a party to an employment agreement or other similar agreement with the Company or any Affiliate that defines a termination on account of “Cause” (or a term having similar meaning), such definition shall apply as the definition of a termination on account of “Cause” for purposes hereof, but only to the extent that such definition provides the Awardee with greater rights. A termination on account of Cause shall be communicated by written notice to the Awardee, and shall be deemed to occur on the date such notice is delivered to the Grantee.
(ii)      Constructive Termination ” shall mean a termination of the Awardee as a Service Provider within sixty (60) days following the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Awardee’s written consent: (i) any material reduction in position, title, overall responsibilities, level of authority, level of reporting, base compensation, annual incentive compensation opportunity, aggregate employee benefits or (ii) a change of the Awardee’s location of employment by more than fifty (50) miles. A Constructive Termination shall be communicated by written notice to the Company, and shall be deemed to occur on the date such notice is delivered to the Company, unless the circumstances giving rise to the Constructive Termination are cured within thirty (30) days of such notice.
(iii)      Continuing Director ” means any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who was a member of the Board prior to the adoption of the Plan, and any person who is subsequently elected to the Board if such person is recommended or approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.
2.6      Effect of Awardee’s attainment of age 62 and the completion of 5 years of Continuous Service . Notwithstanding Section 2.3 to the contrary, if, after XXXX, and before XXXX, Awardee both (i) attains age sixty-two (62) and (ii) completes five (5) years of Continuous Service (“ Retirement Event ”), then, notwithstanding that there is a termination of Continuous Service following the Retirement Event, all Nonvested Stock Units shall vest on the Vesting Dates set forth above, provided that the Awardee continues to comply with any covenants that survive the


3





termination of Continuous Service, including, without limitation, any confidentiality provisions. In that event, within ten (10) business days following any Vesting Date, the Company shall deliver to the Awardee one Share for each Stock Unit in which the Awardee becomes vested and such Stock Unit shall terminate.
2.7      No Interest in Company Assets . The Awardee shall have no interest in any fund or specific asset of the Company by reason of the Stock Units.
2.8      No Rights as a Stockholder Before Delivery . The Awardee shall not have any right, title, or interest in, or be entitled to vote or receive distributions in respect of, or otherwise be considered the owner of, any of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Units.
2.9      Regulatory Compliance . The issuance of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to full compliance with all applicable requirements of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or interdealer quotation system upon which the Common Stock may be listed or traded.
2.10      Withholding Tax . The Company’s obligation to deliver any Shares upon vesting of Stock Units shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable federal, state, local, and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements. The Awardee shall pay to the Company an amount equal to the withholding amount (or the Company may withhold such amount from the Awardee’s salary) in cash. At the Administrator’s discretion, the Awardee may pay the withholding amount with Shares; provided, however, that payment in Shares shall be limited to the withholding amount calculated using the minimum statutory withholding rates.
2.11      Company “Clawback Policy .” The Company has developed a policy providing that, in the event the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, the Company shall recover a portion of any incentive compensation (including stock grants) based upon erroneous data (the “ Clawback Policy ”). Awardee agrees and acknowledges that the provision of the Company’s Clawback Policy, as the same may be amended from time to time, shall apply to Awardee. The Stock Units granted under this Agreement shall be subject to the Company’s Clawback Policy, including, without limitation, the rights of the Company to enforce Awardee’s repayment obligation.
2.12      Plan . This Agreement is subject to all provisions of the Plan, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Awardee. The Awardee shall accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions and interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan and this Agreement.
2.13      Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their legal representatives, heirs, and permitted successors and assigns.
2.14      Restrictions on Transfer . The Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise. No right or benefit under this Agreement shall be subject to transfer, anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, whether voluntary, involuntary, by


4





operation of law or otherwise, and any attempt to transfer, anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to any debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the person entitled to such benefits. Any assignment in violation of this Section 2.13 shall be void.
2.15      Restrictions on Resale . The Awardee agrees not to sell any Shares that have been issued pursuant to the vested Stock Units at a time when Applicable Laws, Company policies, or an agreement between the Company and its underwriters prohibit a sale. This restriction shall apply as long as the Awardee is a Service Provider and for such period after the Awardee’s Termination of Service as the Administrator may specify.
2.16      Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A (“ Section 409A ”) of the Code. This Plan will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause this Plan to fail to satisfy Section 409A will have no force and effect until amended to comply therewith (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, Awardee shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Plan and no stock transfer shall be due to Awardee under this Plan which are transferable upon Awardee’s termination of employment until Awardee would be considered to have incurred a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A.
2.17      Entire Agreement; Governing Law . This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Awardee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Awardee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Awardee. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware.
2.18      No Guarantee of Continued Service . This Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereunder, and the vesting schedule set forth herein constitute neither an express nor implied promise of continued engagement as a Service Provider for the vesting period, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere with Awardee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate Awardee’s relationship as a Service Provider at any time, with or without Cause.
[ remainder of page intentionally left blank ]


5






By the Awardee’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, the Awardee and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. The Awardee has reviewed this Agreement and the Plan in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel before executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement and the Plan. The Awardee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to this Agreement and the Plan.
The Awardee further agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or this Award (including prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including annual reports and proxy statements). The Awardee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a web site maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.

AWARDEE:
 
 
DECKERS OUTDOOR CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
Signature
 
 
 
 
 
Its:
 
Printed Name
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date
 
Residence Address
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date
 
 
 




6



                                                

                                                
EXHIBIT 21.1


Name of Entity
 
State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Deckers Asia Pacific Retail Limited
 
Hong Kong
Deckers Consumer Direct Corporation
 
USA (Arizona)
Deckers International Limited
 
Bermuda
Deckers Macau Limited
 
Macau
Deckers Europe Limited
 
United Kingdom
Deckers Asia Pacific Limited
 
Hong Kong
Deckers UK, LTD
 
United Kingdom
Deckers Beijing Trading Co., Ltd
 
China
Deckers Japan GK
 
Japan
Deckers Outdoor (Guangzhou) Consulting Co., Ltd
 
China
Deckers Dutch Coöperatie UA
 
Netherlands
Deckers France SAS
 
France
Deckers Benelux BV
 
Netherlands
Deckers Outdoor Canada ULC
 
British Columbia
Deckers Cabrillo, LLC
 
USA (California)
Deckers Retail, LLC
 
USA (California)
Deckers Sales Co. LLC
 
USA (California)
Deckers France 2 SAS
 
France
Hoka Europe SAS
 
France
Deckers Belgium BVBA
 
Belgium





EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors
Deckers Outdoor Corporation:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-113237 and 333-120717) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-139874, 333-82538, and 333-47097) of Deckers Outdoor Corporation of our reports dated March 3, 2014 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Deckers Outdoor Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which reports appear in the December 31, 2013 annual report on Form 10-K of Deckers Outdoor Corporation.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 3, 2014









EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Angel R. Martinez, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Deckers Outdoor Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 3, 2014
/s/ ANGEL R. MARTINEZ
Angel R. Martinez
Chief Executive Officer
Deckers Outdoor Corporation




EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Thomas A. George, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Deckers Outdoor Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 3, 2014
/s/ THOMAS A. GEORGE
Thomas A. George
Chief Financial Officer
Deckers Outdoor Corporation





EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The undersigned hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to their knowledge, the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2013 of Deckers Outdoor Corporation (the "Company") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in such periodic report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in such report.
/s/ ANGEL R. MARTINEZ
 
Dated:
March 3, 2014
Angel R. Martinez
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ THOMAS A. GEORGE
 
Dated:
March 3, 2014
Thomas A. George
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
This certification accompanies the Annual Report pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.